<<

A Kharia-English Lexicon

John Peterson Universität Leipzig

Himalayan Linguistics Archive 5

Himalayan Linguistics Archive 5. (2009) i-xv, 1-212 © 2009 All rights reserved.

Table of contents

Foreword iii

The lexicon iii

Kharia − a brief overview vi

Acknowledgements xii

Abbreviations xii

Literature xiii

Lexicon 1-212

Foreword

The lexicon The present study is a revision of the second volume of my Habilitationsschrift or “professorial dissertation” which was submitted at the University of Osnabrück in 2006 (Peterson, 2006). Volume I of that three-volume study was an extensive grammar, which is currently being reviewed (in revised form) for publication, while Volume III consisted of a collection of texts, glossed, annotated and translated into English. This Kharia-English lexicon contains all of the morphemes found in the texts in Volume III of that study as well as many which occurred in conversations with native speakers. In addition, it contains all of the morphemes found in the texts in Pinnow (1965a; b), in the first half of the texts in Kerkeʈʈā (1990), as well as in the Kharia-English lexicon in Biligiri (1965). There are also a few entries from Roy & Roy (1937) and Malhotra (1982). I have made every attempt to check all entries with native speakers although it has not yet been possible to check all lexical entries from Pinnow's texts and Biligiri's lexicon with native speakers. Where I have not been able to check these yet, and in cases in which the speakers I questioned were not familiar with these items or when they gave different meanings for these items than Pinnow or Biligiri (which is often the case), I have indicated this in the entry through one of the abbreviations given at the end of this introduction, followed by the page number and, in the case of Pinnow's texts, the line of text, where this is numbered in his texts. In cases where I have spoken with native speakers with respect to the morphemes from these two authors, or where I have found similar forms in or Sadani/Sadri (the Indo-Aryan lingua franca of the region), I do not indicate the source of the form, since I have been able to verify its usage. All English translations of Hindi words are based on the entries in McGregor (ed.) (1997), unless otherwise noted, although not always verbatim, and English translations of Sadani/Sadri words are from either Jordan-Horstmann (1969) or Blain (1975), again, unless otherwise noted and also not always verbatim. The alphabetical order used in the following pages is as follows, based largely on the Eng. alphabet:

Ɂ, a, b, bh, c, ch, ɖ, ɖh, d, dh, e, g, gh, h, i, j, jh, k, kh, l, m, ŋ, ɲ, ɳ, n, o, p, ph, ɽ, ɽh, r, s(ś), ʈ, ʈh, t, th, u, w, y iii

Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Foreword

In general, however, due to the extremely marginal status of Ɂ, this segment is ignored word-internally, so that it has no affect on the order given here. Its presence at the beginning of the list above refers only to the few entries (all allomorphs of grammatical morphemes) which begin with this segment. As with any language, there are a variety of different pronunciations and written forms for many of the entries contained in this lexicon, and I have made every attempt to include them all. In general, these different entries are all listed under the first entry in alphabetical order and also individually with the comment “See …”, which refers to the entry where the definition and all variant forms are listed. In some cases, where I felt reasonably certain as to which form is the most common or which is considered standard by most speakers, these are listed under that form, which is not necessarily the first form alphabetically. Each entry is ordered as follows: Morpheme 1. Meaning in ACTive voice; 2. meaning in MIDdle voice; 3. (morphological) CAUSative and DOUBle CAUSative forms; 4. meaning as the head of a complement phrase (≈ “NP”) / attributive meanings. The term “GENEReric” found in many entries refers to the generic function of the middle voice, discussed in Peterson (2006, Volume I: §6.4.2.2), and can refer to habituality, a prolonged action, distant past or an uncertain or distant future event. This order is consistently followed throughout the lexicon, even in cases where, at least from an English-speaking perspective, a particular morpheme appears to be clearly “nominal” − here as well, the predicative uses are given first, for the sake of consistency. As any contentive morpheme in Kharia can be used predicatively, referentially or attributively1, I believe that any re-ordering of these functions on the basis of my own English-based intuitions would do Kharia an injustice, as any and every contentive morpheme in the language is “flexible” in this sense. Hence, although this may appear somewhat disconcerting at first, there is good reason for maintaining this order throughout the lexicon, and I believe that this should not cause the reader any difficulties. It is important to note that, whether or not all three of these major functions (i.e., predication, reference and attribution) are given for a particular morpheme, my data to date show that, without exception, each and every contentive (or “lexical”) morpheme in Kharia can appear in all of these functions. For practical reasons, however, it has not yet been possible to ascertain the exact meaning of each morpheme in each function, so that

1 For reasons of space, we cannot go into this discussion here in any detail. For a detailed discussion, see Peterson (2005; 2006; 2007) and the brief discussion in the following section of the main text. iv

Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 not all functions are given for all morphemes. However, I must stress here that this has no futher implications, and the lack of such information is not an indication of the impossibility of a particular function but rather simply a lack of knowledge with respect to the meaning of a particular morpheme in a particular function. For the many morphemes deriving from Sadani/Sadri verbs and which have alternating stems, these are listed directly adjacent to one another in the lexicon, e.g., cettay, ACT: cettay: warn < S. cetā- 'warn' cet(t)e MID: cet(t)e: worry; understand; cettay: GENER of active Ɂ CAUS: o b-cettay; no CAUS of cette See also cinta

In these cases, if no further information is given, “ACTive” refers to the stem ending in -a(y) and “MIDdle” to the stem ending in -e. Where e.g., the form ending in -a(y) can also appear in the middle voice, as in the case here with a generic interpretation, I indicate in the entry which form I am referring to. If no meaning is given for the CAUS and DOUB CAUS forms (where I have this information), this indicates that their meanings are predictable, i.e., morphological causative = semantic causative, morphological double causative = semantic double causative. Only deviations from this principle are listed. The example entry above also shows that I have included information, where this was available, on whether the form in all likelihood derives from Indo-Aryan, generally either Sadani/Sadri or Hindi, noted by “< …” in the entry. Nevertheless, the absence of such information does not exclude the possibility that the form derives from some Indo-Aryan source, due to a lack of data, nor does the inclusion of a similar Sadani form necessarily mean that Kharia has derived this lexeme from Sadani: As the Hindi and Sadani forms are often very similar, we often have no way of knowing which language is the source. Furthermore, it is not entirely out of the question that Sadani, which is used as a lingua franca by speakers of many different languages throughout , may have occasionally borrowed from Kharia or other indigenous languages of the region. Hence, the sign “<” is best considered an abbreviation for “has a form closely related to” or perhaps “possibly derives from”. Also, where I am relatively certain that a term has been borrowed from Indo-Aryan but have not been able to locate a phonologically and semantically similar term in Sadani or (Standard) Hindi, the first similar term which I have been able to locate is given, whether it be from Awadhi, Brajbhasa, Gujarati, Konkani, Nepali or some other source. This information should NOT be taken as implying

v Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Foreword that this is the source language, only that the term has, in all likelihood, been borrowed from an (as yet unidentified) Indo-Aryan source. Finally, I have attempted to include reference to other forms in this lexicon which are similar either semantically, as with cinta in the example above, or in terms of form. The reader will often find the abbreviation “conj.v.” in the entries, as in the following example under ɖel 'come': akil ɖel conj.v. think of something, of a thought to come

This term has been borrowed from the South Asian linguistic tradition and refers to a so-called “light verb” construction.2 As this construction has in all likelihood been borrowed from Indo-Aryan, I have decided to retain the traditional Indological terminology in referring to it, although the term “light verb” is usually only found in the entry of the corresponding “light verb” itself (in the above case, ɖel 'come'). In these cases, the lexical item which carries most of the meaning, here akil 'think; thought; knowledge', is listed individually and its meaning can be ascertained there.

Kharia − A brief overview3 Kharia is a South Munda language spoken primarily in the southwestern districts of the state of Jharkhand in central eastern , as well as in the adjacent districts in eastern Chattisgarh and northwestern Orissa. It is also spoken in , , , Nepal and elsewhere.4 Its closest relative is Juang, spoken in Orissa. Kharia is the only South Munda language spoken in Jharkhand and is also the only South Munda language spoken in the direct vicinity of the North , most notably Mundari, which is spoken in many of the same villages as Kharia in the more southerly Kharia-speaking areas, as well as the North Dravidian language Kurux, found more to the north.

2 As noted above, categories such as "noun" and "verb", etc. are highly problematic in Kharia. Nevertheless, for the sake of convenience, I refer to here to "conjunct verbs" and "light verbs" for ease of reference, as these terms have become more or less generally accepted in South Asian linguistics (and elsewhere) and as the "conjunct verb" construction has certainly been borrowed from Indo-Aryan, where these terms are much less problematic. 3 The following can only give a very brief overview of the language. For further details, the reader is referred to Peterson (2008) or Peterson (submitted). 4 Cf. Gordon (2005): http://www.ethnologue.com/ vi

Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5

A trait which at least the more southerly dialects of Kharia share with Mundari and other North Munda languages is the virtual lack of evidence for lexical categories such as noun, verb and adjective, and predicates and their complements are in fact based on syntactic structures, not lexical units. However, this is not true of the more northerly dialects of Kharia nor is it typical of the other South Munda languages, which tend to distinguish clearly at least between nouns and verbs. Thus, this trait has in all likelihood been “borrowed” into Kharia through contact with Mundari speakers. Another important trait typical of Kharia and many other Munda languages (both North and South) is the fact that predicates show a systematic active / middle opposition throughout most of their paradigms, with membership to the two categories largely unpredictable, some stems being restricted to the active, others to the middle, while others still may appear in both, although there is an overall tendency for stems to have a transitive interpretation in the active voice and an intransitive interpretation in the middle voice, although this is at best only a very general tendency. With respect to most other typological features, Kharia closely resembles a large number of other South Asian languages in many respects and can probably be considered a member of the South Asian linguistic area or Sprachbund. For example, Kharia possesses all five of the criteria discussed at length in Masica (1976) as typical of the South Asian linguistic area, namely head-final order, morphologically marked causatives (and double causatives), the presence of sequential converbs (or “conjunctive participles”), explicator auxiliaries, which I refer to here as “V2s”, and so-called “dative subjects”, i.e., constructions in which the experiencer appears in a case other than the nominative and in which the stimulus is the grammatical subject of the construction.5 Kharia is often spoken in multi-lingual communities, where its speakers are in daily contact with speakers of Sadani/Sadri, the traditional lingua franca of the region, and Hindi (both Indo-Aryan), Mundari (North Munda) and Kurukh6 (North Dravidian). In Orissa speakers of Kharia are also in close contact with speakers of Oriya (Indo-Aryan). All speakers of Kharia who I have met and worked with are at least trilingual and speak Kharia, Sadani/Sadri and Hindi fluently. Less often, Kharia speakers also have some fluency in other languages of the region, such as Mundari or Kurukh. Conversely, although much less often, speakers of other regional languages occasionally have some

5 In my terminology, these experiencers appear in the oblique case ( ≈ "dative/accusative case"), as opposed to the the direct case ( ≈ "nominative case"). 6 Kurukh is often referred to as "Oraon". It is also spoken in Nepal, where it is known as "Dhangar".

vii Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Foreword degree of fluency in Kharia. Finally, an increasing number of Kharia have some degree of fluency in English, and English-medium schools are now quite common in the region. There are three ethnic groups which are generally classified as Kharia − the dudh Kharia, by far the largest group, being larger than the other two groups combined, the ɖelki / ɖhelki Kharia, and the Hill Kharia. Of these three groups, apparently only the Dudh and D(h)elki Kharia speak Kharia, whereas the Hill Kharia at least now speak Indo-Aryan languages. Whether or not this last group ever did in fact speak Kharia is currently a matter of debate. It is generally believed that there are two main dialects of Kharia corresponding to the division between the Dudh and D(h)elki Kharia, but this has yet to be confirmed. All Dudh Kharia speakers who I have spoken with who claim to have met and spoken with Dhelki Kharia speakers agree that the differences which they noticed were quite minor; one speaker, however, mentioned that the Dhelki Kharia still use a number of Kharia terms which have now been replaced by Indo-Aryan forms in Dudh Kharia communities. Unfortunately, I have not yet had the opportunity to travel to these regions and record and analyse the language of members of this ethnic group, and the language presented in this lexicon is exclusively that spoken by Kharia belonging to the Dudh group. According to the 1971 census, 191,421 people spoke Kharia as their native language at that time, out of a total Kharia population of 321,190 (data from Abbi, 1993: 543), i.e., roughly 60%, whereas Grimes (1988: 471), quoting figures from a different work, gives a figure of 111,000-160,000 speakers for approximately the same period. The present Kharia-speaking population has undoubtedly increased since then, although it is not clear how many speakers there are. Gordon (2005) gives a total of 292,000 speakers in India and 293,575 for all countries for 1997. At present, there is a growing movement to standardize Kharia orthography, translate literature into Kharia (as well as produce original works in Kharia), and implement its use in primary schools, a right guaranteed by the state of Jharkhand (although, to my knowledge, this right has yet to be implemented in practice).7 At the same time, however, the (Dudh) Kharia are also one of the most highly educated ethnic groups in all of India, with some estimates as to their rate of literacy running as high as 90%. In addition, an increasing number of Kharia are leaving the Kharia-speaking areas in the countryside and moving to and other where Kharia is not (or only seldom) spoken. With that, most Kharia are increasingly finding

7 For an overview of Kharia-language literature, as well as literature on the Kharia and their language, see: http://www.southasiabibliography.de/Bibliography/Austroasiatic/Munda/Kharia/kharia.html viii

Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 themselves in situations in which they must communicate in Hindi or even English, both spoken and written, so that opportunities for using Kharia are steadily decreasing, at least outside the home. It remains to be seen how the language will fare in the coming decades, as pressure from both Hindi and English will undoubtedly continue to increase, while opportunities for speaking Kharia continue to become fewer.

Acknowledgements As with any work of this type, many people and organizations have greatly aided me in my work, and without their help this work would not have been possible. First of all, my work on Kharia was greatly assisted by two generous grants from the German Research Council (Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft, PE 872/1-1, 2), which I gratefully acknowledge here. I would also like to thank the many individuals in Jharkhand who made my research trips there both pleasant and productive. First of all, thanks are due to those who taught me Kharia, who bore with me while I was still stuttering and searching for words, and who spent hours upon hours discussing the intricacies of their native language with me: Mr. Basil Baa, Ms. Rayem Olem Baa (formerly Dungdung), Ms. Rose Dungdung, Ms. Saroj Kerketta, Mr. Silvester Kerketta, Mr. Anugrah Kullu, Ms. Tarkeleng Kullu, Ms. Anita Soreng, Mr. Dilip Soreng, Mr. Marcus Soreng, Mr. Pratap Soreng, and Mr. Marianus Tete. It has been a great pleasure for me to get to know you all and to be able to work with you! Thanks also to the “Kharia Boys” of St. Alois Minor Seminary in Ranchi: Sanjay Dung Dung, Edwin R. Dung Dung, Ajit Kerketta, Alexzendar Kerketta, Pavan Prakash Kerketta, Ravi Kujur, Ranjit Kullu, Samir Kullu, Vinay Kullu, Alok Soreng, Anil Soreng, Shilanan Tete, and of course our “Kurukh supporter” Pascal Toppo, for taking the time in the evening after a long and busy day to answer my questions and for seeing to it that the Seminary's watchdog Tommy didn't bite me again! My sincerest thanks also go to Mr. Anil Birendra Kullu, the first Kharia speaker I met and worked with, and to his father, the late Mr. Stanislas Kullu, who welcomed me into his home and made me feel a part of his family, and who accompanied me to Birmitrapur and introduced me there to Mr. Marcus Soreng. Thanks also to the wonderful people of Saldega (salɖaʔ), who made me feel welcome in their community and who assisted me with my work whenever I could find the time to visit. I am also grateful to Father Soreng of the Development Centre (simɖegā vikās kendr) for all of our pleasant conversations, the he and his fellow brethren showed me, despite their busy

ix Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Foreword schedules, and for providing me with a place to stay in Simdega on one occasion when I had nowhere else to turn. Thanks also to the students and faculty of the Department of Tribal and Regional Languages at Ranchi University for all their hospitality, especially Ms. Mary Soreng for her kindness, her insights into Kharia grammar, and for introducing me to the many Kharia scholars of Ranchi; to Ms. Rose Kerketta, who has probably published more in (and on) Kharia than anyone else, for her hospitality and for sharing her vast knowledge of Kharia with me; and finally to Louni Kandulna, for all her kindness and help. I am also grateful to Fathers Joachim Dungdung and Nicholas Tete, two renowned scholars of the Kharia and their language, both of whom took an immediate interest in my work, for discussing my work with me, for showing me their own work on Kharia, for their many valuable suggestions, and of course for all the wonderful conversations. Thanks also to Dr. Ram Dayal Munda, previous head of the Department of Tribal and Regional Languages and now an important political figure in Jharkhand, for supporting me wherever he could with my work, despite his extremely tight schedule, often taking time off between his interviews with reporters to talk with me. And finally, very special thanks go to Dr. Ganesh Murmu. Although he himself is not a Kharia speaker, he has aided me in my work perhaps more than anyone else. It was he who first welcomed me to Ranchi, although we had never even met, who found me a place to stay, showed me around the Department, introduced me to speakers of Kharia, and helped pave the way for my work. There are few people who know Jharkhand as well as he does, and I cannot imagine that my work in Jharkhand would ever have been successful were it not for him. Thanks also to David Stampe and two anonymous reviewers for Himalayan Linguistics for meticulously going through the entire lexicon and calling a number of problems to my attention, thereby saving me from a few embarassing mistakes. And finally, special thanks go to Utz Maas for holding down the fort at the Department in Osnabrück while I spent several months in India gathering data and for his constant suggestions and constructive criticism of my work, forcing me at every step to re-consider my argumentation. Needless to say, I of course am alone responsible for any and all oversights and errors which the present study may contain.

ampe souʔbte baruɖaʔ gamtiɲ! ikuʔɖ jughay dheinbad!

x

Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5

This lexicon is dedicated to the memory of

Mr. Stanislas Kullu,

previous head of the All-India Kharia Society, an active supporter of Kharia, a highly respected and active member of his community, and a very dear friend.

xi Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Foreword

Abbreviations Sources (for bibliographic details, see literature, pp. xiii-xv): BG Biligiri, H.S. 1965. FGD Floor, Gheysens & Druart, 1934. HJPa Pinnow, Heinz-Jürgen. 1965a. HJPb Pinnow, Heinz-Jürgen. 1965b. RR Roy, Sarat Chandra & Ramesh Chandra Roy. 1937.

Other abbreviations ACT active voice CAUS causative DOUB CAUS double causative DU dual Eng. English EXCL exclusive GEN genitive GENER generic function of the middle voice H. Hindi HON honorific INCL inclusive ITR intransitive MID middle voice PL plural S. Sadani / Sadri Skt. Sanskrit TR transitive

xii

Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5

Literature Abbi, Anvita. 1993. “Language Contraction, Language Shrink, and Language Conflation: A Case Study of Kharia”. In: Mrinal Miri (ed.), Continuity and Change in Tribal Society 542-553. Simla: Indian Institute of Advanced Study. Archer, W.G. (ed.). 1942. khaɽiyā āloŋ. A Kharia Song Book. Ranchi: Catholic Press. Banerjee, Gagan Chandra. 1894. Introduction to the Khariā Language. [Reprint, New Delhi / Chandigarh: Bahri Publications, 1982]. Biligiri, Hemmige.S. 1965. Kharia: Phonology, Grammar and Vocabulary. Poona: Deccan College. Blain, Father Edgar, S.V.D. 1975. English-Sadri Dictionary. , Orissa: The Society of the Divine Word. Ḍuŋɖuŋ, Phā. Jovākim. 1999. Khaɽiyā jīvan aur paramparāẽ (Kharia Life and Traditions). Ranchi: Ranchi Society of . Floor, H., S.J., V. Gheysens, S.J. and G. Druart, S.J. 1934. Dictionary of the Kharia Language. English-Kharia. Calcutta: Tea Districts Labour Association. Gordon, Raymond G., Jr. (ed.). 2005. Ethnologue: Languages of the World, Fifteenth edition. Dallas.: SIL International. Online version: http://www.ethnologue.com/. Grierson, George A. 1906. Linguistic Survey of India. Vol. IV. Muṇḍā and . [Reprint, Delhi: Low Price Publications, 1994]. Grimes, Barbara F. (ed.). 1988. Ethnologue. Dallas: Summer Institute of Linguistics. Hoffmann, Revd. J., S.J. 1905/1909. Mundari Grammar and Exercises. Parts I & II. [Reprint, New Delhi: Gyan Publishing House, 2001].

Hutt, Michael J. 1997. Modern Literary Nepali. An Introductory Reader. (SOAS Studies on South ). Delhi; Oxford.: Oxford University Press. Jordan-Horstmann, Monika. 1969. Sadani. A Bhojpuri Dialect Spoken in Chotanagpur. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz [Indologie Berolinensis 1]. Kerkeʈʈā, Khrist Pyārī. 1990. Jujhair ɖāfiɽ (Khaɽiyā nāʈak) (The Battle Field (A Kharia Drama)) Ranchi: Tribal Language Academy, Government of . Kullū, Paulus. 1981. Khaɽiyā vyākaraɳ evã sãkṣipta śabdakoś (Kharia Grammar and Abridged Dictionary). Ranchi: Religious Literature Society.

xiii Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Foreword

Kullū, Paulus. 1992. Tonme kol-aŋgre (The in Kharia.) Ranchi: Catholic Press. Kullū, Paulus. 2000. Khaɽiyā dharam aur sãskṛti kā viśleṣaɳ (An Analysis of Kharia Religion and Culture). Ranchi: Satya Bharati. Malhotra, Veena. 1982. The Structure of Kharia: A Study of Linguistic Typology and Language Change. Ph.D. diss, Jawaharlal Nehru University. Masica, Colin P. 1976. Defining a linguistic area: South Asia. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. McGregor, R.S. (ed.). 1997. The Oxford Hindi-English Dictionary. Oxford;Delhi: Oxford University Press. Neukom, Lukas. 2001. A Grammar of Santali. München: Lincom Europa [Languages of the World/Materials 323]. Peterson, John. 2005. “There's a grain of truth in every ‘’, or, Why the discussion of lexical classes in Mundari isn't quite over yet". Linguistic Typology 9:391-405. Peterson, John. 2006. Kharia. A South Munda Language. Unpublished Habilitationsschrift, Universität Osnabrück. Vol. I: Grammatical Analysis. Vol. II: Kharia Texts. Glossed, Translated and Annotated. Vol. III: Kharia-English Lexicon. Peterson, John. 2007. “Languages without nouns and verbs? An alternative to lexical classes in Kharia”. In: Colin Masica (ed.), Grammatical and Semantic Perspectives on South Asian and Other Languages:. Papers Growing out of the Fifth International Conference on South Asian Linguistics (ICOSAL-5), Held at Moscow, Russia in July 2003, 274-303.. Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass.

Peterson, John. 2008. “Kharia”. In: Gregory D.S. Anderson (ed.), The Munda Languages 434-507. London ;New York: Routledge [Routledge Language Family Series].. Peterson, John. Submitted. Kharia. A South Munda Language. Pinnow, Heinz-Jürgen. 1959. Versuch einer historischen Lautlehre der Kharia-Sprache. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz. Pinnow, Heinz-Jürgen. 1965a. Kharia-Texte: Prosa und Poesie. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.

xiv

Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5

Pinnow, Heinz-Jürgen. 1965b. “‘Der Wertiger’ und andere Geschichten in Kharia, aufgezeichnet von Junas Kullu, übersetzt und mitgeteilt unter Mitwirkung von Paulus Kerketta”. Indo-Iranian Journal 9.1: 32-68. Ray, Tapas S. “Oriya”. In: George Cardona and Dhanesh Jain (eds.), The Indo-Aryan Languags 444-476. London; New York: Routledge [Routledge Language Family Series]. Roy, Sarat Chandra & Ramesh Chandra Roy. 1937. The Khāṛiās. Volumes. I-II. Ranchi: Man in India. Sāhu, R.P. 1979/80. Khaɽiyā vyākaraɳ (Kharia Grammar). Ranchi: Kharia Department, Gossaner College. Turner, Ralph Lilley. 1931. A Comparative and Etymological Dictionary of the : With Indexes of All Words Quoted from Other Indo-Aryan Languages, Compiled by Dorothy Rivers Turner. [Reprint, New Delhi: Allied Publishers, 1994]

xv =Ɂ1~acha

*Ɂ* to being familiar with it at all. Probably

=Ɂ1 See =yaɁ derives from =gaɁ. See also =ga(Ɂ).

Ɂ =Ɂ2 See =aɁ2 ab, a b now < S. ab’now’

Ɂ Ɂ -Ɂ3, - b See o b2 aba See apa

aɁbar negative imperative / optative marker, 2nd, Du/Hon. Used with the irrealis and optative forms. See also abu. *a* a1 defective predicate, used only in the abba See apa second persons with an imperative / adhortative sense, generally in abkir See abrik conjunction with another predicate in the irrealis: ‘Let’s go!’ abrik, abkir this time < S. abrik, abkir ‘this a=ye (Act) ‘come to me (addressee is time’ distant, Sg) and let’s go!’ a=na (Mid) ‘come on! (addressee is aɁbsiɁb Act: begin; Mid:-; gener; beginning. proximate, Sg), let’s go!’ a=na=bar (Du), Combining form:-siɁb a=na=pe (Pl) ‘come on! (addressee is still sitting or distant) abu modal negative marker, 2nd and 3rd a=ye=bar (Du, Act), a=ye=pe (Pl) Sg “do not, don’t”. Used in negative ‘come on! (Addressee is already imperatives (irrealis and optative). standing) Occasionally also found in 2nd persons anibar (Du) anipe (Pl) ‘let’s go!’ Du and Pl. Found in one text (hjpa:212,5) (Addressee is with speaker) < S. ā- with the nonpast. Cf. Bonda a-, used to ‘come’? See also hen! form the negatives of imperatives and simple tenses. See also aɁbar, aɁpe. a=2 1. interrogative proclitic ‘which?’, ‘what?’; 2. correlative proclitic abhaga unfortunate person < H. abhāg, abhāgya ‘misfortune’ a-3 negative prefix < Skt., via modern Indo- Aryan. See also amas. ac, ãc flame; heat from flame < S. ā̃c ‘heat of fire’ a-4 derivative prefix, meaning unclear, not productive. See also aloŋ (?), ajoɁɖ, acaka See acka akeɁɖ. amoɁɖ, anɖor. Perhaps related to earlier Caus a- found in several acanak See acka Kherwarian languages. ãcar pickle < S. acār, ãcār ‘pickle’

=aɁ1 See =yaɁ acha, accha Good! O.k.! (interjection) <

=aɁ2 focus marker. Although very common, its S./H. acchā ‘good’ use is considered incorrect and speakers accha laɁ conj.v. like, find appealing will generally not admit to using it or (experiencer in oblique case) Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon acka~aja

acka, acaka, acanak Act: do suddenly; Mid: to agar if. Cannot be used predicatively < S. / H. happen suddenly agar ‘if’ ackate, acakate, etc. suddenly < S. acākā ‘suddenly’ agra Agra, city in ãcra cloth border < H. ãcal ‘border or hem of a sari or shawl’ Act: watch over, guard; Mid: wait; acha See accha watchful; Caus: oɁb-a<Ɂb>gur, a<Ɂb>gur < S. ogr- ‘guard’, H. agor- aɁɖe Act: stay, remain, stand firm; wait; ‘watch, guard’ block someone’s way; Mid:-; gener; agur lebu guard (n.) Caus: a<Ɂb>ɖe, oɁb-aɁɖe, Doub Caus: oɁb-a<Ɂb>ɖe aguwa mediator, match-maker < S. / H. aguā ‘leader; match-maker’. See also suiya. aɖi, aɖ, aɽi, aɽ anaphoric proform of the 3rd person used to denote that the entity it agya order, command (n.) (hjpa:276,35) < H. refers to is identical to the present topic. ājñā ‘command, order’ Restricted to referents. Generally agya ter conj.v. give an order has the form aɖ before Du and Pl markers. aɁgh(o)rom Act: name a place AɁgh(o) rom; Mid: become called AɁgh(o) aɖɽo See adɽo rom; A(ʔ)ghorom (name of a village, whereabouts unknown) aɖhaŋ1 such; so much

ahambaɁ1 incapable (of), useless hjp aɖhaŋ2 countenance ( a: story 23, ln. 54)

ahambaɁ2 common, everyday, normal adi etc., et cetera < H. ādi ‘etc.’ ahɖanɖ independent (hjpa:80, text and fn. 13). adrak ginger < S. adrak ‚ginger‘ Unknown to speakers I consulted. adɽo, aɖɽo child See also anɖuwair. aij See ayiɁj adha, aɁdho See haɁɖo ain rule, plan < S. / H. āīn ‘law’ adher Act:-; Mid: become a young adult, aisan such (attribute). Also used to modify an around 25 years of age < S. adher- attribute: aisan maha ‘so big’ < S. aisān ‘thus’ agaɁ top (n.) < S. āgā as in gāch ker āgā bhāg Ɂ Ɂ ‘top of tree’, Blain 1975:188; also āug/ a j1 See ayi j āge/āgu bhāg ‘front’, Blain, 1975:73; H. Ɂ ct id Ɂ Ɂ āgā ‘front’ a j2 A : squirt, splash (s.o.); M :-; a j-a j: gener; Caus: ob-aɁj, Doub Caus: same agam, agambakta Act: make s.o. a ; as simple Caus Mid: become a prophet; prophet (n.) < S. āgambaktā / H. āgamvaktā ‘prophet’ aja paternal grandfather See aji, yaya

2 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 ajam~akhir

aja yaya(=kiyar) father’s parents < S. akam Act/Mid: be absent. No apparent ajā, H. ājā ‘paternal grandfather’ semantic difference < S. akam kar- ‘be absent’ ajam much < H. azamat ‘greatness’? akbakay Act: make someone nervous (not ajeɁ which, what (correlative) accepted by all); Mid: become nervous, ajeɁ no which (corr.); hjpb: ‘but’. See uptight; panic (n.); Caus: akbakuway, oub aus Ɂ also a-2, jeɁ1. D C : o b-akbakuway < S. kãp- / kap- ‘tremble’(?), H. hakbakā- ‘be taken aji paternal grandmother; sister-in-law aback, be aghast’ (?) (hjpa:179,95; 214,9; 253,124) < S. / H. ajī / ājī ‘paternal grandmother’. See also akcaka suddenly < S. acākā ‘suddenly’. See yaya, aja. also acanak, acka. aji ɖay paternal grandmother akeɁɖ Act: chew; Mid:-; gener; Caus: ajoɁɖ Act:-; Mid: dry up; Caus: a<Ɂb>joɁɖ, a<Ɂb>keɁɖ, oɁb-akeɁɖ, Doub Caus: oɁb- Ɂ Ɂ Ɂ Ɂ Ɂ Ɂ Doub Caus: o b-a< b>jo ɖ; See also a< b>ke ɖ. See also khe ɖ ‘bite’, a-4. Ɂ Ɂ jo ɖ ‘wipe, sweep’, a-4. For some speakers, ake ɖ means ‘bite’. ajoɁɖ ɖaɁ dry up (of water). ajoɁɖ ɖaɁ akel Act/Mid (?): turn around is believed by some to be the source of the name of the “Ayodhya”. akil, akal Act: think; Mid:-; gener; thought, (See MS, 1:112) knowledge; mind; reasoning < H. aql jiyom ajoɁɖ conj.v. die ‘understanding; mind; wisdom’ akil ayij conj.v. think, be of the opinion ajodh, ayodhya the city of Ayodhya in Uttar (experiencer in oblique case) Pradesh akil ɖel conj.v. think of something, of a thought to come ajub exact meaning unknown, found only in akil ter conj.v. let know, give knowledge the conjunct verb ajub hoy, apparently to means ‘astonished’ < H. ajūbā akil lur, lur akil reasoning ‘wonderful; miracle’ lur akil ɖel conj.v. realize s.th., come ajub hoy be astonished (hjpb:55,25) to understand s.th., become smarter (hjpb:50,28) ajur Act: be empty; empty from one pot to another; change; Mid: become empty < akɽa See akhɽa S. ajuair (kar-) ‘empty’ (v.) akhaɽ, akhãɽ, akhaɳ Act: make much, thick, ajgar python < H. ajgar ‘large snake, python’ dense; Mid: become much, thick, dense; deep; Caus: (oɁb-) a<Ɂb>khãɽ < S. akhaɽ akaɖ ukuɖ disgust < H. akaɽ ‘stiffness; ‘dense’. See also bonor, ghane, jumbra, arrogance’? kibhiŋ.

ct tr id itr akal1 famine < S. akāl ‘famine’ akhir, akhri A : end ( ); M : end ( ); end (n.); finally, in the end (also akhir=te, aus Ɂ akal2 See akil akhri=te); last (adj.); C : (o b-) a<Ɂ>khri < S. ākharī / ākhir ‘end’, H.

3 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon ãkhiyay~ambapani

ākhir ‘end’ alar dularboɁ lovingly alar dular un conj.v. love (v.) ãkhiyay Act: wink (at s.o.); Mid: wink (itr); Caus: oɁb-ãkhiyay < S. ā̃ikh mar- ‘wink’ alay balay unpeaceful, restless alay balay laɁ conj.v. become restless akhɽa, akhra dancing place akhɽa khoɁ dancing place < S. akhrā, alchri last (adj.) < S. ākhrī ‘last’? akhɽā ‘dancing area in the village’, H. akhāɽā ‘arena, ring, courtyard’ aleŋ(ga) (not) yet; until akhri See akhir algaʈ clearly akhuwa, okhuwa Act: make s.th. sprout (e.g. aliɖ net, rope container hanging from argoɁ

by planting and watering it); Mid: sprout; See argoɁ1 Caus: oɁb-okhuwa aloŋ Act: sing (seldom); Mid: sing; Caus: hjp Ɂ oub aus Ɂ Ɂ al1 secret ( a:92,9; 93, fn. 9). Unknown a< b>loŋ, D C : o b-a< b>loŋ;

to speakers I consulted. song. Combining form (?): loŋ1. See also

al ruɁ conj.v. betray a-4, laŋ, sunloŋ (under sun1). aloŋ duraŋ songs ct id al2 A : stay; M :-; Defective, used only aloŋ duraŋ paɽu songs in the following forms: al=e ‘Stop! aloŋ kayom song text Wait a minute! Hold on a second!’ (Sg), alsi axe al=e=bar (Du), al=e =pe (Pl) and al=e=le (1Pl.excl). Although the form alsoɁ Act/Mid: pull up rice plants at harvest- alele is, morphologically speaking, the time. No apparent semantic difference. 1st person, Pl Excl, it is used in an Incl sense and the Incl form *al=e=niŋ was alu yam, potato < S./H. ālū ‘potato’ rejected by speakers. am Act: make someone you; Mid: become -al See -l you (e.g. in a drama); Caus:-; 2nd person pro-form, ‘you’. This form, when not alag separate (adj.), independent (e.g. a state) marked for number, is used as the pro- < S. / H. alag ‘separate’ form for the second person, Sg. The alag karay conj.v. keep separate, Du and the Pl forms are derived from separate (tr) this form by adding the second person, Du and Pl endings, respectively. Cf. alam dew am=bar, am=pe alamɖaɁ dew. See also os. amaɁ Gen of am; Act: make s.th. yours, adopt someone; Mid: become alar Act: love (permanently) (Probably yours; yours originally an echo word for dular ‘love’ (see there) but now also used as amas new moon < S. amās ‘no moon,

a separate root); Mid: love (for a shorter moonless’ See also mas2 time); love (n.) alar dular love (n.) ambapani Ambapani, name of a village ca. 15

4 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 ambar~anaɁ manaɁ

km. south of Simdega, hjpb: 43,2 aŋgri, aŋri finger, toe < S.ãgur ‘finger, toe’ ambar 2nd person, Du/Hon pro-form. See also aŋk act (of a play) < H. ãk ‘act (of a play)’ =bar aŋkal rice (i.e., low) field; property. See also ambikapur Ambikapur, name of a city in aŋkay, of which aŋkal is probably Chandisgarh originally a participial form (see -l). amkuɁɖ, jamkuʔɖ group (n.) aŋkay field < H. ãkāī ‘valuation (of crop); division between tenant and landlord’, amkul seventh son of King Semb(h)o and ãk- ‘be valued, appraised’. See also Queen Dakay aŋkal. amkuli name of a village. Exact location aŋkel Act: turn around (tr); Mid: turn around unknown but in the general vicinity of (itr); gener of Act; Caus: oɁb-aŋkel Ranchi. Related to amkul? aŋku Act: a gamcha ‘chaddar’ or cloth amoɁɖ, amuɁɖ, amun Act: wash s.o. else’s around someone else; Mid: put a chaddar, face; Mid: wash one’s own face (tr). See etc. on oneself, wear a chaddar, etc.; Ɂ gener act aus Ɂ also a-4, mo ɖ1 of ; chaddar. C : a< b>ku, oɁb-aŋku, Doub Caus: oɁb-a<Ɂb>ku ampaɁ 2nd person, Pl, Gen. See also ampe. aŋri See aŋgri ampe 2nd person, Pl proform. See also am, =pe. aɲjor, anjor Act: lead; Mid: proceed, move forward; leadership; future; forward; amuɁɖ, amun See amoɁɖ origin (hjpa:226f.) Caus: (oɁb-) a<Ɂb>ɲjor ct id aŋ1 A /M : dawn, clear (of the sky). No aɲjorɖaɁ forward apparent difference in meaning. aɲjor dar, aɲjor gar one who leads the bride in the wedding ceremony ct id hjp aŋ2 A : yawn; open the mouth; M :-; ( a, 154, d:11;13) aɲor dar seems gener < S. ā̃glā / ãglā pharuwā- ‘yawn’? to be a misprint. See also aŋabɖaɁ aɲjor kaɽ leader aɲjor lebu leader aŋabɖaɁ, aŋgaɖaɁ Act: yawn; stretch (itr); aɲjor tij forward Mid:-; gener; Caus: oɁb-aŋa<Ɂb>ɖaɁ < S. ā̃glā / ãglā pharuwā ‘yawn’? See also aɳiɁj, ãɽiɁj See ayiɁj

aŋ2.

ana1 Ana (Man’s name) aŋan baɽi nursery school, kindergarten <

H. ā̃gan ‘courtyard’ and bāɽī ‘garden’ ana2 anna, a coin of small value, no longer in use. < H. ānā ‘anna, an Indian coin, aŋgre Act: promise; Mid:-; gener; promise (n.) no longer in use, equal to 1/16 or a rupee’ tonme kol aŋre the New Testament anaɁ manaɁ certain; of some kind or other;

5 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon anait~apan

very beautiful < H. ān-bān ‘way, manner’ of the city of Simdega (hjpb:51,49) anait See anet anes many. See also anet. anand joy < H. ānand ‘joy’ anet, anait Act: (?); Mid: be many; Caus:-; anand karay conj.v. rejoice very < S. anait ‘many’ See also anes.

u ncl anaŋ 1st person, D , I proform, ‘we both ani See a-1 (including addressee)’ anil Anil (a man’s name, from Indo-Aryan) anargi Act: brush s.o. else’s teeth (tr) (e.g. of a child); Mid: brush one’s own teeth aniŋ, aniɲ 1st person, Pl, Incl proform, ‘we (tr); brush; toothpick; Caus: (oɁb-) (Pl, including addressee)’ a<Ɂb>nargi ulaɁ anargi a traditional Indian aniti dishonest < H. anīti ‘injustice, wrong’ toothbrush of stick anjan unknown person; unknowing; unknown anbujhiya inexperienced, unknowing, non- < S. anjān mẽ / se ‘unknowingly’ understanding, thoughtless < H. anbūjh ‘thoughtless’ anjor See aɲjor anc See ãc ansa(y) Act:-; Mid: be annoyed, dissatisfied, bored; Caus: o­Ɂb-ansay; anɖa Act: lay an egg; Mid:-; gener; egg < S. annoyance < S. ansā ‘bored’ anɖā, H. aɳɖā ‘egg’ ansa laɁ conj.v. become annoyed, etc. anɖor Act: make lots of noise; Mid:-; gener. anʈa, ãʈa a specific duration of time

See also onɖor, a4-? anʈ sanʈ inappropriate < H. ãʈ-sãʈ ‘inappropriate’ anɖu testicle < S. ãɖu(k) ‘testicles and scrotum’ anusar according to (postposition, used with anɖuwair placenta, afterbirth. See also adɽo. direct case) < S. / H. anusār ‘according to’ andaj Act: guess, conjecture; Mid: -; Caus: oɁb-andaj, a<Ɂb>ndaj; knowledge < S. ap See apa ãdāj, H. ãdāz ‘guess’ apa, ap, aba, abba Act: accept someone as a andrias Andrew (Man’s name) father; Mid: become a father; father (n.) < S. ābā ‘father’. See also bap. andhra Act: make blind; Mid: become blind; apa ponomeswar the Father blind; Caus: oɁb-andhray, oɁb-andhrach (sic!) < S. andhrā ‘blind’ apaŋ Act: make crooked, bend (tr); Mid: become crooked, bent, hunched andhra prades the state of Andhra Pradesh apan, apon reflexive marker; ‘oneself; one’s andhra ʈola Andhra Tola, name of a section own’. Used with all persons < S. apan

6 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 aɁpe~arj

‘own’ , aramɖom son-in-law aram kunɖuɁ son-in-law aɁpe, aɁphe, ape negative modal marker, 2nd Pl “don’t, do not”. Used with the araŋ Act: pour (rice, grain, etc.) into a pot; irrealis. See also abu, aɁbar. Mid:-; gener; Caus: a<Ɂ>raŋ, oɁb-araŋ, Doub Caus: oɁb-a<Ɂ>raŋ apon See apan araŋgar immaculate aphat trouble (n.) < S. āphait ‘trouble’ araɲoɁ See arɲoɁ aphganistan Afghanistan arani Arani, name of a town between Kolebira aphirika, aphrika Africa and Simdega in southwestern Jharkhand (hjpb: 56,72; 58; 72) aphsos regret, sorrow < H. aphsos ‘sorrow, regret’ ararat Ararat (Name of a mountain in eastern aphsos karay conj.v. regret, feel sorry Turkey, from the ) for arbo, arab Arab, Arabian, Arabia aɽ See aɖi arbo samudar Arabian Sea

ct id aus araŋ gaɽaŋ Act: make someone speak crazily are1 A :-; M : descend; C : a<Ɂ>re, (e.g. rice beer); Mid: speak crazily (e.g. a<Ɂb>re, oɁb-are, Doub Caus: oɁb- when one is drunk); speaking crazily < a<Ɂ>re S. aɽaŋ baɽaŋ ct id are2 A :-; M : become eager to fight; aɽay grass prepare to fight; become inebriated (hjpa:232,64); Caus: a<Ɂb>re aɽel See arel

are3 vocative particle < H. are! ‘Hey!’ ãɽiɁj See ayiɁj arel, aɽel hail (stone) aɽki Act: lay on the side; Mid: on the side; aɽelɖaɁ hail (hjpa:213,6) Caus: oɁb-aɽki argam jargam backwards, reversed < S. aɽmaɽay See armaray

argoɁ1 carrying stick; bamboo crossbar from ar Act: weigh (bg:125; hjpa:262, 12; the ends of which two rope containers fgd:57; speakers I consulted were not are hanging (bg:125) familiar with this lexeme)

argoɁ2 bhang, a drink made with marijuana bg arab1 poor ( :125) arabɖuɁ poor; poor thing; orphan ari saw (n.) < S. arī ‘saw’ arab2 See arbo arj, arja Aryan < H. ārya ‘Aryan’ (< Skt.). See

7 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon arjamihir~asur

also arjowar. asa basoar meaning unknown, found in a arjamihir Aryamihir, king of Iran and Irak in shamanistic song in hjpa:142 Kharia mythology. asal real, true, genuine < S. asal ‘genuine, arjay Act: revive (tr) < S. arjay- ‘revive’ real, true’ asal boŋ(ko), asal buŋko actually, arje Mid: become revived < S. arj- ‘become really, in actuality revived’. Caus: ob-arjay asali true, genuine arji prayer < H. arzī ‘petition’ asam the state of Assam in northeast India arji binti prayer asar, asari name of month < H. aṣaɽh ‘June- arjowar India, Aryavarta; inhabitants of July’ Aryavarta < H. āryavart ‘(north and central) India’ < Skt. See also arj, arja. ased much; too much < H. aśeṣ ‘complete, entire, vast, infinite’? arkhi liquor, made from the Mohua tree < S. arkhī ‘whiskey’ ase pase nearby < S. āsepāse ‘near’

arloɁ, areloɁ north. See also -loɁ1. Meaning asintay next year. See also enmaɁ ‘this year’, of ar unclear, perhaps related to ar- in suɁɖhaɁ ‘last year’. arɲoɁ. areloɁ seems to be restricted to songs. See also uttar. asis < S. āśiṣ ‘blessing’ asis ter conj.v. give one’s blessing armaray, aɽmaɽay Act:-; Mid: hesitate < S. armara- ‘hesitate’ asra hope, expectation < S. āsrā ‘hope’ asraga hopefully arɲoɁ, araɲoɁ Act:-; Mid: graze; Caus: oɁb- asra ayij conj.v. be trustful ɲoɁ. See also ɲoɁ, care. Meaning of ar asra un conj.v. hope unclear, perhaps related to ar- in arloɁ. asra yo conj.v. see, hope, expect (hjpa:280f.) arnɖay Act: cause to bloom (through exposure to sun, irrigation, etc.) asro Asro, name of a town in arnɖe Mid: be about to bloom; Caus:- asudhya impure < S. aśudh ‘impure’ aroma Rome aroma raij the Kingdom of Rome, asul Act: pay back a loan (of money or rice, the Roman Empire etc.); Mid: be given back (of loaned goods) (Biligiri, 1965126: ‘take care arthat namely ; i.e., that is < H. arthāt ‘that is’ of’) aru yam < S. aru ‘yam’ asur the Asuri people, an Asuri person; Asuri (adj.) Pinnow (hjpb:53,n. 38) notes that arunacal prades the state of Arunachal Pradesh the Asur were famous among other in northeast India things for digging ponds (pokhra) < H.

8 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 ãʈa~ayna

asur < Skt. asura- ‘evil spirit, demon’ asur pariya the Asur Age atu interrogative ‘where?’; correlative ‘where’

ãʈa1 flour < S. āʈā ‘(course) flour’ atu atu wherever atujo wherever en ãʈa2 See anʈa atuwaɁ whence (correlative) < G of atu aʈkar Act: feel; think, understand, know; Mid:- atu tay whence (correlative) ; assumption, conjecture; approximately < H. aʈkal ‘guessing, conjecture’ athir, sthir Act: quiet s.o. down (e.g. through medicine); Mid: become quiet, peaceful aʈkay Act: stop (tr), hinder < S. aʈk- ‘stop (e.g. through medication) < H. sthir (itr)’, aʈkā-’stop (tr)’ ‘firm, unmovable, stable’ aʈke Mid: stop (itr), be hindered avaj voice < S. āvāj ‘voice’ aʈpaʈa strange aw Act:-; Mid: live, stay, remain; non- present qualitative predicate marker (≈ gener aus aʈh 8 < S. āʈh ‘8’. See also aʈhara, ghal2, “copula”); aw-aw: ; C : obh- oub aus Ɂ tham / thom4. aw, D C : o bh-aw (does not aʈhwã eighth < H. āʈhwā̃ become oɁbh-aw in the past tense before =oɁ) aʈhara 18 < S. aʈhāro, H. aʈhārah ‘18’ aw-aw living, one who lives (masdar of aw) aʈhasi 88 < H. aʈʈhāsī ‘88’ aw-aw kaɽ inhabitant awkaɽ neighbour aʈho See ʈho awa a potter’s kiln, a furnace < S. āwā ‘kiln’ aʈhwã See aʈh awal very good, healthy (hjpa, 148, fn. c:9) at= correlative marker used in at=kaɽ

instead of ata=kaɽ, a=kaɽ. See a=2, ata. awal gel come and gone, used e.g. with respect Perhaps a typo for ata (hjpa: 88, line 33). to unexpected guests < S. āval gel ‘having come [and] gone’ ata which?; correlative marker, e.g. atakaɽ ‘one who’ awjar tool < H. auzār ‘tool’ ata no + neg nothing at all ata + pal ‘be able’, ‘as much as awkaɽ See aw possible’ Ɂ Ɂ Ɂ Ɂ ayi j, a j1, aɳi j, ãɽi j non-inherent present ate where? (= a=te ‘q=obl’); correlative qualitative predicate marker (≈ “copula”). Ɂ adverbial: where. See also a=2. ayi j is the most common stem, realized as ayiɁjɖ- in the 1st and 2nd persons, Sg atiɁj where, whither (cr); otherwise < Maithili, əich ‘3.non-hon’? hjp Ɂ ( b:44,7) (= a=2 + ti j ‘side’) atma , spirit < S. ātmā ‘soul’ ayna mirror < S. āenā ‘mirror’, H. āīnā

9 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon ayo~baɖuɁj

‘mirror’ to speakers I consulted) < H. bhāvanā ‘perception, consciousness; recollection’ ayo, ayu Act: accept someone as a mother; Mid: become a mother; mother < S. āyo babu child, boy < S. bābu ‘dear (voc)’

‘mother’. See also yo2, mãy. ayoyaɁ Gen of ayo; Act: make babul See bulbul something mother’s; Mid: become

mother’s bacan1 word. < S. bacan ‘word’ ayo apaki parents

maha ayo father’s elder sister bacan2 rain (n.) < S. barṣā/barkhā ‘rain’?, more likely H. varṣaɳ ‘raining, downpour’ ayodhya See ajodh bacan gim conj.v. rain (v.) ayu See ayo bacandat niścitārtha ceremony (bg:127) ayur, ayul Act: sweep away (of the wind) baɁcha, bacha male calf < S. bachā ‘bull (tr); Mid: be swept away (by the wind) calf, young’. See also bachru, bachiya, (hjpa:219,26 ‘swing’) bocho, gõɽi, koŋtaŋ. ayyub Job (Man’s name in ) bachiya female calf < S. bachiyā, bachī ‘heifer calf’ See also bachru, baɁcha, bocho, gõɽi, koŋtaŋ.

bachru calf of a cow < S. bachru ‘bull or heifer calf, small calf’. See also bachiya, *b* baɁcha, bocho, gõɽi, koŋtaŋ. baɁ paddy; unhusked rice; rice corn (can be used in Pl); name of one of the nine baɖa 1. father’s elder brother; 2. mother’s clans. In one version of the history of elder brother < S. baɽā ‘father’s elder the Kharia, also the name of one of the brother or cousin’ original nine sons. See also rumkuɁb. baɁɖaɁ water used for cooking rice See bãɖa See banɖa also beisɖaɁ, manɖaɁ, ɖaɁ. baɁloɁ paddy land (Malhotra, 1982: 74) baɖi (ma), baɖhi (ma), baɽi (ma) 1 . baɁ rumkuɁb, baɁ runkuɁb rice mother’s elder sister - with or without baɁ biɖa rice seed ma; 2. father’s elder brother’s wife baɁ golaŋ rice beer (without ma) < S. baɽī ‘father’s elder sister; father’s elder brother’s wife; baba! father; Wow!; God, used only in father’s elder cousin’s wife’ exclamations such as hãyre baba! < S. bābā ‘Father (voc, used by children)’; baɖke See badke H. bābā ‘father’ baɖuɁj, baɖuiɁj bending (n.) (hjpa, 146, g:4) babilon See bulbul See also ɖuɁj, meaning of ba- unclear (hjpa, 149, fn. g). babna memory (hjpa:120, line 23 - unknown

10 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 baɖkay~baghiya baɖkay, baɖke See badkay, badke badli Mid: badli: change (itr); badlay: baɖkeɁ coiffure (bg:127) change (tr, gener); Caus: ba<Ɂb>-dlay, oɁb-badlay, ba<Ɂb>dle, oɁb-badle, Doub aus Ɂ Ɂ baɖhay1, baɖhi carpenter < S. baɽhāī, baɽhī C : o b-ba< b>dle < S. badlī / badlā ‘carpenter’ kar- ‘change’.

ct tr baɖhay2, baɽhay, boɖhay A : increase ( ) < bãdho See bãd S. baɽhā- ‘increase’ (tr) bãdha Act: lease out to s.o.; Mid:-; gener < S. baɖhe, baɽhe, boɖhe Mid: increase (itr) < S. bãdhā kar-. See also khãjh mãjh. baɽh- ‘increase’ (itr) bãdhna a man’s name baɖhi1 (ma) See baɖi (ma) bagayca, bagica See bagoyca baɖhi2 See baɖhay1 bagoha bull (one year old) (bg:127) bãd, bandho, bãdho reservoir held back by a dam < Sadni bā̃dh ‘dam’ bagoyca, bagayca, bagica garden < S. ba- bãdho pendari low-lying land in the gīcā ‘garden’ direct vicinity of a reservoir timsoŋ bandho Hell, “reservoir of fire” bagɽay Act: hurt, ruin (tr) (hjpa:277,38) bagɽe Mid: bagɽe: become ruined, hurt; bagɽay: badte after (with infinitive in Gen or direct hurt (tr, gener); Caus: ba<Ɂb>gɽay, oɁb- case) < H. bād mẽ bagɽay; ba<Ɂb>gɽe, oɁb-bagɽe, Doub Caus: oɁb-ba<Ɂb>gɽay (subject takes badam peanut < S. bādām ‘peanut’ part in action); ob-ba<Ɂb>gɽe (subject does not take part in action but merely bãdi imprisonment < H. bãdī ‘prisoner, slave’ has it carried out) < S. bagɽ- ‘break bãdi bay conj.v. imprison down (itr)’ badkay, baɖkay Act: hurry s.o < S. bhaʈ kar- bagra much, many < S. bagrā ‘much’ ‘hurry’? bãgru See baŋru badke, baɖke, batke Mid: badke: hurry; run; badkay: hurry (tr, gener); Caus: bagha name of a herdsman (hjpa:207, 9) ba<Ɂb>dkay,oɁb-badkay; ba<Ɂb>dke, oɁb-badke, Doub Caus: oɁb-ba<Ɂb>dke baghima name of a field, near Palkot, between badkega badkega quickly Palkot and Gumla (hjpa:241, 89). Same badkekon quickly (hjpb:42,3) as baghma? (Converbal form) baghima ɖaɳ Baghima Field badla exchange. See badlay, badli. baghiya the spirit of a person killed by a tiger (hjpa:206,7, citing rr:347ff). See also badlay Act: change (tr) baghoy. Samme as khũʈ baghiya ?

11 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon baghma~baɁj

bahut, bohut, bohute very < S. bahut ‘very’ baghma name of a village. Exact location unknown but in the general vicinity of bail ear of corn (bg:127) < H. bāl ‘ear of Ranchi. Same as baghima? corn’ baghoy man-eating tiger (bg:127) < S. bāgh baiman scoundrel < H. be-īmān ‘dishonest’. ‘tiger’. See also baghiya. See also iman. baimani corruption baha (upper) arm < S. bāĩh, bāhī ̃ ‘upper arm’ baimani karay conj.v. practice baha joray conj.v. form a coalition (with corruption s.o.); form a friendship baiɽh grow; rise (hjpb:41f.) < S. baɽh- ‘grow’ bahana pretext < H. bahānā ‘pretext’ baiɽhkon ‘even more’ (converbal form of baiɽh) bahar(te), bahari(te), baher(te), baheirte bahar, , bahre bair Act: make old (e.g., hard work, poverty, outside (adv., postposition with etc.); Mid: become old; Caus: oɁb-bair, Gen, direct case) < S. bāhre, bāhrī u-bar; old (of things) ‘outside’ baher barwi Outer Barwe bairi, boiri enemy < H. bair ‘enmity; hostility, ill-will’, S. bairī ‘enemy’. See also boer. bahin, bohin, bohini, boini 1. sister. May be used for all sisters, regardless of age. If baisali See baysali there is a distinction between younger and elder sisters, elder sisters are bãiʈhi knife fixed to a wooden plank on which referred to either as didi or maha bahin one can sit and cut vegetables (bg:129) and younger sisters as konon bahin; < S. baiʈh- ‘sit’ 2. female cousin, both maternal and paternal. If there is a distinction between baitulam, baitulham Bethlehem (hjpa:258, 5; younger and elder female cousins, elder 7) female are referred to either as didi or maha bahin and younger female cousins baithabara Bethany as konon bahin; 3. nun, religious sister. See also misnari bohin (under misan); 4. baithasaida Bethesda

See also boini1 < S. bahin ‘sister’ baɁj Act:-; Mid: agree, like, love; fall in love; bahir See bahari Caus: oɁb-baɁj; No Doub Caus baɁj-baɁj masdar of baɁj bahre See bahari baɁj-baɁj hoy conj.v. be likeable, pleasant (experiencer in oblique bahurat, bohrat the custom of the bride-groom case) staying for nine days with his future baɁj-baɁj laɁ conj.v. like (experiencer in parents-in-law. (bg:132) < S. bahurant oblique case) (hjpb:56, 48; the form ‘first visit of a wife after her wedding in laɁnaɽ at the end of this line appears her parent’s home’. See also barat. to be a mistype for laɁna)

12 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 baja~balay baja musical instrument < S. bajā gājā unknown but in the general vicinity of ‘musical instrument’ Ranchi. bahar bakhe name of a village. Exact bajaɁ, balaɁ Act: vomit; Mid:-; gener location unknown but in the general vicinity of Ranchi. bajar lightning < H. bajar ‘lightning’ bajar tar conj.v. of lightning to strike baɁkhiɳi, bakhiɽi tell (a story); story (From hjpa, various texts, also Malhotra, bajay Act: resound (tr), play (a musical 1982:176; unknown to speakers I instrument) consulted). See bakhin, barunika. baje Mid: resound (itr); to become X-o’clock baɁkhiɳi loŋ story, description, account. − Used in simple past tense or in the perfect to denote present time: tin bakhin, bakhain, bakhan Act: tell (a story), bajeki ‘It is 3:00.’ The use of the perfect mention, explain; Mid:-; gener; Caus: seems to be connected to some kind of ba<Ɂb>khin, oɁb-bakhin, Doub Caus: expectation, such as already or finally; oɁb-ba<Ɂb>kin < S. bakhān ‘description’. o’clock: The “Pl” form bajeki, denoting See also baɁkhiɳi, barunika. approximation, can also be used as a bakhain karay conj.v. describe, tell a complement phrase or “nominal”, cf. story (hjpb:40,16; 64,55) tham no thomsiŋ bajekite ‘at around 8 or 9 o’clock’ (hjpa, 154, d:8) < S. bajā- baɁkhiɽi See baɁkhiɳi ‘play (an instrument)’, baje ‘o’clock’. See also sodhom, sohan. balaɁ See bajaɁ thapɽi bajay conj.v. to clap the hands balabha Balabha, name of the mother of King baju echo-word for saju Koranga (hjpb:56,71). Pinnow (hjpb:59, note 71) derives this from the Skt. term bãjhi, banjhi, baɲjhi barren woman < S. bā̃jh vallabhā ‘lover (f.)’. See also koraŋga, ‘barren (woman)’ . See also bohila. karɳdew. balabha buɽhi name of a place near bajhay Act: trap, catch (animals) < S. bajhā- Arani in southwestern Jharkhand ‘catch in a net’ where King Koranga’s mother and her servants are said to have bajhe Mid: fall into a trap; get trapped petrified and can still be seen. The bajhay kaɽ (animal) trapper name means ‘Old woman Balabha’. (hjpb:56,74). bakla bark of a tree < S. baklā ‘bark of a tree’. Ɂ hjp See also kalo b1. new-born ( a:185:129) < S. bālak ‘baby’ bakra (non-castrated) goat < S. bakrā ‘billy goat’. See also khasi. balar love. Perhaps originally an echo-word for dular ‘love’, e.g. dular balar. baɁkhaɖi Act/Mid: talk, chat. No semantic difference but more common in the Mid. balay trouble See also alay balay. balay chuɁʈay (Act) / balay chuɁʈe bakhe name of a village. Exact location (Mid) cause trouble (no apparent

13 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon balbal~bandar

semantic difference) wet < S. bacā- ‘save’ baɲce, bance Mid: baɲce: be saved; be left; balbal talkative, garrulous < H. balbalā- escape baɲcay: take a long time in ‘babble’. See also batbawni. saving; Caus: oɁb-baɲcay; No Caus form of baɲce; No Doub Caus balidan sacrifice < S.balidān ‘sacrifice’ baɲcay kaɽ saviour baɲce left over balom lance < H. ballam ‘short spear’ baɲjhi See bãjhi balpos Act: make an orphan (bg:128 ‘adopt’); Mid: become an orphan < S. balpos por- baɳa See banɖa ‘bring up an orphan’ baɳo wild cat < S. bā̃ɽo ‘wild cat’ balʈi, balʈin bucket < S. bālʈī ‘bucket’

ban1 firecracker < S.bam ‘bomb’? balucistan Baluchistan (in Pakistan)

ban2 spell, charm (in witchcraft) < S. mãtar baluwa a kind of weapon ‘spell’? ban tar conj.v. cast a spell (on s.o.) < S. bamhan, brahman, pãɽ Brahman. (In MS, mãtar mār-? 1:117f. appears to designate a priest from

any ethnic group) < S. bamhan ‘priest’. bana1 liking < S. banā See also baɽom.

bana2 arrow < H. bāɳ ‘arrow, barb’ (< Skt.) bamɽa name of a town in Orissa banar news < H. varɳa ‘description, account’? baŋgla, baŋla bungalow, church < S. bãglā ‘bungalow’ banaras the city of Benares baŋklui, baŋlui stork, heron < S. baiklā ‘(large) banari eighth son of Semb(h)o and Dakay stork’, baklī ‘(small) stork’ (?) banay bear; wild animal < S. ban (ker) ‘wild baŋla See baŋgla (of animal)’? See also jharkul, bhalu. baŋlades Bangladesh banayɖaɁ Banaedaga, name of a village (?) baŋlui See baŋklui bancay, bance See baɲcay, baɲce baŋru, bãgru safflower banɖa, baɳa, bãɖa castrated; castrated boar < baŋru biru the Safflower Mountains, H. bãɖ ‘circumcised; impotent’ apparently in Gumla district (MT, 1:233)

bandai See bandoy1 baŋsiŋ Bangsing, place-name, whereabouts unknown bandar, bandra monkey < S. bandarā ‘monkey’, H. bãdar ‘monkey’ baɲcay, bancay Act: save; keep from getting bandar lowɽi Cassia fistula (hjpa:

14 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 bandobast~baraŋgi

173,49) id baɽa1 M : become much; very < S. baɽ, H. bandobast arrangement < S. bandobast baɽā ‘big’ ‘arrangement’ baɽa bhari very much; very strong; bandobast karay conj.v. see to, take very big care of, arrange for baɽai greatness (hjpa:270,24) baɽai karay conj.v. praise (hjpb: 55,42) bandoy1, bandai Bandoi feast

baɽa2 See baɖa bandoy2, sohoroy, sohoraj ca. October, the tenth month of the year. While bandoy baɽãda Name of a Kharia deity clearly derives from the name of the

festival, the etymology of sohoroy / baɽai See baɽa1 sohoraj is uncertain. Perhaps from sohor

‘village headman’. baɽi1, bari garden < S. bārī ‘garden’ kheti bari agriculture bandra See bandar

baɽi2 (ma) See baɖi banduk gun < S. bãdūk ‘gun’ baɽom Brahman, the Hindu priestly . In bandha meaning unclear. From hjpa:72, used Duŋɖuŋ (1999), however, the word in bay bandha ‘striped’. Unknown to baɽom is repeatedly used with reference speakers I consulted. to Kharia priests (e.g. the story of the cowgirl and the Pathans, 61ff.); beautiful bandho See bãd < S. bāmhan ‘priest’. See also bamhan.

bane See bone. Typical of the speech of -bar two (combining form of ubar1 (see northern Orissa. there)) barsiɁb second. See also -siʔb. banjhi See bãjhi barson twice. See -soŋ2, -son2 banphora a kind of poisonous which =bar enclitic for 2nd person, Du/Sg Hon damages the water dams of paddy fields bg ( :128) bara1 12 < S. bāro, bāra ‘12’ See also baro, ghol ubar, gholsiŋ. bansi hook of the fishing rod bg( :129)

bara2 much, more (= baɽa1?) banui Banui, name of a town in Orissa barabar, barabeir, barabir, baraboir equal; bap, bapa, bape father; ancestor < S. bāp often < S. barābeir, H. barābar ‘equal’ ‘father’, bāp purkhā ‘ancestor’. See also apa. baragh boar, wild pig < S. barahā ‘wild boar’ mã bap, mãy bapa mother and father, parents baraŋgi Barangi (name of ethnic group) baraŋgi ɖaɳ Barangi Field (place bapre! Wow! < H. bāphre bāph! name)

15 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon baran baran~baru

barkait, barkeit, barkat blessing < H. barkat baran baran different types (appears in Gen as ‘blessing’ a modifier) < S. baran baran ‘different sãs barkat blessing (hjpa:204,1) types of’ barne baran of different types barma Burma, Myanmar (hjpa:174,52) < S. -e ‘foc’ barnan description. < H. varɳan ‘description’ baraph, barph ice, snow < S. baraph ‘ice’ (< Skt.) barnan karay conj.v. describe baras See boris barnɖa Kharia clan and mountain spirit barat, baratiya, bartiya wedding guest < (hjpa:205, see also Roy & Roy, 1937:312, H. barāt ‘wedding guests’. See also 373f., who compare this spirit briefly to

baretiya under bare1, and bartiya, which similar ones of other Munda tribes). See is probably the same lexeme. also barnɖo? barcha, barecha spear, lance < S. barchā barnɖo whirlwind, tornado < S. baranɖo ‘spear’ ‘whirlwind’. See also barnɖa? bardast endurance, tolerance barne baran See baran

bare1 groom. See also barat. barnika See barunika baretiya the groom’s party at the wedding baro do or have 12 times; 12 (hjpa:208,10) < H. bārah ‘12’ See also ghol ubar, en bare2 (boŋ) about, concerning (Used with G ) gholsiŋ, bara. < S. (ker) bāre ‘about’ baroay See barwe baretiya See bare1 baroya, baruya ninth and youngest son of baris See boris Semb(h)o and Dakay; alternative name for barwe, see there. bariya, bariyã, beriya, boriya two people; two (used only in conjunction with people). barph See baraph

See also bar, ubar1. barsiʔb See -bar barjhay Act: talk s.o. out of doing something; complain; Mid: get into trouble barson See -bar barjhe (‘be forbidden’ BG:129) The form barje bartiya See barat was rejected by speakers I consulted < S. barjā- ‘forbid’, barj- ‘be forbidden’ baru Act: make good, fix, repair;M id: become barjal past participle of barjhay good, get well; good; Caus: ba<Ɂb>ru < H. bar ‘choice (adj.), excellent’ (< Skt.) barkha rain < S. barṣā, barkhā ‘rain’ baru bay conj.v. make (s.th.) good baru karay conj.v. fix, repair

16 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 barunika~bawɽahi

baru laɁ conj.v. like, be(come) happy baruboɁ well, good bãsowari members of the same clan or tribe baru-ɖaɁ thanks; good; well (hjpa, 147, h:4, 149, fn. h) < H. vãś baru-ɖaɁ gam thank (v.) ‘family line or succession; dynasty. See baru gamɖaɁ thanks also bãs. barunika, barnika Act: describe, mention; basri See bā̃sari Mid:-; gener < H. varɳan ‘description’ (< Skt.) See also baʔkhiɳi, bakhin. bãʈa, baʈa part, share < S. baʈā, bãʈā ‘portion, share’ baruwe See barwe baʈam See baʈom baruya See baroya baʈi small notebook barway See barwe baʈkhara balance < S. baʈkharā ‘scales, weight’ barwe, baruwe, barwi, barway, baroay, baroya Barwe (name of an area), baʈom, baʈam button < Eng. ‘button’ according to hjpa:234,70 near Surguja baher barwi Outer Barwe baɁʈhi youngest brother, alternative to konon bhiɁtar baruwe raij, bhitar barwe raij beʈa ‘youngest son’ Inner Barwe baɁʈhi jija elder sister’s husband bãs family, dynasty (hjpa:257,4) < H. vãś batay Act: tell; Mid:-; gener < S. batā- ‘tell’; ‚dynasty‘ See also bãsowari Caus: ba<Ɂb>tay, oɁb-batay, Doub Caus: oɁb-ba<Ɂb>tay basa(y), Active: live; settle (tr) (permanently) batbawni talkative, garrulous < H. batbanā ‘a base Mid: live; settle (tr) for a shorter period great talker’. See also balbal. of time < S. basā- ‘establish (a home), bas- ‘live’ bati wick; hjpa:275,34 ‘candle’. See also ɖera basa live (v.) battī (IA, cf. e.g. Konkani vāt ‘wick’). basal past participle of basa(y) batke See badke, baɖke basali See baysali batti light < S. battī ‘candle’, H. battī ‘wick, bãsari, basri < S. bā̃sarī ‘flute (of the candle, lamp’ Probably the same word as type played from the side)’. See also bati. See also serta. peɳeɁɖ, rutu. batur filaria (?) (bg:129) basenʈoli name of a khoɽi or village section in Saldega (salɖaɁ) bawna very small, dwarfish (hjpa:184, 126) < S. baunā ‘dwarf’ basi Act:-; Mid: become cold (of food); Caus: ba<Ɂb>si < S. bāsī ‘stale, leftover bawɽahi crazy (fem.) < S. bauɽāhā ‚crazy‘ (of food)’ (fem.)

17 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon bay1~bel

ct bay1 A : make; build; used with a word for bedi altar < S. bedī ‘altar’ ‘meat’, such as komaŋ or mãs it means ‘to cut up meat’; fix, mend, undo (e.g. in begar, bigur without (postposition) < S. begar hjpb:44,7); Mid:-; bay-bay gener; Caus: ‘without’ oɁb-bay; No Doub Caus bay-bay masdar of bay beghma name of the second son of Semb(h)o and Dakay v bay2 predicate marker (“ 2”) denoting that an action or event occurred suddenly and , ber who? The form with -ha- appears more intensely than usual. “excessive”. to be motivated by Sadani (if not vice versa): cf. Sadani ke ‘who’ and also bay3 Ouch! (interj.) ke=har ‘who’, with no apparent semantic difference, where =har otherwise bay4 craziness; crazy expresses inalienable possession with a bay jaɁb conj.v. become crazy (patient 3rd person, Sg possessor. / experiencer appears in the oblique ber … ber, ber ber … ber ber some … case) others ber berki whoever, some people baybal the Bible < Eng. ‘Bible’ be(ha)rjo + neg no one be(ha)rkon whoever; someone bay bandha striped (hjpa:72, unknown to genitive: ber=aɁ kon=aɁ speakers I consulted) behera bearer < S. bhariyā ‘bearer’ bayɁni Mid: be blue (bg:129; unknown to speakers I consulted) behos unconscious, fainted (hjpb:56,55) < S. behoś ‘unconscious’ baysali, baisali, basali Baysali, Vaishali (name of a city); the name of a cow which behtar better < H. behtar ‚better‘ played a central role in the travels of the Kharia in pre-historical times, leading beijat disgrace, dishonor < H. beizzat the Kharia across the Ganges at Vaishali ‘dishonoured, disgraced’ See also ijat. in their travels to their present homeland. beijat karay conj.v. disgrace, dishonor See also surali. basali gay, baysali koŋtaŋ the Baysali beisɖaɁ the water which is poured into rice for cow, important in Kharia mythology cooking. See also baɁɖaɁ, manɖaɁ, daɁ. baysali sãɽ the Baysali ox bekar useless; bad; senseless < S. bekār ‘useless’ becara poor, unfortunate (m.) < S. becārā See also becraŋgi. bel Act: bel: spread out (tr); Mid: bel: spread out (itr); bel-bel: gener of act; becraŋgi poor, unfortunate (f.). See also becara Caus: ob-bel < S. phail- ‘spread out?; H. bel- ‘spread out by rolling (e.g. bread beɁɖ See beɁʈ dough)? bel-bel masdar of bel bẽɖay See bẽɽay

18 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 bela~beriya bela time < H. belā, S. berā ‘time’. See also beni Beni, a man’s name bera. benʈi rope (of straw) belar description; writing beohar behaviour < S. cāl-vyahār, H. vyavahār belay Act: write; Mid:-; gener; Caus: ‘behaviour’ be<Ɂb>blay, oɁb-belay, Doub Caus: oɁb- be<Ɂb>lay. Apparently of Dravidian beɽa valley (Malhotra, 1982:74, 185); field, origin, cf. Kannada bɵrɵi ‘write’, plain, valley (hjpa:230,57) probably via Kurukh. See also likha. beɽa gorɖaɁ plains (Malhotra, 1982:74) beɽa karayga plains (Malhotra, beleɖ feather 1982:255, written bera-karayga) beleɖgar having feathers gitaɁ beɽa, getu beɽa name of a city belekh indescribable < H. be- ‘without’ and bẽɽay, bẽɖay Act: lose < S. bẽɽa- ‘lose’ lekh ‘consider, estimate’ (Brajbhasha, Avadhi), lekhan ‘writing, drawing’ bẽɽe Mid: become lost. Both stems may be used in both act and mid with no apparent belgarɖ name of a village in Jharkhand difference in meaning; Caus: bẽɽũwãy beljiam Belgium; far-away place; Eden; bẽɽi See benɖi / . hjpa:125 writes that this

is due to the fact that most missionaries beɽo1 sun; hour; o’clock < S. beir? Bonda bel who came to the Kharia were from ‘sun; day-time’ Belgium. beɽo apa Father Sun. See also bhagwan, dewta, dewtain, giriŋ, isuwar, pahra, belom, beloŋ Act:-; Mid: ripen; Caus: ponmesor. be<Ɂb>loŋ, Doub Caus: oɁb-be<Ɂb>loŋ; beɽo leraŋ Sun and Moon

ripe beɽotoɁ Sunday See toɁ1.

bemloŋ Act: make fair colored; Mid: become beɽo2 Bero, name of a town in Lohardaga fair colored; fair colored; Caus: oɁb- district be<Ɂ>mloŋ Related to beloŋ? beɽhiyaboɁ well (adv.) beŋka Act: make crooked, bend (tr); Mid: become crooked, bent; Caus: oɁb-beŋka ber See behar < H. vyaŋg ‘maimed, disformed’? bera time. See also bela < S. bera ‘time’. benɖi, bendi, bẽɽi spider bera sire at the right time benel bedding. See bel, -nV-. beraɁ konaɁ See ber kon under behar benhiyar (female) worker (e.g. field worker, bere See bhere employed on a daily basis) < S. benihār ‘female worker’ beriya See bariya

19 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon bes~biɖ2

beroɁɖ Act:-; Mid: arise, be awakened, get up, betoɁɖ hoy conj.v. become hungry stand up; Caus: be<Ɂb>roɁɖ ‘lift, raise’, betoɁɖ laɁ conj.v. become hungry with towns ‘give up, abandon’ betoɁɖ ɖaɁ Act:-; Mid: be(come) thirsty; (Gen+) kayomte be<Ɂb>roɁɖ conj. v. Caus: be<Ɂb>toɁɖ ɖaɁ, Doub Caus: neglect (someone) oɁb-be<Ɂb>toɁɖ; thirst betoɁɖ ɖaɁ laɁ conj.v. become thirsty Ɂ hjp bes1 good; beauty < S. bes ‘good’. See also beto ɖ ɖaɁson thirstily ( a:248, 107) beso. besɖaɁ, besboɁ well (adv.); good biabhicar See byabhicar bes laɁ conj.v. seem good, be pleasant besega o.k., alright biah See biha beskan good, nice bib(h) See biɁɖ hjp bes2 clothing, attire < H. veś ( b:64,39; 66, note 39) biɁbhrel, biɁɖbhrel ca. April, the fourth month of the year. See also -rel. beso, besu Act:-; Mid: become full, satiated; Caus: be<Ɂb>su. Used productively also biɁc, biʔj Form of beʈi used before possessive with other types of food, such as cakhnaɁ markers. beso ‘eat one’s full of vegetables’, ɖaɁ beso ‘drink one’s full of water’, etc.; bicar Act: think, consider; Mid:-; thought, full (Used in the predicate laij beso ɲoɁ judgement, opinion < S. bicār ‘have a full stomach, eat enough’) < S. ‘consideration, thought’ bes ‘good’ X=aɁ bicar buŋ in X’s opinion bicar karay conj.v. think beɁʈ, beɁɖ Form of beʈa when marked for inalienable possession bichawna, bichna bed < H. bichāvnā ‘bedding; bed’ beʈa boy, son. Generally written be(Ɂ)ʈ, pronounced beɁɖ, before possessive bichi scorpion < S. bichī ‘scorpion’ markers, although beʈa=ɖom, etc., can also be found < S. beʈā ‘son’ bichna See bichawna beʈa hurhuɽiya / hurhuriya impulsive Ɂ Ɂ ct id Ɂ young man bi ɖ1, bi b, bibh A : pour out; sow; M :-; bi ɖ- beʈa konɖuɁ son biɁɖ: gener. In the speach of two speakers I questioned, both from southwestern beʈi girl; daughter. Written biɁc, pronounced , the meaning ‘pour out’ biɁj, before possessive markers < S. beʈī has a long i whereas that of ‘sow’ has ‘daughter’ a short i. Other speakers I questioned, from a different area, rejected this. See beɁʈhi forced labor also biɖa, ɖharay. biɁɖ-biɁɖ masdar of biɁɖ betoɁɖ Act:-; Mid: become hungry; Caus: biɁɖ biɖa pour out completely; sow be<Ɂb>toɁɖ, Doub Caus: oɁb- everything be<Ɂb>toɁɖ; hunger; hungry. See also Ɂ ʔ ʔ tomo ɖ, togo j, tu j. biɖ2 basket (Malhotra, 1982:118). See also

20 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 biɖa~biluŋ

gonbiɁɖ. bijjla long hair (m.); a boy’s name (hjpa, 148, e:1); disorderly person (hjpa: 251f.) biɖa, bi­ɽa, bira Act: sow seeds; Mid:-; gener; seedlings < S. biɽa in expressions such bijjli long hair (f.); a girl’s name (hjpa, 148, as biɽa kar-, biɽa chīʈ- ‘sow for paddy e:1) seedlings’. See also biɁɖ, rowa. bijli lightning; electric < S. bijlī ‘electrical; biɁɖbhrel See biɁbhrel electricity’ bijli camke conj.v. of lightning to flash bida Act: bid farewell (tr); Mid: take leave (hjpb:40,16) of (buŋ) < S. bida ‘farewell’ bijnaga Vijayanagar, location unknown. bidiya knowledge (Malhotra, 1982:111) < H. Probably name of a city. From [MS, vidyā ‘knowledge’ (< Skt.) 1:99] bidhay Act: plow < H. bidāh- ‘plough lightly bijom seed (for planting) < H. bīj ‘seed’. See

or harrow after sowing rice’ also jaŋ2. bidhe Mid: be plowed; with bidhay: gener of bikaʈ entirely, completely (hjpb:44,2) < H. active vikaʈ ‘vast’ bĩg lete quickly < S. bĩg lete ‘quickly’ bikera name of a village to the south of Simdega bigur See begar bikram the Vikrama era (hjpb:60,87). A traditional Indian system used for biha, biah Act: marry (tr); Mid: marry (itr); calendar years, the first year of which gener of active; wedding; married < S. ends in 57 B.C < H. vikram bihā ‘marriage’. See also kersoŋ, olɖay, sadi. bikhiyat renowned, famous < H. vikhyāt biha hoy conj.v. of a marriage to take ‘famous’ place biha karay conj.v. marry bikhray Act: annoy (tr) bihal married (participial form of biha, borrowed from S.). See also -l. bikhre Mid: become annoyed < S. bikhr-, bikhra- bihari an epithet of Lord Krishna < Skt. vihārin ‘enjoying oneself; strolling’ (hjpb:61,4; bilay, biloi, biloy cat < S. bilaī, bilāī, bileī 63, note 4) bilkul very < H. bilkul biɁj See biɁc biloĩti tomato < S. bilātī, bilāit bhaʈā. See also bija kinir Bija Forest bhijri. bijaɖih name of a village, according to the text biloy See bilay in hjpb:53,9 ca. 32 km south of Simdega biluŋ ; name of one of the nine clans; used

21 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon bimar~biru

as a family name. In one version of the history of the Kharia, also the name of birim Act/Mid: 1. kneel, stoop; crawl. Speakers one of the original nine sons. I consulted gave differing information on this lexeme. One speaker said that bimar Act: make (s.o.) sick; Mid: become sick; birim appears only in the act, while two sick < S. bīmār ‘sick’ others said it may appear in either act or mid, with no difference in meaning. See biŋgul bugel, hunting horn (hjpa:181,107; also kuɖuŋ. 260,10) biriŋ biriŋ vexation, irritation, hatred; bina without (postposition, with direct case or moody, unstable. Cf. Mundari biriŋ-biriŋ Gen) < S. binu, H. binā ‘without’ ‘sparkling, to sparkle’ (hjpa:241,88). binɖa a carrying ring, placed on the head, on birkera Birkera, name of a town in western which objects to be carried are then Jharkhand placed (hjpa, 154, d:4; 155:24; 236f.) < H. bĩɖā ‘bundle, heap (of sticks, grass or birmitrapur name of a city in northwestern straw)’? Orissa directly on the border to Jharkhand biniɽay (religious) test. See also biɽay, -nV-. birni a certain kind of grass; “Andropogon squarrosus, Linn., Gramineae, the binti Act: request; pray; Mid:-; gener; prayer Cuscus grass, Andropogon muricatus”, < S. bintī ‘prayer’. See also arji hjpa, 157, d:4, quoting also Roy & Roy, binti karay conj.v. pray 1937:294. Pinnow also writes that this is the type of grass that brooms are bipait danger, difficulty, misfortune < S. bi- generally made of < H. bīraɳ ‘a kind pait ‘misfortune, disaster’ of coarse, tough grass found covering uncultivated land’ (McG: 739) biɽa See biɖa birsi a woman’s name biɽay Act: test s.o.; Mid:-; gener (not acceptable to all speakers) < S. biɽ- biru mountain; Biru, name of a village about ‘test’, e.g. davāi biɽ- ‘test medicine’. See 10 km east-northeast of the city of also biniɽay. Simdega in Simdega District. Although the name is one of the few localities biɽim white ant, termite (hjpa, 162, fn. 8, who in the area which are clearly of Kharia notes that the word was at that time origin, the population now speaks already archaic). See also cimʈã, demta, Nagpuri. Home of the Biru Raja or ‘King Ɂ Ɂ kãy, mu jɖaɁ, seʈa, ʈo bɖir, ʈoʈo2, umphya, of Biru’. The ruins of the satdharwa fort also bhunɖu ‘ant-hill’. are still visible today, which is said to biɽim lata termite hill (literally, ‘termite have been built by the ancestors of the hole’) modern Kharia. One of Pinnow’s texts (hjpb:1) refers to the kingdom of Biru, bir brave < S. bir ‘hero’ with 484 villages, whose capitol was Birugaɽh. This is undoubtedly either bira See biɖa the same place as the modern village of

22 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 bis1~-boɁ2

Biru, which is directly next to the ruins biswasi faithful, believers (hjpa: 260, of Satdharwa, or was very close to the 10) present-day village. birugaɽh “Mountain Fort”, given in a bita a unit of measurement of length text (hjpb:53,2) as the capitol of the indicating the distance between tips Kingdom of Biru. of the thumb and the little finger of a biru kinir Biru Forest, the forest near stretched palm (bg:132) < H. bittā ‘span the town of Biru of the hand’. See also biti. biru nagpur name of a town in Orissa iru biru mountains (from Malhotra, bitay Act: bitay: spend (time) 1982:241) bite Mid: bite: of time to pass; happen aus Ɂ oub aus bis1 poison < S. biṣ, bhīkh ‘poison’ c : bi< b>tay, D C : oɁ- bi<Ɂb>tay < S. bitā- ‘spend (time)’ bis2 20 < S. bis ‚20‘ See also kori biɁthuŋ Act: spit; Mid:-; gener < S. thuk-? bisay subject; about (postposition with direct case/Gen) < S. biṣai, biṣay biti a wooden piece about a bita long, tapered bisay boŋ about (postposition with Gen at both ends, and used for a game. See case) also bita.

bisaha wizard. See also bisahi. boɁ1 place (n.). Commonly used as a locative element, coming very close bisahi witch. See also bisaha. to the function of a general locative- case marker, closely parallels the use bises in the context this was found (hjpb: 16) it of sumboɁ, ‘tree stump’ as a locative would seem to have the meaning ‘actual, marker. real, true’ and is translated as such by Perhaps either originally used with the Pinnow. It is obviously a borrowing meaning ‘place’, from where it was from Indo-Aryan, < H. viśeṣ with the incorporated into the lexeme sumboʔ, or somewhat different meaning ‘particular, from bokoɁb ‘head’, with the combining special, distinctive’. form boɁ. boɁ tay until; since (temporal / bisom Given in bg:132 as an alternative for locative). Lexemes appear in the bis, but it is not indicated which bis this direct case, pro-forms in the Gen, refers to. Probably ‘poison’. proper names in either the Gen or the direct case. bisram feast

bisram dino feast-day, holiday -boɁ2 Marker denoting intensity, although its semantic contribution is often quite biswas trust, < S. viśvās ‘trust’ subtle. It is most commonly found in biswas aw conj.v. be trusted attibutive function, usually with manner biswas ɖel conj.v. believe, have faith adverbials, but is also compatible in

(experiencer in the oblique case) predicative function. See also -ɖaɁ6,

(hjpb:66,68) -son1 biswas karay conj.v. trust, have faith

23 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon -boɁ3~bole

Ɂ -boɁ3 Combining form of boko b ‘head’ bojeɁʈoli Name of a khoɽi or village section in Saldega (salɖaɁ)

-boɁ4 Combining form of kenɖorboɁ, in this use perhaps originally from bokoɁb boka See bhoko ‘head’. See kenɖorboɁ. boker, bokerɖom husband’s younger brother, bocho young calf < S. bachiyā, bachī ‘heifer brother-in-law. See also boksel. calf’. See also koŋtaŋ, gõɽi, bacha, Ɂ bachiya, bachru boko b, bokom head; capital. See also boɁ3 ‘head’, its combining form. Ɂ boɖhay,boɖhe See baɖhay2, baɖhe maha boko b leading figure, important person boeo See boyo bokoɁb kosu headache boer animosity. See also bairi. bokɽuɁ grandson boer un conj.v. be hostile towards < H. bair ‘enmity; hostility, ill-will’, S. boksel, bokselɖom sister-in-law. See also boker, bairī ‘enemy’ -sel. bokʈay Act: take a handful (e.g. of rice) < S. bohila barren woman (bg:132; Unknown to bokʈa- speakers I questioned). See also bãjhi. bokʈe Mid: be taken (of a handful, e.g. of rice). < S. bokʈ- bohin, bohini See bahin bokha Act: make blunt (knife, hatchet, etc.); bohira Act: make deaf (e.g. sickness); Mid: Mid: become blunt; toothless (m.); < become deaf; deaf < S. baihrā ‘deaf’ S. bokhɽā ‘toothless’. See also bokhi, bothɽa. bohoriya daughter-in-law < S. bahuriā ‘daughter-in-law’ bokhi toothless (f.) < S. bhokhɽī ‘toothless’. See also bokha. bohrat See bahurat bol force < S. bal ‘strength’. See also bole, bohut, bohute See bahut bolebol.

ct id gener boi See boy bolan1 A : think of; M :-; ; thought bolan karay conj.v. think about, reflect boid doctor (Malhotra, 1982:249) < S. baid on (hjpb:42,10) ‘doctor’

bolan2 Bolan, name of a mountain pass hjp boini1 dear, dear one (f.) ( a:244,97). bolan ghaʈi Bolan Pass, location

Probably the same lexeme as boini2. unknown

boini2 See bahin bolbala famous, well known < H. bol-bālā ‘high repute, preeminence’ boiri See bairi bole by means of, with the help of (postposition

24 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 bolebol~boros

used with Gen). See also bol. boɽa python; man’s name bolebol hard. See also bol. boɽa buɲam snake boɽa ghaʈ Bora Ghat (place name) bomtel See boŋtel boɽdaɁ meaning unclear, discussed in hjpa, 149, ct id itr boŋ1 A :-; M : come to an end, finish ( .); fn. i, where it is compared to Mundari boŋ-boŋ: gener; Caus: oɁb-boŋ eɽaɁ-daɁ-boŋga ‘the ghost or spirit of a drowned person’. Pinnow then translates boŋ2 See buŋ this into German with the meaning ‘person who has died an unnatural ’, boŋkul evil spirit an extremely important classification of the deceased, for which see Roy & Roy, boŋloya name of a village. Exact location 1937, chapter 10. unknown but in the general vicinity of Ranchi. boɽe, bore big, great; very < S. baɽ, baɽkā ‘big’, baɖā ‘very’ boŋɽay Act: split (tr, e.g. stone) boɽuwari pride, arrogance (hjpb:67,78) < S. boŋɽe Mid: boŋɽe, split (itr); boŋɽay: gener baɽvārī ‘pride’ of active. See also bhoŋɽay < S. bagɽ- ‘break down’ bor Act: ask for, request, demand; Mid:-; bor-bor: gener boŋsor Act: petrify (tr); Mid: petrify (itr);

petrification. See boŋ1 ‘finish’, -sor bora a large sack < S. borā ‘sack’ ‘stone’. bore See boɽe boŋtel, bomtel buffalo boŋtel cuman the buffalo-honoring boris, baras, baris, boros year < S. baraṣ, bariṣ feast. See also orej cuman. ‘year’ bon bhaĩs forest buffalo (hjpa:228f.). See also boriya See bariya bhaĩs < S. ban ‘forest’. borjaɁ beggar. See also bor. bond Act: stop (tr); Mid: stop (itr) < S. / H. band ‘closed’ borol Act:-; Mid: live (bg:133: ‘be raw, live’); life; living; fresh, unripe; raw (meat) bone, bane Act:-; Mid: become; be(come) borol masdar of borol alright (boneki ‘It is / was alright’, borol ɲoɁ conj.v. live one’s life, live; bonena ‘It will be alright’); built (= subsist masdar); Caus:- < S. ban- ‘become, borol ɲoɁna ɖoɁɖ conj.v. provide, come into being; be fit, suitable’ supply, furnish borol un conj.v. keep alive, save from bonor luxuriant green (especially of trees); death (hjpb:43,13) dense (as of forest). See also akhaɽ, ghane, jumbra, kibhiŋ. boros See boris

25 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon boryar~buiɖaɁ

boryar Act: make strong, firm; Mid: become buɁ Act: beat (a drum); Mid:-; buɁ-buɁ: strong, firm; strong, firm < S. bariyār gener; Caus: oɁb-buɁ (simple or Doub ‘strong’ Caus, semantically speaking) buɁ-buɁ masdar of buɁ boɁsu Act: wait, wait for; Mid:-; gener; Caus: oɁb-boɁsu bucu small crab < S. bucu khakhrā ‘small crab’ boʈo bubble < S. boʈo ‘bubble’ buɖchur totem animal bota he-goat, billy goat (hjpb:42,story 4; 44,7) < S. botā ‘he-goat’ buɖha See buɽhā

boɁtay See boɁ1 buɖhi See buɽhī botol bottle < Eng. ‘bottle’ buda plant < S. buda ‘bush, shrub’ botoŋ Act:-; Mid: fear, be afraid; fear (n.); bũda See bund Caus: <Ɂ>toŋ, bo<Ɂb>toŋ botoŋ laɁ conj.v. become afraid buɁdhi, budhi, buddhi intelligence, thought, botoŋ saphay conj.v. become afraid mind < S. budhi ‘intelligence’. See also botoŋson in fear buidh, buɁjhi, which are all undoubtedly botoŋ un conj.v. fear related. buɁdhi ter conj.v. inform botha Act: put in water; Mid:-; gener < S. buɁdhi gar understanding, both- ‘soak’ (tr) knowledgeable buddhiman intelligent bothɽa, thobɽo Act: make blunt (knife); Mid: become blunt (knife) < S. thobɽe, thobo, budhu stupid < S. budhu, buddhu ‘stupid bothā ‘blunt’. See also bokha. person’ boy, boi, bui sister; baby girl; daughter; term buddhi See buɁdhi ct id of address used for a little girl < H. bāī bui1 A : keep, raise; feed (a family); M : ‘lady’? See also boyo, which would be tamed (bg:134, no longer used); bui- seem to suggest that this is not related to bui: gener. See also bunui bāī. bui-bui masdar of bui bui-bui kaɽ preserver, supporter (i.e., boyo, boeo boy See also boy one who keeps / takes care of) (hjpb:64,35) brahman See bamhan buiɖaɁ Act: / Mid: take care of. No apparent difference in meaning brinda man’s name (name of a king?) who lost hjp a battle on Mareda Field ( a: 232,63); bui2 See boy name of a forest, whereabouts unknown hjp ( a:223f.) buiɖaɁ See bui1 brinda kinir Brinda Forest

26 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 buidh~buɲim buidh intelligence, idea < S. budhi ‘intelligence’. See also buɁdhi, buɁjhi. bulsiŋ Act: make someone dizzy; Mid: become Undoubtedly related to, if not identical dizzy; Caus: oɁb-bu<Ɂb>liŋ, oɁb-bulsiŋ with, buɁdhi, buɁjhi buidh gar intelligent bumɖim Act: wake up (tr); Mid: wake up buidh katiɁb one who gathers (itr); awake; Caus: oɁb-bumɖim. See intelligence also gumɖim, jayɖim. buidhsoŋ acquire intelligence ct id buŋ1 A :-; M : become finished, come to bujhay, buɁjhay Act: bujhay: remind, explain an end; Caus: om-boŋ (Cf. *ob-boŋ; < S. budhi ‘intelligence’ hjpb:59, n. 53). See also buŋay. buɁjhayna advice (infinitive)

buŋ2, boŋ with (instrumental/commitative buɁjhi, buɁjhe Mid: buɁjhi, buɁjhe: understand. postposition, used with Gen or direct To express ‘I understand (now)’, the past case) is generally used: buɁjhikiɲ; bujhay: gener of Act; appear, seem. See also buŋam See buɲam buɁdhi, buidh, which are undoubtely all related to each other. buŋay Act: finish off, bring to an end. See also

buɁjhi gar intelligent buŋ1. buɁjhi kaɽ intelligent (animate being); buŋe Mid: come to an end wise being (i.e., God) buŋgam See buɲam bukru ’s (bg:134) buŋserel See ghuŋserel bul Act:-; Mid: get drunk; poisoned; bul- bul: gener; Caus: oɁb-bul < S. bhulā- buɲam, buŋam, buɲgam, buŋgam, buwaŋ ‘get drunk’? See also leɽo. snake bul-bul masdar of bul buɲim the person one is named after. Etymology bulaw calling < S. bulā- ‘call’ unclear, but seems to be related to ɲimi ‘name’. See also mita. bulbul, babilon, babul buɲimɖaɁ the naming ceremony. In babul des Babylonia this ceremony rice is dropped into a bulbul nagar the city of Babylon dish of water. One kernel represents the unborn child, while other rice buli, bule Act:-; Mid: wander, walk, stroll < kernels all have a different name, S. bul- ‘wander, roam’. See also ghumre. appropriate to the sex of the child. bulina walking, wandering (infinitive of The child’s rice kernel is dropped into buli) the water. If it floats, the ceremony kinir buli conj.v. hunt (hjpb:66,72; 68, continues, if it does not, this is note 72) repeated until a kernel representing the child floats. Then kernels with buliɁj Act: scrub someone else’s head; Mid: other names are dropped one-by- scrub one’s own head; Caus: oɁb- one into the water. Kernels which bu<Ɂb>lij sink will not be considered further. A

27 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon bund~bhai

kernel which floats and which finds *bh* its way in the water on its own to bhaɁ predicate marker (“V2”) denoting that the kernel representing the newborn an action happened quickly or suddenly. will decide the name of the newborn See also dhaɁ, hambaɁ < S. bhāg- ‘flee’? child. See also the account in Roy & Roy, 1937:211f. bhabru, bhabhru, bharu Act: bark; Mid:-; gener; bharu is perhaps a printing error, bund, bunda, bũda drop (n.) < S. bũd ‘drop bg:134) (of liquid)’ bhabhi elder brother’s wife. < H. bhābhī. See bunui pig. See bui, -nV-. also ɖonkui. buɽay Act: spoil, ruin (tr), finish off (tr) bhabhru See bhabru buɽe Mid: come to an end < S. buɽā- ‘ruin, put bhadɽib bat (the animal); vampire (hjpa:178, in a bad condition’ 83) < S. bhādur buɽul very drunk; drunkard bhaera See bheir

buɽha, buɖha old man; husband; old < S. buɽhā bhag1 part, share, portion < S. bhāg ‘part’ ‘old’ (m.). See also buɽhi. bhag baʈa share (n.) buɽha biru popular name of a mountain hjp shaped like an old man, from Kharia bhag2 petal (of flowers) ( a:96,110) mythology (hjpb: 61,a). Literally “old man mountain”. According to bhagawan See bhagwan Pinnow (hjpb: 62,1) approximately 10 miles (= 16 km) west of Simdega. bhagina, bhaina nephew, sister’s son; brother’s Apparently the “real” name of the son < S. bhaignā ‘any sister’s son’. See mountain is ramrekha. See also also bhaɁni. gaɽh biru, harka biru, ram rekha bhagom (edible) refuse, leftovers buɽhi, buɖhi old woman; wife; used in conjuction with animals: female < S. bhagwan, bhagawan God, the highest, buɽhī ‘old’ (f.). See also buɽha. almighty God < H. bhagvān ‘God’. See buɽhikuʈain name of a village near also beɽo apa, dewta, dewtain, giriŋ, Simdega, Simdega District, isuwar, pahra, ponmesor. Jharkhand bhai, bhaya 1. brother. May be used for bura wicked (person) < S. burāī ‘evil’ (n.) all brothers, or restricted to younger brothers, while older brothers are buʈ, bũʈ gram < H. būʈ ‘gram, chickpea’ referred to as dada. If it is used for brothers in general, elder brothers are buwaŋ See buɲam maha bhai / bhaya and younger brothers are konon bhai / bhaya. 2. younger male byabicar, biabhicar adultery < H. vyabhicār cousin, both maternal and paternal < S. ‘adultery’. See also sobru. bhāī ‘brother; cousin’

28 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 bhaina~bharo

made from hemp leaves’ bhaina See bhagina bhaɳiya roof beam. Cf. Mundari bhanɖiya, bhagni See bhaɁni bhanɽiya ‘the ridge-piece is a so-called catom-oɽaɁ, a house with a four-sloped bhair See bheir roof’ (hjpa:179f). See also kaɳ, laiʈ. bhaĩs, bhaĩsi female buffalo < S. bhoĩs bhanɖa, bhãɽa small pot < S. bhãɖā ‘big ‘buffalo’. See also bhoĩs. waterjug’ bon bhaĩs forest buffalo (hjpa: 228f.) bhanɖari, bhãɽari treasurer < H. bhãɖārī bhaitja See bhatija ‘treasurer’ bhajan devotion (hjpb:64,37) < H. bhajan bhanɖay bhanɖay improper (hjpa, 127, fn. 53) ‘worship, adoration’ < H. bhãɖ ‘indecent’ bhajan karay conj.v. practise devotion bhajansãhita the Book of in the bhaɁni, bhagni sister’s son. See also bhagina. Bible < H. bhajan ‘hymn’, sãhitā ‘collection’ bhaõr jal See bhãwr jal bhak See bhakha bhaɁpu Act: boil (eggs, potatoes, etc.); Mid: overboil, boil too long bhaktai piety, religiousity (hjpb:49,21) < H. bhãɽa See bhanɖa bhaktā ‘devotedness, faith’ bhãɽari See bhanɖari bhakuwa Act: make s.o. look stupid; Mid: become stupid; stupid < S. bhakuā bharat India < S. bhārat ‘India’ ‘stupid person’ bharay fill < S. bhar- ‘fill’. See also bheir, bhakha, bhasa, bhak language < S. bhāṣā bhoir. ‘language’ bharal full, participle of bharay bhak bhima libel, calumny, slander (hjpa:204,1) bhari heavy, difficult; much < S. bhāri ‘heavy’ baɽa bhari very much; very strong; very bhala Well!, Oh! (surprise); Ok.; truly, big truthfully < S. bhalā ‘good’. See also bhol. bhariya porter < S. bhariyā ‘carrier’ bhalai well-being bhalai karay conj.v. do (s.o.) something bharkay Act: bharkay: dissolve (tr) < S. good, see to (s.o.’s) well-being bhārkā/bhārk ‘dissolve’ (tr / itr) bhalu bear < S. bhālu ‘bear’. See also banay, bharke Mid: bharke: dissolve (itr); bharkay: jharkul. gener (tr) bhaŋ bhang, a kind of narcotic drink made bharo load; weight; burden; responsibility < S. with marijuana < H. bhā̃g ‘hemp; a drink bhār ‘load’

29 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon bharosa~bhinay

bharosa, bharsa, bhorsa trust; hope < S. bheir, bhaera, bher until, up to (postposition); bharosā ‘confidence’ entire (postposed modifier). See also bhorsa karay conj.v. hope bhoir, bharay. bhorsa un conj.v. trust bheirse only (postposed) bherga only < S. bhair ‘during, bharpur fulfillment < H. bharpūr ‘quite full; throughout’ completely finished’ bharpur hoy conj.v. become full bheiʈ See bheɁʈo bharpur karay conj.v. fulfill bheɽa wether, mutton (hjpa:192,170; hjpb: bharsa See bharosa 44,7) < S. bheɽā ‘ram; male sheep’. See also bheɽi. bharu See bhabru bheɽi ewe; sheep < S. bheɽī ‘sheep’. See also bhasa See bhakha bheɽa. bheɽi kunɖuɁ lamb bhaʈha oven for baking bricks < H. bhaʈʈhā, bhaʈʈhī ‘oven, stove, furnace’ bher See bheir bhatija, bhaitja nephew < S. bhatījā ‘elder bhere, bere time (n.); then < S. berā ‘time’? brother’s son’. See also bhatjin. bhersak by any means bhat cooked rice < S. bhāt ‘cooked rice’ bheɁʈo, bheʈh, bheiʈ, bhẽʈ Act: meet (with =te bhatjin niece < S. natījin ‘elder brother’s (tr, person met is grammatical object) or daughter’. See also bhatija. buŋ); Mid: meet (with buŋ); meeting < S. bhẽʈ ‘meeting’ bhãwa eyebrow < S. bhāvā̃ ‘eyebrow’ bhẽʈ ghaʈ meeting bhẽʈ ghaʈ karay conj.v. meet bhãwr jal, bhaõr jal cast-net (hjpa:226, 48, bheiʈ karay conj.v. meet rr citing :106, no. 5). See also jal2. bhi additive focus (‘also’), used only in the bhãwra Bhaõra, name of a mythological dog (very uncommon) jebhi ‘anything’ < S. (hjpa, 141ff.) bhī ‘also’ bhaya See bhai bhijri tomato. See also biloĩti. bhayad extended family bhik alms < S. bhīk ‘alms’ bhik bor conj.v. beg bhayaŋkar frightful, terrifying < S. bhayãkar ‘terrifying’ bhikampur Bhikampur, name of a town, apparently in Gumla district bhayanak frightfully < S. bhayānak ‘terrifying’ bhinay Act: separate (tr) < H. bhinna ‘divided, bhediya spy < H. bhediyā ‘scout, spy’ separated’

30 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 bhine~bhosɽe

bhine Mid: separate (itr), leave bhoko, bhoka, boka dumb; idiot < S. bhoko bhiɽai echo word used in laɽhai bhiɽai ‘foolish, fool’ bhiɽe echo word used in laɽe bhiɽe bhol good < S. bhalā ‘good’. See also bhala. bhol karay conj.v. fix, make good bhiray Act: bring together < S. bhira- / bhir- bhol tobŋon conj.v. prop s.th. or s.o. up ‘bring / come together’ bholeboɁ beautiful (hjpa:243,94) bhire Mid: come together bhole bhole well, good; beautifully bhole ɲimi fame; good reputation bhiren Act: torment; Mid: be plagued / bhole ɲimi beroɁɖ conj.v. attain tormented; flounder (?) fame bhit wall < S. bhīt ‘wall’ bhoŋɽay Act: make a hole (in cloth) < S. bhoŋga-/bhoŋg- ‘pierce’ (tr) bhiɁtar, bhitar inside (postposition, with Gen); inside (adv.) < S. bhitare mẽ ‘inside’ bhoŋɽe Mid: of holes to become bhitar bawe raij Inner Barwe bhitare, bhitari inner, inside bhore Act:-; Mid: fill up (itr); whole; full; See aus Ɂ bhiɁtar karay conj.v. bring (s.o., s.th.) also bhori, bhorom1; C : bho< b>re, in, cause to enter (hjpa:209,11) bho<Ɂ>re < S. bhar- ‘fill’ bhiɁtar pur the Netherworld, bhoreɖaɁ fullness underworld (hjpa:144, 7)

bhori whole See bhore, bhorom1. bhogta Bhogta (name of an ethnic group) bhornɖi See kodo bhornɖi bhoir whole, entire (postposed); only < S.

bhair ‘full; during; throughout’. See also bhorom1 whole, full, entire; wholly, entirely; bheir, bharay. adult (hjpa:242,91; 92) < S. bhar- ‘fill’. bhoir umboɁ except for (hjpa, 145:c7) See bhore, bhori.

ct bhoĩs buffalo < S. bhaĩs. See also bhaĩs. bhorom2 A : cause someone to become bhoĩs cumain the ceremony of honoring immersed in (buŋ); Mid: become the bull, described in hjpa, 146ff. immersed in (bg:135 ‘be youthful’); Caus: bho<Ɂb>rom bhõisa nagpur Bhoisa Nagpur (name of a city) bhorsa See bharosa bhoɁj meal (hjpa:156:30; hjpb:34,25) < H. bhojan ‘meal; food’ bhorti Act: enroll, enlist (tr); Mid: enroll, bhoɁj karay conj.v. prepare a meal enlist (itr), be taken into < S. bhartī ‘enrollment’ bhoka See bhoko bhosɽay Act: bhosɽay: knock over bhokay Act: pierce < S. bhok- ‘pierce’ (luggage, etc.) bhosɽe Mid: bhosɽe: fall over, break (itr); bhoke Mid: be pierced bosɽay: gener of Act; Caus: oɁb-

31 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon bhoʈaŋ~caɖpalaŋ

bhosɽuway ‘speak temptingly’) < S. bhuriya- ‘become still’ bhoʈaŋ See bhutan bhusaɁ the outer layer around grains bhotuwa saɁ a kind of spinach < H. bhatuwā (hjpa:177,79: Streu) sāg bhusaɽi mosquito < S. bhũsaɽī ‘mosquito’. See -bhroŋ time (bound form) (bg:135) also ɖãs, guɲumɖaɁ. chabhroŋ unchanging ubhroŋ these days, nowadays bhuʈa maize, corn bhuɁ Act: bark; Mid:-; bhuɁ-bhuɁ: gener < S. bhut ghost < S. bhūt ‘ghost’ bhuk- ‘bark’ bhutan, bhoʈaŋ the Kingdom of Bhutan bhuĩ earth < S. bhũi ‘ground’ bhuĩ kila manɖa earthen fortress bhuti labor (n.); hard, difficult < S. bhuti ‘wages of daily labourer in kind’ bhuiya Bhuia (name of an ethnic group) bhuĩyar native village < S. bhuĩhar gā̃v ‘birth place’ bhulay, bhule Act/Mid: forget < S. bhulāe jā- ‘forget’. See also iriʔb. *c* caɁɖo, caɁɖoŋ, caɁɖom wish (n. & v.); wanting; bhuli Bhuli (name of a mythological dog, see necessity; for; because of (postposition, hjpa:141ff) with Gen). Only the form caɁɖo is common < S. caɖe ‘because of’ bhulu thigh caɁɖo ayij conj.v. be necessary, need Experiencer in oblique case. Not bhuŋbhuŋgi a kind of beetle which lives off acceptable to all speakers in this use. of dung caɁɖo boŋ on account of, because of, due to (hjpb:61,22) bhuɳsul stirred up caɁɖo laɁ conj.v. feel the desire to, want or wish to (experiencer in the bhuɳu See bhunɖu oblique case) (hjpb:61,8) uwaɁ caɁɖo, hin caɁɖo therefore bhunbhunay Act: buzz (of bees); Mid:-; gener. < S. bhunbhunā- ‘buzz (of bees)’ cacaɁ Act: tear; Mid: become torn; Caus: oɁb- cacaɁ bhunɖu, bhũnɖu, bhuɳu, bhũɽu ant-hill (hjpa:180,97; 199,222; hjpb:55,25: caɁɖom, caɁɖoŋ See caɁɖo ‘termite hill’); Bhundu (name of a village) < S. bhũɽu ‘ant-hill’. See also caɖpalaŋ Act: lie on the back (tr); Mid: lie on biɽim lata. the back (itr) < S. caɖh ‘climb, mount’ and palãg ‘bed’? bhuriyay Act: become still; Mid:- (bg:135,

32 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 cãdi~calni

cãdi See candi2 cakar Act: widen (tr); Mid: widen (itr), be cagordi, cagurdi, cairo, cerocagordi See cair wide; wide < S. cākār ‘wide’ caha tea < S. cāhā, cāh ‘tea’ cãkɽa See cakanɖa caha ɖaɁ tea (literally ‘tea water’). Apparently no semantic difference cakri mill; wheel < H. cakkar ‘wheel’. See to caha. also jata, rãhaʈa.

ct cahe1, cahi A : love; want, be necessary cãkɽo See cakanɖo (experiencer in oblique case); Mid:-; gener < S. cāhi ‘it is necessary’ cakhnaɁ Act: make s.th. into a curry; Mid: become a curry; gener of Act; curry, any cahe2 or < S. cāhe ‘or’ kind of spicy vegetable dish eaten with caheko instead of (= cahe + ko rice (bg:136: “split and cooked dall”) < ‘contrastive focus) H. cakhnā ‘taste, eat’? peɁ cakhnaɁ Act / Mid: prepare dinner cahe3 modal marker: whether (predicate either

an infinitive or inM id irrealis); whatever, cal1 way, path; practice < H. cāl ‘practice, no matter what < H. cāhe ‘though; even custom; means’ if’ cal calan conduct, mode of living (hjpb:54,13) cai Arab (n.) (from Malhotra, 1982:186) echo word < H. cāī ‘name of a community of low cal2 - for hal status; cunning trickster’? calal, calan See calay/cale caibasa Chaibasa, name of a city in southern central Jharkhand calay Act: calay: drive (a car, etc.), run (a country, etc.), guide; spread information, cair, ceir, car 4 < S. cāir ‘four’. See also iʔphon. make known; invite (hjpa, 157, fn. d:9) cagordi, cagurdi, cairo, cairoca-gurdi, cairucagurdi, ceroca-gordi on all cale, chahle Mid: cale: work, function; calay: four sides habitual of Act < S. calā- ‘cause to walk’, cal- ‘walk’ caitu a man’s name calal (?), calan (?) (hjpb:43,13) Pinnow cak disk; potter’s wheel (hjpa:197,209) < suggests that the attested form calal may S. cak, cakā ‘(potter’s) wheel be a mistake for calan ‘behaviour’. The form calal could, however, also be a cakanacur Act: destroy; Mid: come to an end < participial form of calay. H. cakanācūr ‘shattered’ calis 40 < S. cālīs ‘forty’ cakanɖa, cakanɖo, cãkɽa, cãkɽo name of a calisa Lent < S. cālīsā samai ‘Lent’ tree, Arum Colacassia (bg:136) calni sieve < S. calnī ‘sieve’ cakaɽa cart

33 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon calte~cara1

calte found in the expression hokaɽaɁ caltega (German: zertrampeln)); Mid:-; gener. ‘in exchange for that’, apparently with the The form appears to be an example of meaning ‘exchange’ (Cf. ‘movement’) the echo-word formation denoting a (hjpb: 34, 25); through, by means of prolonged but telic event, although the (hjpb:55, 31) < H. caltā ‘moving; in echo-word form, with both parts, is not motion’ attested. If so, the reduplicated form would most likely be the preposed capiɖ, camac spoon < S. camac ‘spoon’ as the reduplicated element usually contains the vowel i, so that the base camkay Act: scare; raise and lower the form is probably capaɖ < H. capaʈ- ‘be eyebrows in joy pressed flat or even’? camke Mid: camke become scared; shine, capu Act: rummage, search for; grope; Mid:-; flash; shining; camkay warn; Caus: oɁb- gener (e.g., rummage through an entire camkay < S. camak- ‘shine, sparkle’. room) See also comkay, comke, camkila. capu karbaɁɖ rummage through bijli camke conj.v. of lightning to flash (hjpb:40,16) capu capu full camkila sparkling, glittering; brilliant, splendid capuwa bellows (hjpa:197,206) < S. capuā (hjpb:66,77) See camke ‘bellows’ camparan Camparan, name of a city in northern caɁɽe Mid: be lacerated (bg:136; speakers I Bihar state (hjpa:125, fn. 23) consulted were not familiar with this lexeme) camɽa skin < S. camɽā ‘hide, animal skin’ caɽi chamber, room caŋga purity < H. cãgā ‘pure, good’ (souɁb) caɽi tiɁj on all four sides. See caŋga karay conj.v. purify also cair? cana gram < H. canā ‘chick-pea, gram’ caɽray Act: make someone bald; Mid: become (partially) bald; baldness < S. caɽrā canɖi See candi2 ‘bald’. See also ceʈhla. candaru a man’s name caɽuwa piece of the shoulder, piece of the leg (of an animal) (hjpa, 153, b:4) candi1 forehead caɽhai attack < S. caɽhāī ‘attack’ (n.) candi2, canɖi, cãdi, cãɖi silver (n.) < S. cā̃dī caɽhai karay conj.v. attack ‘silver’

car1 the tree Buchanania latifolia, and its nut. capaɖ See capiɖ See also taroɁb.

capal buttocks; anus car2 See cair

ct hjp capiɖ, capaɖ A : grind ( a:141,4 ‘trample’ cara1 thug

34 Ɂ Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 cara2~cepo ɖ

catre Mid: become clear(ed) bg cara2 worm used as bait in fishing ( :136) < S. cārā ‘bait’ cawda, cawdah 14 < H. caudah ‘14’ See also coudwĩ. care, core Act: eat everything by grazing; Mid: graze; Caus: caray < S. car- ‘graze’. See cawka echo word, used in culha cawki. See also arɲoɁ. also cawki. carkha spinning wheel; wheel < S. carkhā cawki stove; chair (hjpb:60,86) < H. caukā ‘spinning wheel’ ‘cooking area’. See also caw-ka, culha, uɁɖchuŋ. carpaʈ cleverness < S. carpaʈ ‘cunning’ cawra (middle-height) field, lower than ɖãɳ and higher than goɁjloɁ carwaha shephard < S. carvāh, carhavā ‘shepherd’ cãwra Chaõra, name of a mythological dog (see hjpa:141ff for details) casma eyeglasses < S. casmā ‘eyeglasses, spectacles’ cawyaniã Chawyania (name of an ethnic group) caʈ See caʈpaʈ cawtha fourth < H. cauthā ‘fourth’ caʈi (pair of) sandals < S. caʈi ‚sandals (of cẽga cẽgi See ceŋga ceŋgi leather; better type)‘. See also kharpa. cehra, cera face (n.) < S. cehrā ‘face’ caʈkan slap (n.) < S. caʈkā ‘slap’ (n.) cela pupil; disciple < S. cẽlā ‘pupil, student, caʈkay, chaʈkay Act: burst (tr), slap < S. follower’ caʈkā- ‘slap’ (v.) cemʈa See cimʈã caʈke, chaʈke, chaɁɖke Mid: burst (itr) (e.g. fruits, pots, etc.), split open; come to an ceŋga ceŋgi, cẽga cẽgi Act: shoot something end. by bending the fingers back; pass around; lemeɁɖ caʈke conj.v. wake up (itr) Mid: be shot by bending the fingers back; be passed around, change places, caʈoɁb Act:-; Mid: of the mouth to water constantly change one’s mind (possessor of mouth is subject); Caus: ca<Ɂb>ʈo ceŋna, ciŋna small chicken, chick. Larger than ceŋni. < S. ceŋnā ‘chick, chicken’ caʈpaʈ quickly < S. caʈpaʈ ‘quickly’ caʈ … paʈ… no sooner … than … ceŋni chick. Smaller than ceŋna. cataray Act: peel (the stem of a flower to make rope); Mid:-; gener cepoɁɖ Act: flatten tr( ) (e.g. balloon); crumble ceir See cair (tr); Mid: flatten itr ( ), crumble (itr); Caus: ce<Ɂ> poɁɖ < S. cepaʈ- ‘be catray Act: tear out, clear (jungle) < S. jãgal flat’. Related tocepu Ɂɖ. catrā- ‘clear jungle’

35 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon cepuɁɖ~ciʈʈhi

cepuɁɖ, cepuɁ Act: hold in a fist;M id:-; gener; (hjpa:199,220) handful, fist. See also sepuɖ. Related to cilay Act/Mid: shout < S. cilā- ‘shout’ cepoɁɖ. cimʈã, cemʈa ant < S. cimʈī ‘ant’ See also cera See cehra biɽim, demta, kãy, muɁjɖaɁ, seʈa, ʈoɁbɖir,

ʈoʈo2, umphya, also bhunɖu. cerberay Act: chirp (as a reaction to something) (past: recent past); Mid: chirp (for no cimʈay Act: pinch; Mid:-; tongs < S. cimʈā reason) (past: remote past) < S. cere ‘tongs’, cimʈā- ‘pinch with pliers’ bere kar- ‘chirp’ ciŋna See ceŋna cerebere Act:-; Mid: chirp (of birds) < S. cere bere kar- ‘chirp’ cinha Act: mark; Mid: be marked; sign (n.) < S. cinhā ‘sign, mark’ (n.) cerocagordi See cair cini sugar < S. cinī ‘sugar’ ceʈhla Act: make someone bald; Mid: become bald; baldness < S. ceʈhlā ‘bald’. See cinta Act: worry; remember; Mid:-; gener; also caɽray. worry (n.); thought < S. cintā ‘worry’ (n.). See also cette. cettay Act: cettay: warn < S. cetā- ‘warn’ cinta hoy conj.v. worry (experiencer in oblique case) cet(t)e Mid: cet(t)e: worry; understand; cettay: cinta karay conj.v. remember gener of Act; Caus: oɁb-cettay; no Caus of cette. See also cinta. cipa(y) Act: squeeze out, press out (e.g. cooked rice when making rice beer); Mid:- < S. cethra rag < S. cethrā ‘rag’ cip- ‘squeeze’ cipa cipi Act: squeeze out (hjpa, 154, cewra See chewra d:14; 157, fn. d:14). cipa golaŋ rice-beer which has cij thing, matter < S. cij’thing, object’ been pressed once, strong beer (hjpa:239f.). See also rasi (golaŋ). ciɁko weaver < S. cīk,̃ cīk ‘weaver’ ciɽa phaɽa Act: rip (cloth) (tr); Mid: rip (cloth) cĩkɽo Act:-; Mid: be clear (itr); gener of Act < S. cirā- ‘rip’, phaʈ- ‘rip’ cil eagle. Translated by one speaker as H. bāz, which according to McGregor ciɽra, cirra squirrel < S. ciɽerā ‘squirrel’ (1997:720) means ‘hawk’, although one speaker insisted it should be translated ciro Imperata arundinacea, Cyr., sun-grass, by the Eng. word ‘eagle’ < H. cīl ‘kite used principally as straw for thatching (the bird)’ rooves < S. cero, ciro (hjpa:213,7) cilam container for tobacco < H. cilam ‘the cirra See ciɽra part of a hubble-bubble which contains the fire and tobacco placed on it’ ciʈʈhi letter (to someone) < S. ciʈhī ‘letter’. See

36 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 cocmay~culha

also lipi, ulaɁ copi female genitals < S. copī ‘vagina’ See cocmay Act: trip someone; Mid: trip (itr) < also koɽpa. S. cocmā-. With the intransitive meaning, cocmay is preferred in the passive voice, coray Act: steal; Mid:-; gener < S. corā- even though there is no external force ‘steal’. See also cori. causing the patient to stumble, as is also apparently the case with toɁjhuŋ ‘stub core See care the toe’. cori theft < S. corī ‘theft’. See also coray. cok See cokh cori karay conj.v. steal coka, cokaɁ, coklaɁ skin of a fruit < S. coklā, coʈ injury, wound (n.) < H. coʈ ‘wound, cokā ‘skin of fruit, peel’ injury’ coʈ ʈhoɁ conj.v. injure, wound cokoɁɖ Act: move by pulling oneself / sliding (e.g. of babies); Mid:-; gener. See also coʈi pigtail, plait (of hair) (hjpb:56,66) < S. reŋse. cuʈī ‘pigtail’ cokh, cokhay, cok Act: sharpen (tr); Mid: become sharp; sharp < S. cokhā- ‘sharpen coth To Hell with it! Damn it! one’s teeth; be greedy with hunger’ coudwĩ fourteenth < H. caudahvā̃ ‘fourteenth’. col Act:-; Mid: go; used as an auxiliary; See also cawda. ‘going to’ + Infinitive; ‘keep on, go on’, follows the lexical stem of the predicate; cõwri hair decorations, braids (hjpa:242, 92, col-col: gener; Caus: none. Has the form after rr:500f., no. 25) co before enclitics beginning with n < S. cal- ‘go, walk’. See also conol. cuɁci needle col cila, col ciya go away colki last, past (temporal) (3rd person, cucuɁ male genitals. < S. cucu ‘penis’. See past tense) also cuʈulu. come lip (Sg) cuhul praise, glorification h( jpb:64,56) cuhul karay conj.v. praise, glorify comkay Act: excite (tr) (e.g. through a drum rhythm) < S. camak- ‘shine’ cuhuwa chin comke Mid: get excited, be thrilled. See also camkay, camke. cukaɁ vessel, urn < H. cukā ‘large earthen milkpot’ condo time culɖoy See culu conol one who is going to go. From Sāhu, 1979/80:44, with no meaning given. Not culha fireplace, hearth; stove, oven < S. culhā acceptable to most speakers, but one ‘fireplace’. See alsocawki, uɁɖchuŋ. younger speaker accepted it, although culha cawka stoves and other cooking reluctantly. See also col, -nV-. things

37 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon culu~chala

cuʈaɁɖ Act: make small; Mid: be small, culu, culɖoy a kind of fish-trap. See also youngest; last child. See also choɁɖɖa, jhimori, kumoni, lonɖra, mucu, soŋɖaɁ choʈa, choʈka. (hjpa:197,205). In (hjpb: 49, 22) used cuʈaɁɖ kaɽ child, young person with the meaning Fischwehr of water, i.e literally ‘fish(ing) weir, dam, dike, cuʈaɁɖɖaɁpur Chotanagpur, Jharkhand See barrage’. Pinnow translates this in cutiya nagapur, choʈanagpur, nagpur. the text as ‘a large amount of water’ (German: eine Menge Wasser). cuʈiya rat cuʈiya nagapur Chota Nagpur. See cuma, cumay Act: ; Mid:-; gener < S. cumā choʈanagpur, cuʈaɁɖɖaɁpur. ‘kiss’ (n.) cuma karay conj.v. kiss cuɁʈka (ritual) impurity cuman offering of gifts, e.g. at a wedding to the cuʈkay Act: snap fingers bride and groom. See also boŋtel cuman, oreɁj cuman. cuʈki Mid:-; gener < S. cuʈkī mār-/bajā- ‘snap the fingers’. Both roots may be cumɖaɁ, cuŋɖaɁ a type of small well, about 1 used in both voices, with no apparent meter deep. Smaller than a kuã < S. cuā̃ change in meaning. cuʈkay is the more

‘well’? See also ɖaɁ1, ɖãɽi, kuwã. common of the two. cuŋgi small pipe used for smoking (bg:138) cuʈulu male genitals < S. cuʈlī ‘penis’. See also cucuɁ. cuna lime < S. cunā ‘lime’ cuway Act: make something leak cunay Act: select; Mid: be selected < S. cun- id gener ‘select’. See also ram2, ray. cuwe M : cuwe leak; cuway of transitive < S. cu- ‘leak’ cundi men’s tuft of hair < S. cũdī ‘tuft of hair’. See also roɁɖlui. cundi tol conj.v. tie the hair up into a cundi cunɖul index (finger) See alsotuɲgol *ch* cunɖul aŋgri index finger, pointing chabroŋ unchanging . See also -bhroŋ. finger chaɁɖke See chaʈke cunu munu tiny < S. munu ‘small child’ and H. cunnā ‘exclamation used in calling chahle See cale small children’ chaĩ female pig cupcap Act: quiet (tr); Mid: become quiet; quietness < S. cupcāp ‘quiet’ chakrait wondering, astonished (hjpb:66,58) cupcap se(ga) quietly, secretively chala leather, skin < S. chālā ‘skin’

38 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 chali~chewra

chali the skin that forms on tea made with chata See chatna; chatta milk when it begins to cool < S. chālī chati breast, chest. < S. chātī ‘chest’ chalke overflowing (e.g. water in a pot) (hjpa:187,139) < S. chilk- / chalk- chatisgaɽh the state of Chattisgarh in central ‘overflow’ India

chama See chema chatna, chata1 honey comb, bee hive < S. chatna ‘honey comb’ chanday Act: chain someone’s / cattle’s hands terom chatna bee hive or feet/legs id chande, M : become chained; chains; chatta, chata2 umbrella < S. chatā ‘umbrella’ hjpa:240,87: ‘bind; make a (wedding) contract, promise (a girl) for marriage’ chaʈwã sixth < H. chaʈhvā̃ ‘sixth’. See also < H. chãd- ‘be fettered, hobbled (of an chaw animal)’ chaw 6. Has the form che in combination with chanray Mid: be crooked, speak indirectly the classifier ʈho < S. chaw ‘six’. See (bg:139). Unknown to speakers I also chaʈwã. consulted. chawniya name of a herdsman ghost (hjpa:207,9) chapa, chappa picture (n.) < S. chāpā ‘picture’ che See chaw chapay Act: encircle (while hunting) chekay Act: stop (tr) chape Mid: become encircled (of hunted animals) (bg:139 ‘tear with the teeth’, cheke Mid: cheke ‘stop’ (itr); chekay stop given only for chapay) (tr) (gener) < S. cheka- ‘stop (s.o. from doing something)’ chappa See chapa chema(y), chama, ksama, kṣama, khama Act: chaɽa roof made of branches show mercy, forgive; mercy. < S. chamā, H. kṣamā ‘forgiveness’ chãɽay Act: strain the water out of rice by ksama ter conj.v. forgive taking lumps of rice out of the water and pap chama forgiveness of letting the water slowly drain out < S. (hjpa:276,35) chān- ‘strain’ cheper shallow (water) (hjpa:188,147) chãɽe Mid: become strained. See also toŋ. chetphut here and there < H. chiʈpuʈ ‘dispersed; chaʈka a kind of silo for storing grain, straggling’ approximately 2 meters high, made of bamboo chewla See chewra chaʈkay, chaʈke See caʈkay, caʈke chewra, cewra, chewla hide (of skin); leather

39 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon chĩk~chuɁʈe

(n., adj.) < S. chevrā ‘skin; hide’ chopa Act: clear away forest; Mid:-; gener; chĩk, chĩkay Act/Mid: sneeze. No apparent Caus: oɁb-chopa; No Doub Caus < S. difference in meaning. < S. chik- chopā- ‘cut (by a hoe)’ ‘sneeze’, H. chĩkāī ‘sneezing’. See also hãʔchiŋ, tamu. choɽay Act: leave (tr); return (tr) choɽe Mid: be left (bg:139 ‘be free’) < S. choɽ- chikchiki a kind of bird (hjpa:172,39: Cf. ‘leave, abandon’. See also chuɁʈay, Mundari ciɁ-ciɁ oɽe) chuɁʈe chingay Act: split open (tr) < H. chinna ‘cut; chor time (as in ‘once, twice’, etc.). See also

torn; divided’ -son2. ek chor once chinge Mid: split open (itr) dui chor twice, etc. chipir little, not much choʈa small < S. choʈ ‘small’. See also choɁɖɖa, choʈka, cuʈaɁɖ. chiɽo poɽo quickly choʈanagpur, choʈanagapur (the latter in chir nipple, udder < S. chīr ‘teat of animal’ songs only) Chotanagpur, place name, now largely synonymous with the chiriyay Act: disperse (tr) < S. chiriyā- ‘scatter state of Jharkhand although it has always (tr) (of things)’ referred to a much larger region, the chiriye Mid: disperse (itr) region in which most Munda languages, including Kharia, are spoken. See also chiʈa, Act: strew, scatter < S. chiriyā- ‘scatter nagpur, cuʈaɁɖɖaɁpur, cuʈiya nagapur. (tr) (of things)’ chiʈe Mid: become scattered, strewed choʈka small < S. choʈ ‘small’. See also choʈa, choɁɖɖa, cuʈaɁɖ. chitir bitir scattered < H. chitar-bitar ‘scattered; dispersed’ chowa child < S. chauvā ‘child’ may chowa mother and child, the whole chochray Act: scrape (of skin) (tr) family < S. māẽ chauvā ‘family’ chowari with child, e.g. chowari chochre Mid: become scraped (bg:139 ‘be konselɖuɁ ‘a pregnant woman’ lacerated’) < S. chochr- ‘scrape’. ʔ ʔ ʔ See also gotaʔ, ge ɖ, gu ɖ2, kay1, ko j, churi knife. < S. chūrī ‘knife’ kheliyay/kheliye, khokhray/khokhre. chuɁʈay Act: chuɁʈay: leave (tr). See choɁɖɖa small < S. choʈ ‘small’. See also also choɽay, choɽe. cuʈaɁɖ, choʈa, choɁʈka. chuɁʈe Mid: chuɁʈe: leave (itr); chuɁʈay: cholni ladle with a flat head (bg:139) < H. leave (tr, gener) < S. choɽ- ‘leave, cholnī ‘scraper’ abandon’ balay chuɁʈe conj.v. cause trouble (Mid chondo type voice)

40 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 chuɁʈi~ɖak

pap tay chuɁʈe be released of sins hjp ( b:61,27) -ɖaɁ6 Marker denoting intensity, although its semantic contribution is often quite chuɁʈi, chuʈʈi leave, holiday, vacation; subtle. It is most commonly found permission < S. chuʈī ‘leave (n.)’ in attibutive function, usually with chuɁʈi ter conj.v. permit, grant manner adverbials, but is also found in

permission predicates. See also -boɁ2,- son1. chuti peɽay name of a ritual impurity when ɖabayeɁj ‘18’ Alternative for some speakers to a woman is expecting a child (hjpa, ghol ghal/tham. 144:c,1). See also peɽay. ɖabni cover < S. ɖapnī ‘cover’. See also dab.

ɖaɖu wooden lamp. Cf. Brajbhasa ɖaɽh- ‘burn, be burnt’?

*ɖ* -ɖae See -ɖay ct ɖaɁ1 A : make (s.th.) watery (e.g., tea, by adding too much water); Mid: become ɖah , jealousy < S. ɖāh ‘envy’. See also water(y): golaŋ ɖaɁ may=ki. ‘The rice hisĩ. beer (golaŋ) became too watery (ɖaɁ), i.e., so much water was poured in that it ɖahay Act: annoy (both stems possible with

became (like) water (on may see may3); Act) Cf. ɖah? water, rain (Gen: ɖagaɁ). See also halo. ɖahe Mid: ɖahe: be annoyed; ɖahay: gener of ɖaɁ ɖel conj.v. rain Act ɖaɁ gim conj.v. rain ɖaɁ piyas thirst ɖahu wood-apple tree, Artocarpus Lakoocha ɖaɁ piyas laɁ conj.v. become thirsty ɖa uɖga down-to-earth, straight- ɖahura, ɖawɽa, ɖehura branch, twig; fallen forward, honest dry leaves < S. ɖahurā ‘cut branch or fallen branch’

ɖaɁ2 waist. < S. ɖãɽā ‘waist’? ɖain witch < S. ɖāin ‘witch’

ɖaɁ3 rice ɖain bisahi witch

ɖaɁ4 culture. See also samskriti. ɖair Act: cause to branch out (e.g. of God); Mid: branch out; branch (n.) < S. ɖair

-ɖaɁ5 ‘meat’, used only in compounds. See ‘branch (of tree)’

also ghos, komaŋ, mãs1 Used in the following forms: ɖaj Act / Mid: feel cold (food, water, etc., boŋtelɖaɁ buffalo-meat not people). No apparent difference in bunuiɖaɁ pork meaning, Act is more common. khasiɖaɁ goat-meat meromɖaɁ goat-meat ɖak thievery < S. ɖāku ‘robber’. See also oreɁjɖaɁ oxen-meat ɖaku. siŋkoyɖaɁ chicken meat

41 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon ɖaka~ɖãɽ

ɖaka Act: rob, plunder; fight; Mid:-; gener. o-ɖamʈu ʈu. Not acceptable to all Undoubtedly related to ɖak. speakers.

ɖakay1 Dakai, 1. name of a male mythological ɖambha a kind of big citrus fruit personage. 2. The same name also refers ct id gener to his wife - ɖakay, ɖakay rani, in which ɖaŋ1 A : send; M :-; ɖaŋ-ɖaŋ: ; case the husband is then referred to as (bg:143 gives ɖaŋ without reduplication Sembhu / Semb(ho). hjpa:148 relates as occurring with Mid endings; probably the name to ɖakay ‘sorcerer’. Speakers a misprint) I questioned agreed, although they said gotiya remaɁna ɖaŋ to invite, sending that the word with this meaning is now someone out to pick up and bring no longer used. the invited guest to the event ɖakay rani Queen Dakay bg ɖaŋ2 stick ( :143: “fishing rod”) < S. ɖorī

ɖakay2 sorcerer ɖā̃g ‘hooked stick for pulling fruit off tree’. See also ɖanɖaɁ. ɖakʈar doctor; Dr. < Eng. ɖaŋbodi string beans ɖaku thug. See also ɖak < S. ɖāku ‘robber’ ɖaŋger animal < S. ɖaŋgra ‘animal’ ɖal Act: cover (a pot, etc.); Mid: become covered; ɖal-ɖal: gener of Act; Caus: ɖaŋ(g)ra Dangra, said to be a denomination of ɖa<Ɂb>l, ob-ɖal, Doub Caus: oɁb- the Asur. The name resembles dhaŋgar ɖa<Ɂb>l; (bg:143 ‘place, keep, put’, ‘servant’ and would seem to refer to given for the Act only). See also ɖanal, the S. speaking Ahir, etc., probably in ɖil. reference to the fact that these groups ɖal-ɖal masdar of ɖal tend to perform menial work for the Kharia ɖali big gonbiɖ, i.e. a basket which is ɖaŋra mahara Dangra Asur square-bottomed and round-mouthed; handful (Malhotra, 1982:118); basket ɖaɳ, ɖãɽ (high) field, higher than cawra or (hjpb:37,28) < S. ɖālī ‘large basket’ goɁjloɁ < S. ­ɖā̃ɽ ‘field’

ɖali kaʈbari land given to a priest for living ɖaɳaɁ See ɖanɖaɁ purposes < S. ɖālī kaʈbārī ɖanal cover (n.). See also ɖal, -nV-. ɖalʈengaɲj Daltenganj, name of a city in , Jharkhand ɖanɖaɁ, ɖaɳaɁ, ɖãɽaɁ stick, club < S. ɖā̃ʈā

‘stick, cane, club’. See also ɖaŋ2. ɖam Act:-; Mid: arrive; *ɖam-ɖam; Caus: ɖanɖaɁ oyeŋ returning of the stick o-ɖam, Doub Caus: oɁb-ɖam (name of a ceremony described in o-ɖamʈu Act: drop off. Derives from various places in hjpa, e.g. 156) See the Caus of ɖam, o-ɖam, and the also eŋ. departive marker ʈu but must be considered a separate marker as it ɖãɽ See ɖaɳ also combines with ʈu, producing

42 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 ɖãɽaɁ~ɖel

ɖãɽaɁ See ɖanɖaɁ ɖeɁb Act:-; Mid: ascend, climb; ride; ɖeɁb- ɖeɁb: gener; Caus: o-ɖeɁb, with the ɖãɽi well (n.) < S. ɖāɽī ‘surface well’. See additional meaning ‘offer up in sacrifice’; also cumɖaɁ, kuwã Doub Caus: oɁb-ɖeɁb

ɖaɽu fool (n.) < S. ɖhõɽ ‘idiot’? ɖehura See ɖahura

ɖaɽhiyal name of an ethnic group claimed to ɖeɁj Act: cut; cut through, cut down, chop; be the traditional enemies of the Kharia. (fig.) reduce, cut back (money); Mid:-; Identity unknown but the name refers to gener ≈ ɖeɁj-ɖeɁj: gener. See also ɖeneɁj. their beards (S. darhi) and means ‘the ɖeɁj-ɖeɁj masdar of ɖeɁj bearded (ones)’, suggesting that they are or were Muslims. Also referred to as ɖel Act:-; Mid: come; ɖel-ɖel: gener; Caus: tuɽko (see there). See also daɽhi, darhi. none; Before enclitica beginning with n- realized as ɖe. ɖarguha, darguha coward < S. ɖarguhā ɖel ɖila, ɖel ɖiya arrive, come all ‘afraid’. See also pattajhaɽa. the way ɖel-ɖel masdar of ɖel ɖarnga ravine, gorge. See also ɖarnghay. ɖelemɖol ‘coming’. I m p e r f e c t i v e converb of ɖel. This formation is ɖarnghay Mid: fall into a ravine or gorge not productive and seems to be very (hjpa:165,5). See also ɖarnga; speaker-specific. See also ɖenem- ɖharnghay. ɖel. Used as a “light verb” in the following ɖãs mosquito < H. ɖãs ‘a kind of big constructions: mosquito, a kind of fly’ h( jpa:181, 102). See also bhusaɽi, guɲum-ɖaɁ. akil ɖel conj.v. think of something, of a thought to come ɖawɽa See ɖahura biswas ɖel conj.v. believe, have faith (experiencer in the oblique case) -ɖay, -ɖae, -ɽay woman. Combining form of (hjpb:66,68) kanɖay, kanɖayboɁ. See also olɖay, ɖaɁ ɖel conj.v. rain kulamɖay, sumarɖay, sõwɽay. Also genu ɖel conj.v. become accustomed used in compounds with the husband’s ghaɳi ɖel conj.v. smell (itr, non-volitional) name, meaning ‘wife of’, e.g. tumba-ɖay heɁjo ɖel conj.v. think, reflect ‘Tumba’s wife’. Occasionally also found hoste ɖel regain consciousness (hjpb:56, 56) as an independent lexeme, though rarely, kamu ɖel conj.v. of work to happen/succeed especially in more southerly dialects: khiste ɖel conj.v. become angry juŋ-juŋ ɖay ‘the woman (whose hand) khiyal ɖel conj.v. think of something; have an has been asked for’ = ‘fiancée’, but idea (experiencer in oblique case) also as an independent lexeme with the lemeɁɖ ɖel conj.v. become tired meaning ‘engagement’. lur akil ɖel conj.v. realize s.th., come to understand s.th., become smarter ɖaygãw, ɖayrgaw Dayrgaon, name of a city in (hjpb:50,28) Gumla district, Jharkhand mon ɖel conj.v. be intent on paham ɖel conj.v. remember

43 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon ɖelɖaɁpur~ɖinɖa yad ɖel conj.v. remember ɖiɁb combining form of iɖiɁb, found in janaɁbɖiɁb ɖelɖaɁpur the city of Delhi. See also dilhi. ɖibijan division / subdivision of a state), county ɖele Dele, a man’s name (lit.: ‘he will / should < Eng. come’) ɖibri small kerosine lamp; wick (bg:144); tin ɖelemɖol See ɖel lamp (hjpa:192,175) < S. ɖibrī ‘small tin oil lamp’ ɖelki, ɖhelki (khaɽiya) name of one section of the Kharia, much smaller in number ɖiɁbhar Caus form of ɖiyar than the Dudh Kharia and generally not Christian. ɖiɖi Act:-; Mid: stand on the toes; upright (hjpa:193,181); Caus: ɖi<Ɂb>ɖi. See ɖembu, ɖimbu name of a fruit, Cucumis also seŋghor. (bg:144) ɖiɖgar See diɽ(h)gar ɖeɲ Act: cook pulse, vegetables (tr); Mid: cook (itr); ɖeɲ-ɖeɲ: gener of Act ɖijal diesel (Eng.) ɖijal gaɽi­ diesel car ɖena feather < S. ɖenā ‘wing (of bird, insect)’ ɖikci a small aluminium vessel used for ɖeneɁj medium-sized or large hatchet. See also making tea or cooking rice < S. ɖegcī ɖeɁj, -nV-, konɖeɁj. ‘metal pot with a flat bottom and vertical side’ ɖenem-ɖel 1. sequential converb form of ɖel- ‘come’; 2. coming (attribute); 3. arrival, ɖil Act:-; Mid: become covered; Caus: oɁb- coming (n.). See also -nV-, ɖel. ɖil. See also oɁbɖil,ɖal.

ɖeoɳa See dẽwɽa ɖilay Act: fill, gather (water, etc.) (tr)

ɖeɽeŋ, ɖereŋ horn. hjpa:182,110 assumes ɖile Mid: ɖile gather (of water, etc.), fill (itr); that ɖereŋ is the older form, based on ɖilay. gener of Act a comparison with Santali dereɲ and Mundari diriŋ. ɖimbu See ɖembu

ɖera, ɖeray, ɖeraɁ Act: take up lodgings; ɖiŋ, diɲ Act: draw, pull; take (a picture); Mid: live; Mid:-; gener; lodgings; housing < be drawn, etc.; ɖiɲ-ɖiɲ: gener of Act S. ɖerā ‘camp, resting place’ ɖiɲ-ɖiɲ masdar of ɖiɲ ɖera basa conj.v. live moɲ ɖiɲ conj.v. enchant, fascinate ɖera boɁ camping site (hjpb:66,60) ɖera karay rest, take rest; spend then night (hjpb:37,33; 56,72) ɖinɖa, ɖĩɽa unmarried; state of being single; virgin < S. ɖinɖā ‘unmarried, single; ɖerɖega tree-snake (bg:144) virgin’ ɖinɖa mariyam the Virgin Mary

44 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 ɖipa~ɖoloŋɖaɁ biru

but must be considered a separate ɖipa the other side (of a river), e.g. ompay lexeme as it also combines with ʈu, ɖipa ‘the other side of the river’ < S. producing ɖoɁɖʈu ʈu. (nadī) ɖīpā ‘bank of river (upper bank)’ ɖoɁɖʈu biha bringing the bride to the wedding, name of a ceremony ɖĩɽa See ɖinɖa described in hjpa, 156:34,3,5

v ɖiɽh courage < S. ɖīɽh ‘courage’. See also ɖoɖ2, dod2 Telicity marker ( 2) which indicates niɖar. that the action it marks was not “final” ɖiɽh dhoɁ conj.v. take courage, be and that another action immediately brave followed on it. “Culminatory telic”. See ct Ɂ ɖiɽ(h)gar, ɖiɖgar A : make also go ɖ1. someone brave; Mid: become brave; bravery, courage; brave, courageous ɖõhɽi lily (bg:145)

ɖisaɁ, ɖisa, disa, disaɁ Act: move s.th. farther ɖoir string, cord, rope, line < S. ɖoir ‘string away; Mid: become father away, move (of sack)’ farther away; far; Caus: ɖi<Ɂb>saɁ ‘drive away; put off’ ɖoka fountain, spring ɖisaɁɖuɁ far-ish, rather far ɖokɖaɁ, ɖokɖaɁ ca. March, the third month of the year. See also ɖaɁ. ɖisna bed sheet < S. ɖisnā ‘bed sheet’ ɖokaɽaɁ, ɖoɁbkaɽaɁ Act: boil (tr) (rice); Mid: ɖiyar Act:-; Mid: enter; Caus: ɖi<Ɂbh>ar boil (itr) (of rice) < S. ɖabk- ‘boil (water, (Malhotra, 1982:165 gives the form rice, dal)’ ob-ɖiyar). The Caus can also refer to bringing expelled members of the tribe ɖokɖaɁ See ɖoka back into the tribe (hjpa:209,11); Doub aus Ɂ C : o b-ɖi<Ɂbh>ar ɖokloɁ meeting. See also ɖoko, -loɁ1, kachari.

-ɖoɁ See -ɖuɁ ɖoko Act:-; Mid: sit down; settle down; Caus: ɖo<Ɂb>ko, Doub Caus: oɁb-ɖo<Ɂb>ko. ɖobkaɽaɁ See ɖokaɽaɁ See also ɖokloʔ.

ɖobha pond (hjpa:192,176) ɖolay Act: cause (a hanging object) to swing (e.g., of the wind) Ɂ ct ight verb ɖo ɖ1, dod1 A : bring, get, take; L ; ɖole Mid: swing (of hanging objects). No Mid:-; ɖoɁɖ-ɖoɁɖ gener; Caus: oɁb-ɖoɁɖ, morphological Caus ɖo<Ɂb>ɖ; Doub Caus: oɁb-ɖo<Ɂb>ɖ ɖoɁɖkon because of, on account of. ɖoli litter carried by porters, palanquin < H. Formally the sequential converb ɖolā, ɖolī ‘litter carried by porters’ of ɖoɁɖ ‘having taken’. Object of ɖoloŋ small boat, vessel postposition appears in the oblique case. (hjpb: 61,29; 64, note 29). ɖoloŋɖaɁ biru Dolongdaga Mountain, (place ɖoɁɖʈu Act: drop off . Derives from name) ɖoɁɖ and the departive marker ʈu

45 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon ɖoloŋsor~ɖuɁj

ɖoloŋsor Dolongsor (place name) attributive function a less exact sense, similar to -ish in Eng. or -sā in H.; used poss g =ɖom1 ‘3. ’ - marker of the third person, S with morphemes in predicative function for inalienable possession. For some it denotes that these actions take a speakers this is the marking of third- very long time. Always used with the person inalienable possession in general, Mid voice. Examples: yoɖuɁ. See also regardless of number. arabɖuɁ, konɖuɁ, konselɖuɁ, muɖuɁ (under muɖu) and also ekan. pass refl v ɖom2 ive/ exive marker ( 2) on the predicate. Often realized as -ɖuŋ before ɖubay Act: ɖubay: sink, drown (tr); deplete velars. (e.g. money)

id ɖom3 name of a caste, Dom ɖube M : ɖube: be drowned; be depleted; be low-spirited; ɖubay: gener (tr); Caus: ɖoŋ Act/Mid: become sufficient. No apparent ob-ɖubay, ɖu<Ɂ>bay; Doub Caus: ob- difference in meaning between Act and du<Ɂ>bay < S. ɖub- ‘sink’ (itr), ɖuba- Mid. ‘sink’ (tr) ɖubi ɖubay, ɖubay ɖubi deplete ɖoŋga big boat < S. ɖõgā ‘boat’. See also completely ɖoŋgait, ɖoŋgi. ɖubki 19 Alternative for some speakers to ghol ɖoŋgait sea crew member ɖoŋgi < S. ɖõgā thomsiŋ/ghal. ‘boat’. See also ɖoŋga. ɖubni, ɖubhni, ɖhubni, dubhni cup, bowl < S. ɖongi small boat < S. ɖõgā ‘boat’. See also ɖubhnī ‘small cup made of brass’ ɖoŋga, ɖoŋgait. ɖuboɁ, duboɁ the devil; evil spirit, ghost ɖonjaŋ country

ɖubha1 a type of grass, ɖubha-grass ɖonkui elder brother’s wife; hjpb:34,15: elder

sister-in-law. Cf. bhabhi. ɖubha2 ball (of rice) < S. ɖubhā ‘large cup made of brass’ (perhaps used as a ɖoɽeɁj, ɖoɽeɁ Act: shorten (tr); Mid: become measurement)? short (e.g. of rope through being cut) ɖubhni See ɖubni ɖoriyay Act: lead ɖuɁɖu armpit ɖoriye Mid: be led < S. ɖoriyā-, ɖuriyā- ‘lead (a horse, goat, etc., with a halter’ ɖugur ɖugur run very fast with short steps ɖoriyay kaɽ leader (hjpa:247,106)

ɖoyor long (Malhotra, 1982:86) ɖuɁj Act: bend (tr); Mid: bend (itr, can also be agentive), turn back, change -ɖuɁ/-ɖoɁ derivative suffix. Semantics unclear. direction; Caus: o-ɖuj (hjpa:259,7). See Derives „participles“ from simple also baɖuɁj. morphemes; gives morphemes in

46 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 ɖul~ɖhecuwa

ɖul Act: pour in; Mid:-; ɖul-ɖul: gener; *ɖh* Caus: oɁb-ɖul, du<Ɂ>l; Doub Caus: oɁb- ɖhakar Act: guzzle, drink quickly; Mid: be ɖu<Ɂ>l < H. ɖhul- ‘be poured out; be guzzled, drunk quickly; gener of Act spilt’ (= ɖhal-) laɁj ɖul conj.v. Act: get diarrhoea, ɖhaki round basket < S. ʈokī ‘small basket’? dysentary (experiencer marked by =te); Mid:-; diarrhoea, dysentary. ɖhãkɽi clay dish See also ɖul. ɖhalŋgay/ɖholŋgay Act: put to sleep for a ɖuliɁj, ɖuluɁj, ɖuluiɁj Act: follow; Mid:-; short time gener; Caus: oɁb-ɖulij, ɖu<Ɂ>lij, Doub Caus: oɁb-ɖu<Ɂ>liɁj ɖhalŋge/ɖhalãɲŋe/ɖholŋge Mid: sleep for a short time, take a nap (bg:145 ‘lie

=ɖuŋ See =ɖom2 on the back’). Speakers preferred the form ɖhalŋge in both the Act and Mid, ɖuŋɖuŋ eel; name of one of the nine clans, also although ɖhalŋgay is possible for the a common family name. In one version Act < S. ɖhalŋga-. See also ulnɖay. of the history of the Kharia, also the name of one of the original nine sons. ɖharay Act: pour out < S. ɖhar-, ɖhara- See Ɂ also bi ɖ1. ɖunɖi not having a tail, without a tail (hjpa:179,91) < H. ɖũɽā ‘bullock ɖhare Mid: be poured out < S. ɖhar- ‘pour having one horn or a broken horn’? water into a glass from a pot by tipping it’ ɖunɖlu, ɖunɖluɁ tadpole (hjpa:179,91; 214f.) < S. ɖuɖlu. See also kenɖoɁɖ ‘frog’. ɖharkay Act: ɖharkay: knock over (bottle, etc.)

ɖurib the durib fruit, a kind of black fruit ɖharke Mid: ɖharke: go down, set (of the sun); (hjpa:234,70) turn around; topple down, fall over; ɖharkay: gener of Act; Caus: oɁb- ɖurũɖa See ɖurunɖa ɖharkay; No Doub Caus < H. ɖhalak ‘be spilt’ (Brajbhasa, Awadhi ɖharak-), ɖuruŋ Act: trample; husk, pound grain with a ɖhalkā- ‘spill’. See also next entry, stick; stomp with a pole; Mid:-; gener; which seems to be a variant of this form. Caus: oɁb-ɖuruŋ, ɖu<Ɂb>ruŋ ɖharnghay Act: knock over/spill a liquid; Mid: ɖurunɖa, ɖurũɖa Durunda, name of a be knocked over (of liquids). See also suburb of Ranchi (hjpa:181,107), the previous entry. Kharia name of khukharagaɽh / khukhra. One popular etymology derives it from ɖhebuwa, ɖhebwa money; half anna. See also

ɖuruŋɖaɁ ‘(to) pound rice’ (with -ɖaʔ6). kawɽi, keciya, poisa, rupaya.

ɖuyub weak (Malhotra, 1982:86) < S. ɖhecuwa Dicrurus macrocercus, the King- durbuliyā ‘weak’? crow or Drongo. Cf. Mundari ɖemcuad, ɖimcuaɁ, ɖhicua (hjpa: 214f.).

47 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon ɖheɖhrel~ɖhuku

ɖheɖhrel thunder. See also -rel and the forms given there. ɖhilo Act: loosen (tr) (Caus form was preferred in this function); Mid: become ɖheir, ɖher much, many; very; often. Can loose, be loosened; Caus: ɖhi<Ɂb>lo < also appear in Pl < S. ɖheir ‘heap, mass; S. ɖhil-, ɖhilā/ɖhil kar- ‘loosen’ much, many’ ɖheir ɖheir very very much ɖhiʈhai evilness < H. ɖhiʈhai ‘imprudence, ɖheirkan, ɖherkan ɖheirsan quite a sauciness, impertinence, audacity, bit, much petulence’ (hjpa:204,1)

ɖhekar, ɖhekaray Act: burp, belch; Mid:-; ɖhiʈhoɁb strong. See also pokot, pokta gener; belch, burp (n.) < S. ɖhekār ‘burp (n.)’ ɖhoɖha, ɖhoɽa creek, pond, small lake. See also ɖhoɖhi. ɖhẽki, ɖheŋki machine for husking grain < H. (Bihar) ɖhẽkī ‘machine for husking ɖhoɖhi, ɖhõɖhi water pipe. See also ɖhoɖha. grain’ ɖhoɖhri, ɖhoɽhri cavity in a tree; hollow (adj.) ɖhejaŋ massive (from Malhotra, 1982: 226) < S. ɖhoɽharī, ɖhoɽarī, ɖhoɽaro, ɖhoɽaro ‘hollow in a tree’. See also ɖhoɖhro. ɖheklaɁ Act: push; Mid: be pushed < S. ɖhekl- ‘push’ ɖhoɖhro big cavity in a tree. See ɖhoɖhri for S. terms. ɖhela, ɖhelka lump of dirt < S. ɖhelā ‘clod’. See also toreŋ. ɖhõʈi a container for carrying fish h ( jpa: 243,95) ɖhelki See ɖelki ɖhoʈha echo word, found in gaɁɖɖha ɖhoʈha ɖheluwa swing (n.) (e.g. of a bird) (hjpa:218,20) < S. ɖhiluā ‘swinging seat’ ɖholŋay, ɖholŋge See ɖhalŋgay, ɖhalŋge

ɖheɲaŋ a type of drum. hjpa:198,216 cites from ɖholki a kind of small drum, according to Roy & Roy, 1937,453, nr. 36 ‘big drum hjpa:78, fn. 61 made of wood and beaten beaten by Ghansis, not by Kharias’ on both sides with the hand < S. ɖholkī ‘a type of drum’ ɖheŋki See ɖhẽki ɖhoɽ a kind of nonpoisonous snake which ɖheŋko crooked, bent, curved < S. ʈẽko lives in water (bg:146) ‘crooked’ ɖhoɽa See ɖhoɖha ɖher See ɖheir ɖhoɽhi See ɖhoɖhi ɖhibra shaped like a ball, from hjpa, 151, where it is connected to Santali ɖhebra, ɖheba ɖhubni See ɖubni ‘puny, small, undersized with a larg belly’ and Mundari ɖheba ɖhuku a certain kind of marriage in which the

48 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 ɖhusay~dambhara

woman goes, without the knowledge of donation, gratuity’ her parents or elder brother, to the house of her loved one. There are no marriage dail pulse (grain) < S. dāil ‘pulse’ ceremonies but the marriage is valid. Cf. Santali ɖhoko (hjpa:241,89). See also dajla the River rr:270f. ɖhuku col conj.v. to have a ɖhuku dak See dakh marriage daksin See dakhin ɖhusay Act: dash against, bump into dakh, dak wine (hjpb:43,14) < S. dākh ras ɖhuse Mid: be dashed into, bumped against < ‘wine’ S. ɖhus- ‘push (with the head or horns)’ dakhaɁ baɽi vineyard dakh laraŋ grape vine (hjpa:273, 30: dak laraŋ) < S. larãg ‘vine’

v dakha, lakha2 conative predicate marker ( 2). ‘try’. Appears after the lexical stem. *d* bg:140 lists dakha as a lexical base dab Act: press down; Mid: be pressed down appearing in the Act (his “transitive”). (bg: 140 ‘cover roof’) < H. dab- ‘be In my corpus, dakha is quite rare and is pressed down’. See also ɖabni. only used as v2. More commonly, the meaning ‘try’ is expressed through the dad= See dada use of lam ‘seek, search; want; try’ along with the infinitive of the lexical base, or dada 1. elder brother. May be replaced by by the infinitive of the lexical base and maha bhai/bhaya; 2. elder male cousin, kornis ‘try; attempt’. both maternal and paternal. May not be replaced by maha bhai/bhaya. Form dakhal authority, possession < H. dakhal with inalienable possession: dad=, e.g. ‘authority, jurisdiction’ dad=ɖom < S. dādā ‘elder brother’ dakhin, dakhina, daksin south < S. dakhin ‘southern’ daeiya Alas! Oi vay! dal party (e.g. a group of people united) < S. dagay Act: dagay: light a candle < S. dāg- dal ‘group’ ‘light (a candle or lamp)’ dage Mid: dage: burn (of a candle); dagay: dalan corridor, hall < H. dālān ‘hallway; gener of Act corridor’ dahi curds < S. dahī ‘curd’ dalay flutter, flap h ( jpa:219,27) daichna gratuity given in return for a service, dambhara ‘a small earthen lamp; a small e.g. from a student to his / her teacher earthen vessel for oil’ (hjpa, 162, fn. 2) < H. dakṣiɳā, dachinā ‘fee paid to < S. dambharā ‘small saucer shaped, a brahman for a religious service; earthen lamp’

49 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon daɲjay~data

daɲjay Act: investigate < S. daɲja-/daɲj- daray meaning unclear, hjpa, 146, h:2, 149, fn. ‘investigate’ h daɲje Mid: be investigated; Caus: ob-daɲjay darbar king’s court < S. darbār ‘king’s court’ dan dachina religious offering. The meaning darbhaŋga Darbhanga (name of a district) in Kharia differs somewhat from the H. expression dān dakṣiɳā ‘religious gift darguha See ɖarguha to a beggar; gift to a brahman’. In the text it appears in, hjpb:49,17, it has the darhi See daɽhi meaning ‘sacrifice’ in general. See also daichna. darja class (of tickets) < H. darjā ‘grade, level; quality, standard; type’ dana grain < S. dānā ‘grain’ darjiliŋ Darjeeling danday Act: amaze < S. danda- ‘amaze’ darkar necessity < H. darkār ‘needed, required; dande Mid: become amazed; amazed (adj.). need (n.)’ Speakers indicated tht the form dande, while possible, is only seldom used. daroɁ uncertain meaning. Used in pulis daroɁ. Normally the form danday is used for both the Act and Mid voices. darom See daɽom dandu Dandu, one of the original nine sons of darsan apparition; seeing < S. darśan Kharia mythology in one version of this ‘apparition’ story (MS, 2:31f). daru tree; wood. Cf. Brajbhasha, Awadhi dano , evil-spirit; monsters < H. dānav dāru ‘wood, timber’. ‘demon’ daru khunʈo vegetation (cf. H. peɽ- paudha) daɽom, darom Act: welcome, greet hjp id ( a:259,7); M : theoretically the same das1 10 < S. das ‚10‘. See also ghol. as the Act, but apparently not used;

sacrifice (n.). Perhaps related to ɖanɖaɁ das2, dasi slave < H. dās ‘slave’ ‘stick’, as in certain types of sacrifices dasi bay conj.v. enslave a stick, representing a deity, is placed into the ground (or, more precisely, into dasa situation, condition < S. daśā ‘situation’ a termite hill). See e.g. the description of the Bārɳɖā Pūjā in rr:374ff. See also dasara, dasahara, dasra Dasain, feast of

sum1. worshipping Durga, celebrated in daɽom ter conj.v. perform a sacrifice September - October < H. daʃahara daɽom iɖib midnight daɽom suŋ sacrificial ceremony dastur custom < S. dastūr ‘custom’ daɽhi, darhi beard; a man’s name < S. darhī, data giver Used in expressions such as daɽhī ‘beard’. See also ɖaɽhiyal. jiwan data, mukti data, santi data < H.

50 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 daud~dimtaŋ

dātā ‘generous; donor, benefactor’ deri Act:-; Mid: be late; length of time, while; later; Caus: de<Ɂ>ri < S. derī ‘delay’ daud David, personal name (from the Bible) Infinitive + deri just as (temporal) deri laɁ conj.v. take time; take a long daw1 opportunity, chance < H. daũ time ‘opportunity; time’ des country < S. deś ‘country’ daw2 sickle < H. dāv ‘sickle’ dẽwɽa, deoɳa, deõɽa, ɖeoɳa Act/Mid: practice dawan a kinship term indicating the relationship shaman rites. No apparent difference in between the mothers of the bride and meaning between Act and Mid; shaman. bridegroom (bg:140) deoɳa sokha ‘witch finder, magician’ (hjpa:91, 3; 93, fn. 13) dawɽa basket < S. dāurā ‘large basket’ deoɳa sokha karay conj.v. do witchcraft dawri Used in the formation of dokan dawri dewta, dẽwta, deota, deõta god, deity < S. ‘running a store’ from dokan ‘store, devtā ‘god, deity’. See also beɽo apa, shop’. Not used independently. bhagwan, dewtain, giriŋ, isuwar, pahra, ponmesor. dãwri Act/Mid: thresh (by cows). No apparent difference in meaning between Act and dewtain, dẽwtain goddess. See also beɽo apa, Mid < S. dāurī ‘threshing’ bhagwan, dewta, giriŋ, isuwar, pahra, ponmesor. daya Act: pity (tr), somewhat shorter time; Mid: pity (tr), somewhat longer; grace, didi 1. elder sister. May be replaced by maha pity, mercy, kindness < S. dayā ‘pity’ bahin < S. dīdī ‘elder sister’. 2. female daya karay conj.v. have pity on. cousin, both maternal and paternal. May Stimulus appears in oblique case, be replaced by maha bahin experiencer is subject. digduin Digduin, name of a town in Gumla de Well then! district dege OK!, Well then! dil heart < S. dil ‘heart’ dehri hunting priest < S. dehrā ‘temple’ dehri deoɳa hunting priest dilhi, dilli the city of Delhi. See also ɖelɖaɁpur. demta red ant < S. demtā ‘red ant’. See also dilkay Act: cause to resound biɽim, cimʈã, kãy, muɁjɖaɁ, seʈa, ʈoɁbɖir, id ʈoʈo2, umphya, also bhunɖu ‘ant-hill’. dilke M : roar, boom, resound (e.g. a nagera drum) dendar charity (bg:141) dilli See dilhi deoɳa, deõɽa See dẽwɽa dimtaŋ stall, cattle shed deota, deõta See dewta dimtaŋ oɁ stall dimtaŋ suŋ the ceremony of cleaning

51 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon din~duɁbo

the stall (hjpa, 146, f:7) dokan store, shop < S. dokān ‘shop’ dokan dawri running a store din, dinu, dino day < S. din, Oriya dinɔ. See hjp also diyo, toʔ1 dondo special, other, second ( a:174,55) din bhair all day dondo ɲimi nickname dino din daily, every day hin dinu the day before yesterday doɽo Act: make many (people) (e.g. said of roj dinuga daily God); Mid: become many (people); many (used only for people). See also dirom See dhirom dhoro? disa, disaɁ See ɖisaɁ dorahi contact with people diyo, diyoga, diyo diyoga daily. See also dorho depth; deep place; pool; Dorho, name

roj3(ga), dino din (under din). of a spirit of the depths dorho and his wife dorhoɖay. Said by Kullū (2000:39) diyom earthen lamp < S. diyā ‘small saucer- to have the form dohorɖay and to be the shaped earthen lamp’ name given to Queen Dakay, meaning diyom jaŋ knee-bone (Malhotra, ‘wife of the swamp/marsh’. See also 1982:74) dohor. dorho joɁɖom the exorcism (literally: dobray Act: dobray: fold (paper, cloth) being swept) of the Dorho spirit (tr); hide (tr) < S. dobār- ‘fold’ (hjpa:208,10, citing rr: 276) dobre Mid: dobre: hide (itr); dobray: gener of Act; Caus: −. See also japaʔ, leʔɖ, lukay/ dos punishment; accusation; mistake; fault, luke, okuʔb, (lutui) raŋgoʔ, reprepay, guilt < S. doṣ ‘fault’ somte. dos laɁ conj.v. become sinful (Eng. ʔ dod See ɖo ɖ1 subject appears in oblique case) dos ter conj.v. accuse (s.o.) doẽsa, dõisa Doisa, name of a village dosi sinful dosidar guilty doha two, verse pair < H. dohā ‘couplet’ dosigar sinful, guilty (hjpa:195,194) dosiyara border dohar chorus < S. doharā- ‘repeat’, H. dohar ‘repeated’. See also dohoray, koras. dosti friendship < S. dostī ‘friendship’. See also seir saŋgo. dohor marsh, swamp (?). See dorho dṛṣʈipath vision < H. dṛṣʈipath ‘field or range dohoray Act: repeat; Mid: be repeated < S. of vision’ doharā- ‘repeat’. See also dohar. duɁb Dub, name of a king dohorɖay See dorho duɁbo a type of grass dõisa See doẽsa duɁbo aɽay a type of grass

52 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 duboɁ~durgu duboɁ See ɖuboɁ dular balar love dular balar karay conj.v. love dubhni See ɖubni dularson, dularboɁ lovingly dularboɁ un conj.v. love dudmuɖ, dudumuɁ pigeon, dove (hjpb:68, dulari Dulari, girl’s name note 73 “the Indian Blue-rock Pigeon, Columba livia”) dularay Act: love; Mid: be loved < S. dulār ‘love’. See also dular. dudh milk < S. dudh ‘milk’ dudharu milk-giving (cow) dulha bridegroom < S. dulhā ‘bridegroom’. dudh khaɽiya Dudh Kharia, name of a See also dulhin. section of the Kharia tribe dudh niman as pure as milk dulhin bride. See also dulha. dudhyay Act: fill with milk (of corn, e.g. by dumaŋ comb maker (name of an ethnic God); Mid: become (naturally) filled group?). According to one speaker, with milk (of corn). See also dudh. dumaŋ means ‘two-sided’, used in dumaŋ kanaɁsi. dui Act: make s.th. into 2; Mid: become dumaŋ kanaɁsi comb for delousing two; 2 < S. duī ‘2’. See also ubar. duyo both < S. duiyo ‘both’ duniya, duniyã world < S. duniyā ‘world’ duyo sãjh second half of the evening duniyã cij things of this world duniya usloɁ Earth dukuɁj Act:-; Mid: become nervous; Caus: du<Ɂb>kuɁj. See also sakoɁj. dur, duroɁ Act/Mid: call or cry out, sing (of birds). No apparent difference in dukham sukham Act:-; Mid: chat < S. meaning but Mid was preferred. See also dukham sukham. See also duɁkho, suɁkho. dure. dura door, often used with the meaning duɁkho Act: make s.o. unhappy; Mid:-; pain, ‘house’, especially in conjunction with suffering, sorrow; unhappy < S. dukh oɁ ‘house’, e.g. oɁ dura ‘home’ < S. ‘pain’. See also dukham sukham. durā ‘door’. See also duwar, kaɁbʈo. duɁkho laɁ conj.v. feel suffering, be unhappy duraŋ, duran Act: sing; Mid:-; gener; song; duɁkho ter conj.v. cause suffering Caus: oɁb-duraŋ, du<Ɂb>-raŋ; Doub Caus: oɁb-du<Ɂb>raŋ dular Act: love or like (permanent); show one’s affection; Mid: like or love (less dure Act/Mid: coo (of pigeons). No apparent permanent); love (n.); loved one, difference in meaning but Mid was beloved; loving; Dular (boy’s name) preferred. See also dur(oɁ). < S. dulār ‘love’. See also alar, balar, dularay. durgu Durgu, one of the original nine brothers dular karay conj.v. love in Kharia mythology in one version of dular un conj.v. love. Stimulus marked the story (MS, 2:37f). The youngest by buŋ brother. dular alar un conj.v. love

53 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon duroɁ~dharam duroɁ See dur dhame so that dusman enemy < S. dusman ‘bad, wicked’ dhamkay Act: threaten; Mid:- < S. dhamkā- ‘threaten’ dusra second < S. dusrā ‘second’ dhamna a kind of nonpoisonous snake < H. dusre See ek dusrete, under ek dhāman ‘a large harmless snake’ dusum mistake (hjpa:272,28; Unknown to dhaŋgair naca maɽa S. place name, site of an speakers I questioned.) < S. dusman interesting stone formation, discussed in ‘bad, wicked’? See also tun. hjpa:132, ln. 10. dũt, dut < S. dūt, dūt ‘angel’ dhaŋgar servant (m.) < S. dhãgar ‘servant’ (m.). See also dhaŋrin, ongher, ungher. duwar door < H. dvār ‘door, gate’. See also dura, kaɁbʈo. dhaŋgrin, dhãgrin servant (f.) < S. dhãgrin duwar duwar door-to-door ‘servant’ (f.). See also dhaŋgar, unsel. duwara through, by means of < S. dvārā ‘by means of’ dhaniya coriander < H. dhaniyā ‘coriander’ duyo See dui dhanus ban, dhanuk ban rainbow < S. dhanukbān ‘rainbow’

dhanyabad, dhanyawad, dheinbad thanks < S. dhan(i)yābād ‘thanks’. See also dhain. *dh* dhanyabad ter conj.v. give thanks, dhaɁb predicate marker (v2) denoting thank abruptness or “suddenly”. See also bhaʔ, hambaʔ. dhaɽi line, row < S. dhāɽi ‘row, line’

dhadhir thunder (v.) (Malhotra, 1982:181) dhar1 inhabitant of

hjp dhadhkay Act: cause to blaze, flare up < S. dhar2, dhara stream, river ( b:61,12) < S. (aig) dhãdhk- ‘blaze’ dhār ‘stream, current’ dhadhke Mid: blaze, flare up dharam religion; salvation; well-being; joy (hjpb:56,49 and 59, n. 49) < S. dharam dhãgrin See dhaŋgrin ‘religion’ dharam kamu funeral ceremonies dhain thank; thanks; happy; hjpa:259,9: (‘religious work’) ‘praised’ < S. dhaniyābād ‘thanks’. See dharam karm piety (hjpb:45,21) also dhanyabad. dharam puthi the Holy Book, Bible dhain karay conj.v. thank, give thanks dharam raja King of Salvation dhain mane conj.v. thank, give thanks (hjpa:258,6) dharam updes religious teaching

54 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 dhariga~dhõysanagar

dharmi, dharmik just, righteous (some speakers accept only the Caus with this meaning); Mid: slow down, dhariga over and over again. Perhaps misread become slow; slow; Caus: dhi<Ɂ>rom for ghari, < S. gharī ‘time’ < S. dhīrā ‘slow’ dhiromboɁ slowly dharmi, dharmik See dharam dhirom-dhirom slowly; secretly dharo blade; edge, cutting edge < S. dhār ‘edge dhiyan See dheyan of knife’ dhoɁ Act: grab, catch; a light verb used dharti ground, earth < S. dhartī ‘earth, world’ among others with sicknesses. The afflicted person is placed in the oblique dhãsay Act: demolish (e.g. a wall) < S. dhasā- case, the sickness in the direct case and ‘demolish’ is the subject; Mid:-; dhoɁ-dhoɁ: gener; dhãse Mid: be demolished Caus: oɁb-dhoɁ; No Doub Caus dhoɁ-dhoɁ masdar of dhoɁ dhatam custom < H. dhat ‘vice, bad habit’? dhoɁ dhiga take, grab (e.g., an electric wire which one is not supposed to dhatu metal < H. dhātu ‘metal’ touch or to steal s.th.) kosu dhoɁ conj.v. become sick Ɂ dhãw -times < S. dhaũ ‘times’. See also -son2. mo ɖɖaɁ dhoɁ conj.v. of the eyes to water (experiencer marked by =te) dhãway See dhãy; dhãway appears to be a ruci dhoɁ conj.v. be interested in variant Caus form of dhãy dhoɁ Act: owe (bg:142, not accepted by dhãwe, dhãwẽ if; ablative postposition, rare speakers I questioned) (hjpa:185,133; 194,186 ‘through’) < S., according to speakers I consulted. dhobi washerman < S. dhobī ‘washerman’. See also dhobin. dhay, dhãy Act: hurry, run; Mid:-; dhãy-dhãy: gener; Caus: ob-dhay, apparently also dhobin washerwoman < S. dhobhin ‘washer- dhãway (see hjpb:44, 8); No Doub Caus woman’. See also dhobi. < S. kudā dhavā̃ kar- ‘run’, Skt. dhāv ‘run’ dhõchi snail dhãy se quickly pulki dhãway conj.v. make s.o.’s heart dhokha deceit < S. dhokhā ‘deceit’ pound dhoro much, many. See also doɽo? dheyan, dhyan, dhiyan concentration, thinking < S. dheyan, H. dhyān dhoti Act: wear a dhoti; Mid:-; gener; dhoti, dhiyan karay conj.v. meditate a cloth worn around the waist by men; (hjpb:61,15) Caus: oɁb-dhoti < S. dhotī ‘dhoti’ dhijaŋ round (adj.) (hjpa:175,63) dhõysanagar Dhoensanagar, name of a town in Gumla district dhirom, dirom Act: slow (s.th. or s.o.) down

55 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon dhrinath~ekor dhrinath, dhṛpnath name of a king who reigned at the time of the battle between eɁbloŋ, ebloŋ Act: cause someone to be alone; the Kharia and the Kesaria described in Mid: become alone; only (postposed) Kerkeʈʈa, 1990. eɁbloŋ laɁ conj.v. become lonely dhukay Act/Mid: blow, fan (hjpa:225f. ‘blow eboɁ, oboɁ Act: have someone else play (not with bellows; smoke (an animal) out (of acceptable to all speakers, who prefer its hole)’); No apparent difference in the Caus form with this meaning); Mid: meaning, but speakers preferred the Act play, have fun, enjoy oneself; scene < S. dhukā- ‘fan oneself’, dhuk- ‘fan (in a play); Caus: e<Ɂ>boɁ, oɁb-goɁ, someone’ bo<Ɂ>oɁ eboɁ karay conj.v. act dhumel Act: to cover (of haze); Mid: become lam-lam eboɁ conj.v. hunt hazy < S. dhumāīl ‘haze’ eɁɖ Act: measure in weight; weigh; Mid:-; dhundhla dim (adj.) < S. dhundhrā ‚haze‘, H. eɁɖ-eɁɖ: gener; < H. aĩɖā ‘weight (for dhũdhlā ‚hazy‘ scales)’ dhupaɁ Act: make someone excited; Mid: be eɖoɁ See oɖoɁ in a hurry; get excited eɖheɖ Act: surprise (someone); Mid: become dhuɽi dust (n.) < S. dhur ‘dust’ surprised dhuɽiloɁ desert (Malhotra, 1982:74) dhuɽi raɁj desert eheneg now, right now; these days. < S. ekhnehẽ ‘right now’ dhus, dhũs blanket < S. dhũs ‘mill-made blanket’ eisan so much, so very < S. āisan ‘thus, so’ dhuʈu tree stump < S. ɖhuʈu, ɖhuʈku ‘tree stump’ ek one < S. ek ‘one’ ek dusrete each other, one-another dhyan See dheyan ekal See ekla

ekan, -kan5 somewhat; much. Postposed to attribute. ‘-ish’, attaches to modifiers, e.g. bes-, ɖher-kan. Said by speakers *e* to be of S. origin e, ẽ vocative particle < S. e! ‘Hey! ‘See also

he, la2, le, lo, no2, re1, ri. ekdam completely < S. ekdam ‘completely’ e re vocative particle ekla, ekal, ekle(ga) alone; only < S. ekla =e Act, irrealis marker on predicate ‘entirely; alone’, ekle ‘alone’ eɁb Act: cook, roast, cook in fire; Mid:-; ekor, ekorte near (Malhotra, 1982:242). eɁb-eɁb: gener; Caus: oɁb-eɁb; No Doub Postposition with the Gen < H. ek or Caus ‘one side’

56 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 ekɽi~erjuŋ

enduɁ, enɖuɁ Act: look at; Mid:-; gener; Caus: ekɽi, ukɽi 20 Also mony ekɽi < S. kori ‘20’, oɁb-enduɁ, e<Ɂb>nduɁ; Doub Caus: oɁb- Bengali kuɽi ‘20’ e<Ɂb>nduɁ ekɽi ghol 30 moloy ekɽi 100 enem without, preposition with Gen or absolute, in one case (hjpa, 144:c, 4) elaɁ 1st person, Pl, Excl, Gen. Cf. ele with buŋ, in one case (hjpa, 145:c,6) with bigur, also with predicate stem or elakaya area (Malhotra, 1982:113) < H. ilāqā the sequential converb. In two attested ‘district, region’ cases (hjpa:255,129; 269,23) used as a postposition. elam Elam enmaɁ this year, Gen: enmagaɁ. See also asintay ele 1st person, Pl, Excl ‘next year’, suɁɖhaɁ ‘last year’. elga Elga, name of a village in Orissa eɽi, ẽɽi heel < S. ẽɽī, eɽī, iɽī ‘heel’ (hjpb:44,1) elga biru Elga Mountain mix; put into something (?) eliyah, eliya Elijah ereŋga backwards, completely the reverse, upside-down, hjpb:52,50: ‘uncivilized’, eŋ Act:-; Mid: return; eŋ-eŋ: gener (e.g., of ‘non-obedient’, ‘stubborn, head-strong’; many people coming and going); Caus: derogatory name used for the the Hill o-y-eŋ ‘bring back’, oɁb-eŋ; Doub Caus: Kharia, who are believed to do everything same form as Caus differently from the Dudh and Dhelki Kharia < S. ereŋga ‘untractableness, eɲ Act: open (of clouds) (itr); Mid: open churlishness, boorishness, savageness’ (of clouds) (itr); eɲ-eɲ: gener. Some (from hjpb:53, n. 49) speakers also indicated that the non- ereŋga ʈola Erenga Tola, name of reduplicated form in the past Mid voice a section of the city of Simdega refers to the distant past, in contrast to (hjpb:51,50; 52,50). Perhaps there the neutral use of the Act. were once Hill Kharia in this area, although this seems unlikely. eɲam See iɲam2 However, both Dudh and Dhelki Kharia are in agreement that this en Act: trample under the feet, crush (e.g. region was once occupied by the by a bull pulling something over the Dhelki Kharia, who were forced grain); Mid:-; en-en: gener; Caus: oɁb- to leave by the arrival of the Dudh en; No Doub Caus Kharia. enɖi pole or stick used for pounding paddy in erikudi from the bottom to the top; completely, a mortar inside-and-out enɖray, inɖray Act: stare at; Mid:-; Caus: oɁb- eriya area < Eng. inɖray; No Doub Caus erjuŋ seminar. See also juŋ, also er ‚mix‘?

57 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon esaiah~gãgwãsi

by far the more common of the two. esaiah Isaiah; a man’s name (from the Bible) Nevertheless, speakers I consulted noted that there is a definite difference in ese na tese somehow or other < H. aise ‘thus’, meaning between the two, one which I na ‘not’, taise ‘such’ have not yet been able to identify. ga roɁ focus marker (hjpa:223,38) esem teɽem Act/Mid: try, want to, be about ga no focus marker (hjpa:268,21) to < S. gaɁ Act: gaɁ: rip (paper, cloth) (tr); Mid: rip eʈheɁɖ Act:-; Mid: be bored; ridicule, laugh at (of paper, cloth) (itr); gaɁ-gaɁ: gener of (German verspotten, hjpb:123,65); Caus: Act; Caus: oɁb-gaɁ; No Doub Caus e<Ɂb>ʈheɁɖ; Doub Caus: oɁb-e<Ɂ>ʈheɖ gaɁ-gaɁ masdar of gaɁ - ‘ripped, torn’; ‘tear, hole (in cloth) etna, itna so much, so many; this much, this many < S. etnā, H. itnā ‘so much’ gaɖi See gaɽi etoŋ Act: order; Mid:-; gener; Caus: ob- gaɖha, gaɁɖɖha, gaɁɽa, gaɁɽha, gahɽa, gaɽay, etoŋ; Doub Caus: ob-e<Ɂb>toŋ; order gaɽha Act: make deep (e.g. water (buŋ (n.), command (n.); commandment; ‘inst’) in a field =te( ), obj); Mid: become challenge deep (e.g. water in an irrigated field); etoŋɖaɁ receive orders hole, ditch; deep; Caus: oɁb-gaɁɽa < etoŋboɁ commandeering (adj.) S. gaɽhā ‘deep’, more likely H. gaɖɖhā (Malhotra, 1982:85) ‘ditch, hole’, due to the Kharia form with -Ɂɖh-, which points to an earlier etuar, etwar Sunday < S. etvār din ‘Sunday’ geminate etwar skul Sunday school (hjpa:281, 45) gaɁɖha ɖhoʈha ravine; ravine in which a river flows (hjpa:207,9); stream, ewa , a woman’s name (from the Bible) brook (hjpb:49,16) eyar See yar gadamghol dancing and singing eyonloɁ See ɲeloɁ gadh pasty juice, sap of a tree < S. (gāch ker) gādh ‘sap (of a tree)’ eyor women’s dress gadha donkey < S. gadhā ‘donkey’

gãgawãsi See gãgwãsi

gagra waterjug (hjpa:169,19) < S. gagrā *g* ‘brazen water pot’ =ga, =gaɁ focus marker; gaɁ can also function as a Gen marker. It seems reasonable gãgwãsi, gãgawãsi, gaŋgawãsi, gaŋwãsi name to consider gaɁ to be the older form, of a dynasty which previously ruled whereas ga has arisen through the in large parts of western Jharkhand, dropping of the glottal stop, which is supposedly originally of Mundari origin. quite common in Kharia. The form ga is Said in the story in hjpb:53,11 to have

58 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 gah dilaboɁ~gamcha

been called jhora ‘outsider, non-tribal’ of it with the hand before they took control of Biru.

gali4 Shit! < H. gālī ‘abusive language, abuse’ gah dilaboɁ from the bottom of the heart < H. gahrā ‘deep’, H./S. dil ‘heart’. See also galil Galilee (from the Bible)

boɁ2. galil raij Galilee gahɽa See gaɖha gam, gamɖaɁ Act: say; Mid:-; gam-gam: gener; Caus: oɁb-gam; Doub Caus: gahray level (v.); make deep (hjpa:165:2) < H. oɁb-ga<Ɂ>m. gamɖaɁ is seldom gahrā ‘deep’ used, generally by older speakers and predominantly in fixed expressions gaɁhwi a type of small hoe (Cf. H. kudālī). See such as baru gamɖaɁtiɲ ‘I thank [you]’. also kuɖɽi. Jordan-Horstmann (1969:148) mentions the S. lexeme gam- ‘think, ponder’, gai See gay which however does not seem to be related to the Kharia form. gainka See geinka gam-gam masdar of gam; saying, speech, talk (= gamna) gãiʈ, gãiʈh knot (n.) (hjpa:187,140) < S. gẽiʈh gam gima talk s.th. out, say all there is ‘knot’. See also moɖa. to say gamkon Used by some speakers gaɁj Act: fry (food) (tr); Mid: fry (of food) as a complementizer in certain (itr); Caus: oɁ-gaj subordinate constructions (rare); postposed quotative marker, not gajar carrot < S. gājar, gājrā ‘carrot’ very common; ‘for’ (rare). gam kublaŋ Act: answer, respond (< gajgajay Act: overfill; Mid: overflow (bg: 147 gam ‘say’ + kulaŋ ‘turn over’ ‘sprout out of the earth’, given for Mid (tr), Caus of kulaŋ ‘turn over’ (itr) only) < H. gajgajā- ‘sound, rattle; buzz, gamna saying, speech (infinitive form) hum’? (= gam-gam) gamoɁ that (= complementizer, literally: galayʈuli Galaytuli. Whereabouts unknown. ‘s/he said’) (seldom) The name would seem to indicate that it gam oyeŋ Act: answer, respond (< gam is the section of a larger town or city. ‘say’ + o-y-eŋ ‘return’ (tr), Caus of eŋ ‘return’ (itr) galgatha Golgatha, place-name (in the Bible) (hjpa:261,11) gamcha piece of woven cloth worn around the galgatha biru Mount Golgatha shoulders. Originally apparently worn for dancing, but now used for any formal gali1 lane, street < S. galī ‘street, lane’ occasion. There are a large number of gamcha types, with different patterns for gali2 park each region, such as the biru gamcha, named after the town of Biru in Simdega gali3 a type of vessel for food, a part of whose District < H. gamchā ‘cloth, towel’, S. side is open so that one can take food out ãgochā, ãgachī ‘towel’

59 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon gamɖaɁ~gargaray

gamɖaɁ See gam gaɽbaɽ confusion < S. gaɽbaɽ ‘confusion’ gaŋga the Ganges River gaɽgaɽay See gargaray; ghaɽghaɽay gaŋga mai Mother Ganges (hjpb: 61,16) gaŋga ompay the Ganges River gaɽeriya shepherd < H. gaɽeriyā ‘shepherd; gaŋgawãsi, gaŋwãsi See gãgwãsi goatherd; cowher’ gaŋgay, gaŋgoy a type of grain (apparently gaɽi, gaɖi car; cart; wagon < S. gāɽī ‘car(t)’ not maize). hjpa:221,33 translates it as gaɽi cakaɽa carts of different kinds

‘millet’ (Hirse). See also kuda1, lawa gaɽh, goɖho, goɽho fort < H. gaɽh ‘fort; gaŋpur Gangpur (name of a village) stronghold; castle’ gaɽh biru name previously used to refer gaɲj sheave (v.) < S. gā̃j ‘heap (n.)’ to the mountain Ram Rekha (hjpb:61,5).

gaɲjal See gaɲjay gaɁɽha1 See gaɖha

gaɲjar noise < S. gul gãjeir ‘noise’ gaɁɽha2 dwelling (refers to snails’ shells, hjpa:96), translated into H. with khānā gaɲjay Act: heap corn; Mid:-; gener < S. gā̃j- (hjpa:110). As this meaning is only ‘pile up’ found here, it would appear to refer to gaɲjal piled up. Participial form of the “hole” in the snails’ shells, in which gaɲjay. they live. See gaɖha. ganaɁɖ sickle < *gaɁɖ ‘reap’ (cf. Sora gad ‘cut’). gaɽha See gaɖha See also -nV-. gaɽhal buried (Malhotra, 1982:108, given ganaej disgust, hate < S. ghina-, ghin kar- there as gaɽhala) < S. gāɽ- ‘bury’ + S. ‘hate’? participle -l ganaej karay conj.v. hate gar Attributivizer < H. -gār which forms gandur Gandur, a man’s name agent nouns from nouns gandh ras perfume, myrrh < S. gãdhras ‘myrrh’ garam warm < S. garam ‘warm’. See also giriŋ/giɽiŋ, loɁb, ɲem, oɲem, oɽe, pogim, gao gwala name of a minister under the Kharia ruŋum, sului, ʈheker, tapay / tape, urum / king Moreng. udum, usum. gaɽ a classifier used in reference to gardan neck < H. gardan ‘neck; throat’ gaɁɽa See gaɖha gargaray, gaɽgaɽay Act: gargle; clear the throat (tr); Mid: clear (of the throat, considered gaɽa gaɽa repulsive a spontaneous event, unintentional) < S. gaɽgaɽā- ‘gargle’. Related to g(h) gaɽay See gaɖha aɽgaɽay?

60 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 garib~gim

garib, goriba Act: make someone poor; Mid: kheliyay/kheliye, kokhray. become poor; poor < S. garīb ‘poor’ geinka, gainka each, every (postposed) < S. garje Act:?; Mid: roar (of a tiger) < S. garj- geinkā ‘roar’ geɁj See keɁj garo Garo, an ethnic group speaking a Tibeto- Burman language in north-eastern India gel See ghol

bg garpur Garpur, name of a town in Orissa genɖaɁ water pot ( :148) See also ɖaɁ1 garu Garu, name of a city; Related to garo? genda ball < S. gẽdā ‘hockey ball’ gasaj coal, charcoal gendha name of a flower bg( :148) gãwar idiot < H. gãwar-, gãwār ‘uncouth genu Act:-; Mid: become accustomed to or ignorant person; villager; boorish, (infinitive or buŋ); custom, habit; Caus: uncout, uneducated’ ge<Ɂ>nu ‘make someone accustomed to’ gay, gai cow < S. gāy ‘cow’ genu ɖel conj.v. become accustomed gay hang, sink: Not in current use. Found geɽe duck, said by one speaker I worked with in hjpa:67,7 (Kharia text) from top: ob- to be a “small goose” < S. gẽɽe, geɽe gai=kon ‘lowering, sinking (the head)’ ‘duck’ (“hängen lassend”) gerwa nightingale (bg:148, ‘sparrow’) < S. gãysi spy gervā carāī ‘sparrow’ ge vocative particle used between mother getu a kind of fish (hjpa:229f.) and daughter, grandmother and getu kaɖoŋ the getu fish granddaughter, between female friends, getu beɽa Getubera, appears to be the etc. name of a city, no details given. (hjpa:229f., citing rr: 507f.). geɁb Act:-; Mid: ‘burn’ (itr), used with both Alternate name for gitaɁ beɽa animate and inanimate subjects; Caus: ob-geb, o-geb gidi gidi ɲimi (onomatopoetic) noise or jiyom geɁb conj.v. burn with envy commotion (hjpa:260,10). See also ogebna gaɁɽha place of offering ghiɽi ghiɽi, saba rana ɲimi. (hjpb:61,16) gil Act: beat, hit; Mid:-; gil-gil: gener; gebh Act:-; Mid: be pregnant < H. gābhin Caus: oɁb-gil; Doub Caus: oɁb-gi<Ɂ>l. ‘pregnant’ See also ginil. geɁɖ Act: scratch; Mid:-; geɁɖ-geɁɖ: gener; gilas (drinking) glass < Eng. Caus: oɁ-geɖ. See also chochray/ ʔ ʔ ʔ chochre, gotaʔ, ge ɖ, gu ɖ2, kay1, ko j, gim, gĩm Act: sprinkle; rain (with ɖaɁ ‘rain,

61 Ɂ Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon gimniŋ~go ɖ1

water’), e.g. (pomesor) ɖaɁ gimoɁ girja church < Portuguese ‘(God) rained’ / ‘It rained’; Mid:-; gim- girja oɁ church gim: gener; Caus: oɁb-gim; Doub Caus: oɁb-gi<Ɂ>m gisiʈ Act: play fight; past: completed; Mid: gim-gim masdar of gim play fight;pas t: not completed gimniŋ Act: value; price (n.) (not accepted by gitaɁ Act:-; Mid: lie down; cohabit speakers I questioned. From bg:148). (hjpa:208,10) Caus: gi<Ɂb>taɁ; Doub See also giniŋ. Caus: oɁb-gi<Ɂb>taɁ. See also saraŋ. gitaɁ beɽa, getu beɽa Gita Bera, name gin Act: tear (peppers, etc.); Mid:-; gin-gin: of a city, alternate name: getu beɽa gener (hjpa:230,57) gin count (v.) < S. gin- ‘count’ giyal Act: cause shame; Mid: be(come) shy, ashamed; shame ginil Act: -; Mid:-; gener (not common, but giyal laɁ conj.v. feel shame, be(come) possible); beating. See gil, -nV-. ashamed giniŋ, gonoŋ Act: make a price; Mid: become goɁ Act: carry (For men: ‘carry on shoulder a price (e.g. when fixing a price in (Sg)’, for women: ‘carry on head’); bargaining); price. See also gimniŋ. Mid: goɁ-goɁ: gener; Caus: oɁb-goɁ; giniŋtaŋ bride price. I am told that the No Doub Caus. See also ghõɽci, hintor, ʔ bride price, which the groom’s kaku j, kunɖum, paŋ, puŋ, sambhray2, ʔ family used to pay, was paid in ʈuɖaʔ, te j1, tuphaŋ, uɖum. cattle, hence the suffix -taŋ. See goɁ-goɁ masdar of goɁ

also -taŋ3. gobind Gobind, a man’s name (Indo-Aryan) ginir Ginir, sixth son of Semb(h)o and Dakay gobray Act: clean with cow dung; Mid: become ginti numeral; (in the clean through cow dung < S. gobar Bible). < S. gintī ‘counting’ ‘(fresh, wet) cowdung’

ct past Ɂ Ɂ giriŋ, giɽiŋ A : become warm, hot; : go ɖ1, goɽ, gu ɖ4 ‘C:TEL’ or “culminatory completed, no longer hot; irr: definite telic”. Telic marker on predicates which time; Mid: become warm, hot; past: denotes finality of an action, usually situation still holds; irr: indefinite time; implying that nothing else happened sunshine, warmth of the sunshine; Sun- after the action denoted by the predicate God; warm, hot (of weather, not tea, that this suffix marks, unlike the similar water, etc.); Caus: oɁb-giriŋ (e.g. of ɖoɁɖ, which implies that something God). See also beɽo, garam, loɁb, ɲem, else happened right away. Not used oɲem, oɽe, pogim, ruŋum, sului, ʈheker, as a lexical predicate according to Ɂ tapay/tape, urum/udum, usum. For speakers I questioned, but confer go ɖ2. various terms meaning ‘God’ / ‘god’, Consindering the presence of the lexeme see beɽo apa, bhagwan, dewta, dewtain, goɁɖjhuŋ ‘path, way, road’, which isuwar, pahra, ponmesor. appears to be an old compound (see also toɁjhuŋ ‘stumbling’), although the

62 Ɂ Ɂ Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 go ɖ2~go jloɁ

semantics are somewhatunclear, would seem to indicate that goɁɖ was once goharay See gohray somehow connected to motion, perhaps ‘go’ or something similar, which would gohom, gohoŋ wheat (hjpa:Tricitum vulgare, also bring it in line with the Indo-Aryan Vill., from ar:1524); flour < S. gohom languages, which often have telicity ‘wheat’ markers (V2s) which are homophonous with a lexeme meaning ‘go’. gõhɽa field, meadow < S. goɽhā khet ‘low field’,goɽā ɖā̃ɽ ‘upper paddy field’ Ɂ ct bg ct id go ɖ2 A : pluck (flowers, fruits) ( : 149). gohray, goharay A /M : ask forgiveness. No Similarly, Malhotra (1982: 147; 209f.) apparent difference in meaning; Caus: also gives this definition as well as an oɁb-goharway < H. gohrā (eastern H.), example (1982: 210). However, speakers gohār- ‘call out, shout; call for help’. I questioned were unfamiliar with this See also gohair. term < H. goɽ- ‘hoe, break up’? gohray binti prayer goɖa(Ɂ) a kind of thick-grained rice < S. goɖā goi sister or brother of a husband, sister dhān ‘a certain kind of paddy’ or brother of a wife (bg:149) < S. goi ‘brother-in-law or sister-in-law’s sister’ goɁɖjhuŋ, goɁjuŋ, goɁjhuŋ, guɁjuŋ, guɖjhuŋ path, way, road. This form would appear goiɽ the time of the year (mid-December to have once been a compound, but the to mid-June) when cattle are left to meaning of the two components, if this themselves and do not need to be tended. analysis is correct, is unclear. See also (hjpa, 149, fn. h) toɁjhuŋ ‘stumbling’ and and comments goiɽ mon the goiɽ months of the year Ɂ above under go ɖ1. See also gorjim. See gujuŋ and toɁjhuŋ for other words goɁj Act:-; Mid: die; *goɁj-goɁj; Caus: oɁb- containing j(h)uŋ which are related to goɁj; No Doub Caus, same form as simple the feet. Caus. See also nV, gonoɁj, gonom-goj,

goɖjhuŋ saŋgoɖ traveller gojaɁ1. goɁɖjhuŋ saŋgo travelling companion goɁj-goɁj masdar of goɁj (Malhotra, 1982:74, given ct id mistakenly as saŋgoɖ) gojaɁ1 A : kill/crush an insect; M : be killed / crushed (of insects); Caus: go<Ɂb>jaɁ. goɖuɁ See guɖuɁ This lexeme is undoubtedly related to goɁj ‘kill; die’, although the exact goɖho See gaɽh etymology is uncertain.

ct godi brain (uncertain, hjpa, 149, fn. h) < S. gojaɁ2 A : force a snake or animal out of its godī, gudī ‘brain’ hiding place by piercing; Mid: get torn by a sharp edge (bg:149) gohair request (hjpa:281,45) < H. gohrā (eastern H.), gohār- ‘call out, shout; call goɁjloɁ (low) field, used for rice cultivation. for help’. See also gohray. Lowest type of field used in cultivation,

gohari aloŋ song of request (hjpa: lower than ɖãɳ or cawra. See also -loɁ1. 281,45)

63 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon goʔjuŋ~goreɁj

ʔ goʔjuŋ See go ɖjhuŋ kon2? gojhi room < S. gojhī ‘room’ gone, gune tooth, teeth goɁjhuŋ See goɁɖjhuŋ gonmer See gunmer gol Act: weave, plait, knit (date palm leaves gonoɁ j death. See goɁj, -nV-. into a mat); Mid:-; gol-gol gener gol-gol masdar of gol gonom-goɁj deceased. See hjpa:161, notes for a discussion. See also goɁj, -nV-. gola red, red-brown (hjpa:169:17); light- hjp ct id brown (m.) ( a:229,53). See also goli2. gonoŋ1 A /M : lament. No apparent difference in meaning between Act and Mid; Caus: golaŋ rice beer oɁb-gonoŋ

ct golay A : cause to bloom (of corn or rice, not gonoŋ2 See giniŋ trees or flowers); plait, intertwine h( jpa, 154, 5) goɽ See goɁɖ gole Mid: bloom; ear (of corn, etc.) goɽe, gore liver; lung goli1 pill; bullet < S. golī ‘pill; bullet’ goli melay conj.v. shoot gõɽi cow (fully grown) < S. gõɽi. See also baʔcha, bachiya, bachru, bocho, koŋtaŋ. hjp goli2 light-brown (f.) ( a:229,54). See also gola. goɽo shell container (Malhotra, 1982:132)

golmaric pepper. See goli2, marci goɽuɁ See guɖuɁ gomke lord; owner; master; Lord < S. gomke goɽho See gaɽh ‘master (of servants)’. See also leɁbɖom, id malik. gor1 M : spread, multiply, increase: gomke saheb lord (hjpa:199). Speakers I questioned were not familiar with this lexeme. goŋ Act: cook rice; Mid:-; goŋ-goŋ: gener; aus oub aus Ɂ C : oɁ-goŋ; D C : o b-go<Ɂ>ŋ gor2 fair-skinned, pale < S. gor ‘fair, having a goŋ-goŋ masdar of goŋ fair complexion’ goŋɖiŋ, goŋriŋ kitchen; cooking goŋriŋ kuyu pot gorɖaɁ stream (Malhotra, 1982:74). See also goŋriŋ oɁ kichen beɽa gorɖaɁ, jharna, karayga, katurɖaɁ. gonbiɖ, gonbid a small basket which is square- gore See goɽe bottomed and round-mouthed (bg:150 has gonbid with the definition given goreɁj early morning. See also meyaɁ. above, Malhotra, 1982:132 has gonbiɖ goreɁj meyaɁ, mẽyaɁ goreɁj early which she glosses as ‘basket’, hjpa, morning

156:34,e,4 ‘small basket’). See also biɖ2,

64 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 gorgora~goton gorgora a type of sweet cake (H. puā) < S. gorgorā goʈhaŋ numeral classifier, used with animate beings. See also ʈhaŋ, which is more goriba See garib common and would seem to derive from this form. This form may be related to gorjim road; hjpa:269,23: ‘heart’. See also goɁʈhoŋ. goɁɖjhuŋ, of which this is probably simply a variant. With respect to the goʈhay Act: give shelter to cows, goats, etc < H. meaning given by Pinnow, < S. karjā gotā ‘cattle-enclosure’? ‘liver (organ)’ and karjī ‘liver (as meat goʈhe Mid: be sheltered (of cows, goats, etc.) for eating)’ goɁʈhoŋ, guɁʈhõɖ, guɁʈhoŋ group, herd; goroɁɖ burn (hjpa, 161f, 2) society (hjpb:48,10); entourage; unity < goroɁɖ jaŋ, guɁɖ jaŋ Mid: burn, S. gõhɽā ‘herd’? See also goʈhaŋ. cremate (literally: ‘burn the bones’) jaŋ goroɁɖ bone burning ceremony; gotaɁ Act: scrape; grab a handful; Mid: get cremation scraped; Caus: oɁb-go<Ɂ>taɁ (bg: 150: Act: tear with claws. Speakers I gosnar Gossner, name of a Christian community questioned were not familiar with this and also of an influential college in use); soil. See also chochray / chochre, ʔ ʔ ʔ Ranchi (hjpa:280,44) ge ɖ, gu ɖ2, kay1, ko j, kheliyay / kheliye, gosnar manɖli the Gossner community khokhray / khokhre. gosoɁ Act: annoint (oil to the skin); Mid: gotar, gotor ethnic group; clan; group of be(come) applied (of oil on the skin); Kharia bearing the same family name < gener of Act; Caus: oɁb-gosoɁ, H. gotra ‘exogamous sub-division of a go<Ɂb>soɁ; Doub Caus: oɁb-go<Ɂb>soɁ caste group’ gotor jati clans and/or ethnic group gosoɁɖ Act: wear out (tr); Mid: wear out (itr) gotejmõɖ lachrymal secretion (bg:150). See gosoẽ, gosoĩya Lord; Gosai, a kind of religious also moɖ, mõɖ. teacher; ascetic, caste of Hindu ascetics (hjpa:204,1; 238,79; 243,94) < S. gosaẽ gotiya guest; clan; relative < S. gutiyā, gotiyā ‘Gosain (caste)’ ‘guest’ gotiya remaɁna ɖaŋ to invite, sending gõʈ herd (of sheep, etc.) < S. gõʈh ‘herd’ someone out to pick up and bring the invited guest to the event ct goʈa, goʈay1 A : do something entirely (not acceptable to all); Mid: become complete, gotni sister-in-law < S. gutnī ‘husband’s elder entire, full (of the moon); entire, whole; brother’s wife’ everywhere < S. goʈā ‘entire’ gotob come together, assemble (itr) (hjpa: ct tr id itr goʈay2 A : mix ( ); M : mix ( ) < H. gaʈh- 263,14). This would seem to be an ‘be joined’? alternative form of katiɁb. goʈi smallpox goton echo-word for utun

65 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon gotor~gul

guɖuɁ, guɽuɁ, goɖuɁ, goɽuɁ optative marker gotor See gotar gudɽi quilt goua testimony < S. govāhī, gavāhī ‘testimony’ gudur piglet gõyã, goyã Goya, one of the original nine brothers in Kharia mythology in one guimɖaɁ See guɲumɖaɁ version of the story (MS, 2:34). The seventh-oldest brother. guɁj Act: wash (clothes, etc.); light (a fire timsoŋ); Mid:-; (gener). See also guɁjɖaɁ, goyol Act: dirty (tr) water (e.g. of God); Mid: gujuŋ, raguɁj. become dirty (of naturally found water) gujarat (the state of) Gujarat gucu chin hair; beard, mustache; marble (hjpa:252,121) guɁjɖaɁ Act: soak rice (plants) in water (tr); gucu eboɁ conj.v. play marbles; marble forgive or wipe away sins (hjpa: 272,28; game 29 and elsewhere); Mid: be soaked in water. See also guʔj. Ɂ Ɂ gu ɖ1, ghu ɖ as, like, according to (postposition with direct case or Gen; can also follow guɖlu ‘Panicum miliare, Lamarck, a a finite predicate) cultivated food grain of the millet kind’ (hjpa:249,111) < S. gundlī ‘millet’ Ɂ ct gu ɖ2 A : scratch a hole, e.g. as is done by guɖlu golaŋ alcoholic beverage made a rat; Mid:-; guɁɖ-guɁɖ (gener). See from the guɖlu grain also gunuɖ, -nV-. See also chochray / ʔ ʔ ct chochre, gotaʔ, ge ɖ, kay1, ko j, kheliyay gujuŋ A : wash someone else’s feet (typically / kheliye, kokhray. done as a sign of welcoming when visiting someone’s home for the first time or after a long absence); Mid: wash Ɂ Ɂ gener ct aus gu ɖ3 See goro ɖ one’s own feet; of A ; C : oɁb-gujuŋ, gu<Ɂb>juŋ; Doub Caus: oɁb- Ɂ Ɂ Ɂ Ɂ gu ɖ4 See go ɖ gu< b>juŋ. See also gu j. As Pinnow (1959: 169, §365; 202, §61) notes, this guɖa the guɖa tree is undoubtedly from an old compound, guɖa daru the guɖa tree consisting of guɁj ‘wash’ and *juŋ ‘foot’. See also goɁɖjhuŋ and toɁjhuŋ for other gũɖa, gũɖi; gunɖi powder; flour < S.gũɽī ‘rice words containing j(h)uŋ which are flour’. See alsogũɖɖi. related to the feet. gũɖɖi millet flour. Undoubtedly either the same guʔjuŋ See goʔɖjhuŋ as, or deriving from, gũɖa, gũɖi. gul Act: raise a cry; Mid:-; gul-gul: gener; gũɖi See gũɖa noise; Caus: oɁb-gul < S. gul, gulgãjār ‘noise’ guɖjhuŋ See goɁɖjhuŋ gul gaɲjar noise

66 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 gulab~gunre gulab rose < S. gulāb ‘rose’ gulab baɁ a type of rice guɲumɖaɁ, guimɖaɁ, guyumɖaɁ mosquito. gulabi pink See also bhusaɽi, ɖãs. gulaĩci Plumeria acutifolia, Poir., Apocynaceae, guɳij torch (hjpa:84) a small tree with large white, scented flowers. Cf. Mundari golainci baa gun plan (hjpa:97) (hjpa:216f, from rr,485, No. 3). gunah, gunha Act: commit a ; Mid: be gum Act: winnow; Mid:-; gum-gum (gener); guilty; sin, offence < H. gunāh ‘sin, Caus: oɁb-gum offence, guilt’ guman a man’s name gunay Act: regret (for another person) < H. gun- ‘consider, ponder’? gumaʈ tower id gune1 M : regret (for oneself) gumɖim Act: wake up (tr); Mid: wake up (itr); Caus: gu<Ɂ>mɖim. See also jayɖim. gunɖi See gũɖa, gũɖi gumla Gumla, name of a district in western gunɖuɁ chisel (hjpa:178,86). See also gũɽuɁtar. Jharkhand, directly north of Simdega district and to the west of . gundre See kindre Also the name of the capitol of this district.

For the first year as an independent state, gune2 a kind of focal particle, whose exact the district of Gumla comprised what are semantics are still very unclear. Its use is now the districts Gumla and Simdega. extremely seldom. In some situations it One popular etymology (MT, 1:236) would appear to indicate that the element derives the from the root gum ‘winnow’: it follows is essential for the action, such gume la! ‘Winnow!’. as moɁɖ gune yo ‘You need eyes to see.’ or ‘How will you see without eyes?’, guŋga Act: make silent; Mid: become silent < although this phrase can also mean ‘look H. guŋgā ‘dumb, without the power of covetously on’. It can mean that, since speech’ the element which it follows is present, another event automatically follows guŋgu, guŋguɁ head cover used in the rainy from this. Using the last example, this season, rain hat (bg:151; hjpa: 189,154); would mean ‘Since you have eyes, you umbrellas mad of leaves, said to have see’. been used by the first people to escape

the great flood who used them to escape gune3 See gone to the mountains (Kullū, 2000:37). hjpa offers the cognate form Mundari guŋu gunha See gunah ‘a hoodshaped waterproof covering the head, shoulders and back of the wearer’. gunmer, gonmer father-in-law; father’s father? He also quotes fgd who define guŋgu as ‘umbrella made with leaves, the hat is gunre See kindre called kuɽboɁ’’. See also kuɽboʔ.

67 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon gunuɁɖ~ghabɽay

gunuɁɖ earth; mould hjpa:183,115. See also guru teacher < S. gurū ‘teacher’ -nV-. This would appear to derive from Ɂ gu ɖ2 ‘scratch out a hole’. It is given in guɁʈhe See guɁthe the text as kone gunuɖ ‘the earth (which has been thrown out by the ) rat’ and fits guɁʈhoŋ See goɁʈhoŋ in well with this analysis. ct id aus gutu1 A : tickle; M : feel tickled; C : gupa Act: watch over; Mid:-; gener; Caus: gu<Ɂb>tu < S. gutgutā-, gudgudā- oɁb-gupa; Doub Caus: oɁb-gu<Ɂ>pa < ‘tickle’ H. gop ‘cowherd’

gupa gupi finish tending gutu2 armpit < S. gutu ‘armpit’ gupa kaɽ, gupa lebu shepherd hjp gutu3 here! ( a:142) gupt hidden < H. gupt ‘hidden, secret’ guɁthe, guɁʈhe Act: wash someone else’s hands gũɽ chicken pox < S. gũɽ ‚chicken pox‘ (tr); Mid: wash one’s own hands (tr) (Cf. *guɁj tiɁ, hjpb:66, note 52). Used guɽguɽay Act: cause to sizzle (of fire, heat); in (hjpb:64,52) with the objects moɖ Mid: sizzle. See also jarjaray; gurguray? tomoɖ ‘eyes and mouth’, but according to speakers I questioned used only with guɽiyay Act: help crawl (= Caus); Mid: crawl washing hands. < S. paguɽ-. See also kabuɽ, paguɽ, reŋgay / reŋge. guɁʈhõɖ, guʔʈhoŋ See goɁʈhoŋ gũɽuɁtar chisel. See also gunɖuɁ. guyumɖaɁ See guɲumɖaɁ guɽu (kone) a type of mouse which lives in gwala See gao gwala holes in fields gyan Act: make someone knowledgeable; guɽuɁ See guɖuɁ Mid: become knowledgeable; knowledgeable < S. jñān (pronounced gur Act:-; Mid: fall; gur-gur: gener; Caus: gyān) ‘knowledge’ o-gur, oɁ-gur, ob-gur, u-gur, ub-gur gyani knowledgeable ‘drop; cause to fall’; No Doub Caus < S. gir- ‘fall’? gyara 11 < S. gyāro, H. gyārah ‘11’ gur-gur masdar of gur ‘fallen’ gursiŋ an egg-laying hen. See siŋkoy gurguray Act/Mid: snarl (at someone). No apparent difference. The meaning ‘snarl at someone’ can be considered transitive, *gh* as the person snarled at can become the ghab See ghaw subject in the passive, although this seems to be seldom used this way. See ghabɽay, ghabɽe Act:-; Mid: become also guɽguɽay? confused (no apparent difference in meaning betwee the two stems); Caus:

68 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 ghaɁɖ~ghaske

gha<Ɂ>bɽay < S. gaɽbaɽā- ‘confuse, be confused’ ghanʈi small bell < S. ghãʈī ‘small bell’. See also ghanʈa. ghaɁɖ for, purposive marker. Postposition used ghanʈo See ghanʈa with Gen, as a purposive marker used in combination with the infinitive in -na; therefore ghaɽghaɽay, gaɽgaɽay Act: thunder (e.g. tiriɁb ghaɽghaɽay ‘the clouds thundered’) ghagra Ghagra, name of a town in Gumla district ghaɽghaɽe, gaɽgaɽe Mid: thunder < S. (badrī) ghiɽghiɽā- ‘(clouds) thunder’. See also ghiɽkay/ghiɽke. ghaila pot (bg:151) ghai mediator < S. ghaī ‘mediator’ ghaɽi See ghari

ghãɽi, ghaɳi Act:-; Mid: stink, smell (itr); ghal Act: 1. give birth (of animals only); 2. 1 (pleasant or unpleasant) smell; stinking; throw; Mid: 1. be born (of animals only); Caus: ghãɁ<Ɂb>ɽi ‘make stink, smell’ be thrown; ghal-ghal gener of Act; No ghaɳi ɖel conj.v. smell (itr, non- Caus < H. ghāl- ‘throw’. Cf. a similar, although completely independent, volitional) semantic relation between these two ghaɳi laɁ conj.v. smell, stink terms in German werfen ‘throw; give birth (of animals)’. gharana family, lineage < S. gharān­ā ‘family’

gharghuray Act: roll (tr) < S. ghuɽar- ‘roll’ ghal2 eight. See also aʈh, tham ‘8’, thom4 ‘8’. For some speakers this has the value ‘9’. (itr), ghuɽarā- ‘roll’ (tr) gharghure Mid: roll (itr) ghalik focus marker, exact semantics unclear < S. ghari, ghaɽi watch; moment; time < S. ghaɽī, gharī ‘time’ ghamarli prickly heat < S. ghamarlī ‘prickly ghari ghari(ga) over and over, heat’ repeatedly, time and again oɖoɁ ghari usually ghaɳi See ghãɽi ghãs, ghas grass < S. ghās, ghā̃s ‘grass’ ghane ghan thick, dense (of forest) < S. ghan, ghãs phus grass and straw (hjpb:51, 34) ghanghaniyā ‘thick (of jungle)’, < S. -e ghãsay, ghasɽay Act: rub against; knock down; ‘foc’. See also akhaɽ, bonor, jumbra, kibhiŋ. Mid: be rubbed against < S. gasā- ‘knock down, demolish’. See also ghaskay/ ghanʈa, ghãʈa, ghanʈo bell; hour; o’clock. See ghaske. also ghanʈi < S. ghãʈā ‘hour, large bell’. ghaskay Act: move (tr) to the side ghanʈe Act: stir (food); Mid: be stirred (of food) < S. (dhān) ghāʈ- ‘stir (paddy spread on ghaske Mid: move (itr) to the side < S. mat)’ ghaskā- ‘knock down, demolish’. See

69 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon ghasɽay~ghol

also ghasay. ghera boundary line < H. gherā ‘boundary; ring; perimeter; circumference’ ghasɽay See ghãsay gherni churner < H. ghernī ‘handle for turning ghaʈ1 valley, (mountain) pass < H. ghāʈ, S. a spinning-wheel; winch’ ghāʈī ‘valley’ ghi See ghiw Ɂ ghaʈ2 opportunity. Alternative of gha ɖ? ghinay Act: hate (possible, but not used); Mid: echo word ghaʈ3 - for bhẽʈ (See bheiʈ), perhaps hate (preferred form) < S. ghinā- ‘hate’

the same as ghaʈ2? ghiɽi ghiɽi (onomatopoetic) the sound made ghãʈa See ghanʈa by a ludhom drum or by thunder (hjpa:251,119). See also gidi gidi ɲimi, ghaʈana, ghaʈna incident < S. ghaʈnā ‘event’ saba rana ɲimi. ghaʈay Act: ghaʈay: reduce (a price), decrease ghiɽkay Act: ghiɽkay: cause to thunder (e.g., (tr) said of God) ghaʈe Mid: ghaʈe: decrease (itr); ghaʈay: gener of Act; Caus: oɁb-ghaʈay, gha<Ɂb>ʈay; ghiɽke Mid: ghiɽke: thunder (subject is Doub Caus: oɁb-gha<Ɂb>ʈay; No Caus tiriɁb ‘cloud (Sg)’) < S. (badrī) ghiɽk- of ghaʈe < S. ghaʈā- ‘decrease’ (tr), ‘(clouds) thunder’. See also ghaɽ- ghaʈ- ‘decrease’ (itr) ghaɽay/ghaɽghaɽe. ghiɽkena thundering. Infinitiv ofghiɽke ghaʈi small valley, small pass < H. ghāʈ, S. ghāʈī ‘valley’. See also ghaʈo. ghisɽay Act: drag ghãʈi around the neck (hjpa:221,31) ghisɽe Mid: be dragged < S. ghisrā- ‘drag’, ghisr- ‘slide oneself along on buttocks’ ghaʈna See ghaʈana ghiw, ghi ghee < S. ghiu ‘ghee’ ghaʈo (large or normal-sized) valley, pass. ghiw jol ghee oil

See also ghaʈ1, ghaʈi < H. ghāʈ, S. ghāʈī ‘valley’ ghol, gel 10. No longer in current use. See also das. ghãʈo Ghãʈo bird ghol moɲ 11 ghol moloy dinu in two (= “15 ghaʈsila Ghatsila, name of a town in Jharkhand. days”) Exact whereabouts unknown. ghol ubar 12 ghol uɁphe 13 ghaw, ghab wound < S. ghāv ‘wound’ ghol iɁphon/tham 14 ghol moloy/thum 15 ghay way; postposition: toward, in the ghol tibru 16 direction of. See also hoghay, ughay, ghol tham/thom 17 hinghay. ghol ghal/tham 18 ghol thomsiŋ/ghal 19

70 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 gholsiŋ~hagay

ghol say 1000. See also hajar ‘1000’. gholson ten times ghuɽkay Act: speak angrily; Mid:- < S. ghuɽkā- gholsiŋ 12. Alternative for some speakers to ghur See kur ghol ubar ghurloɁ place where garbage is discarded to be ghomʈem knot burned, garbage heap; garbage pail. See

also -loɁ1. ghoŋga large snail < S. ghõghā ‘large snail’ ghuʈna knee < S. ghuʈnī ‘knee’ ghoŋgi small snail < S. ghõghī ‘small snail’ ghoɽa (male) horse < S. ghoɽā ‘horse’. See also ghoɽi. ghõɽci Act: carry a child on the back; Mid: be *h* carried on the back (of a child). See also ha!, hay! Alas!; Oh! goʔ, hintor, kakuʔj, kunɖum, paŋ, puŋ, ha re!, hay re! hayri! Oh!; Alas! ʔ sambhray2, ʈuɖaʔ, te j1, tuphaŋ, uɖum. hã, hou, hõ yes. hã is considered “more correct” ghoɽi mare, female horse < S. ghoɽī ‘mare’. than hou, which is typically used in the See also ghoɽa. villages, whereas Kharia who live in larger cities prefer hã < S. hā̃ ‘yes’. See ghori sand also hoy2. hãgaɁ! yes indeed! Focussed form of hã ghos meat < S. goś ‘meat’. See also -ɖaɁ5,

komaŋ, mãs1. habhaw customs, mannerisms < H. bhāv ‘being; quality, character; temperament; ghuɖ See guɖ1 way, manner’ ghul 7 (no longer used). Said by some hãɁchĩŋ Act: sneeze; Mid:-; gener speakers to have the value ‘11’. See also (onomatopoetic). See also chik, tamu.

sat, tham, thom4. ghumay See ghumray haɖa Act: urinate; Mid:-; gener; urine; Caus: ob-haɖa, ha<Ɂb>ɖa; Doub Caus: ob- ghumray, ghumay Act: take for a stroll, cause ha<Ɂb>ɖa to go around, turn (tr) haɖa laɁ conj.v. to need to urinate ghumre Mid: turn (itr) < S. ghumrā-, ghumr- haɁɖo, haɁdo, aɁdho, adha, haɁɖo half; some, ‘turn’ (tr/itr). See also buli. many < S. ādhā ‘half’ adha phura half, partly ghuŋs(e)rel, buŋserel ca. August, the eighth adharait midnight month of the year. See -rel. hãɖu, hanɖu man’s name ghun wood-worm < H. ghun ‘wood-worm’ (hjpa:180,100) hagay Act: defecate; Mid:-; gener < S. hagāl

71 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon haha huhu~halet

‘feces’, hag- ‘defecate’ hakon echo word. Found only in the compound konɖuɁ/kunɖuʔ hakon ‘family, children haha huhu exclamation used when food etc., kith and kin’. Pinnow (hjpa:93, is strongly spiced (hjpa:177,77) n. 36) notes that hakon, together with (onomatopoetic) kunɖuɁ, means ‘family’ or ‘children and grandchildren’ but glosses it as haha rapa hurriedly. Popularly believed to “illegitimate child” (Kegel), which be the source of the place name harpa however, in modern German is only ‘Harappa’. found in the expression mit Kind und Kegel, roughly ‘with everything, with haharay Act:-; Mid: be starving, crave food bag and baggage’ but literally ‘with child and illegitimate child’. He uses the hain harm < S. hāni ‘harm, loss to another’ gloss Kegel elsewhere as well (e.g. p. 76, hain o-ɖam conj.v. harm (tr.), bring second paragraph). Malhotra (1982:74), harm upon on the other hand, glosses it as ‘’ and translates kunɖuɁ hakon as ‘kith and hairan confused < H. hairān ‘cofused, worried, kin’, which is clearly the meaning of distressed’ this expression. Speakers I consulted all hairan hoy conj.v. become confused agreed that it has no meaning outside of hairan karay conj.v. confuse this compound. It probably derives from a now obsolete word meaning ‘child’, hajar 1000 < S. hajār ‘1000’. See also ghol unless Malhotra’s ‘blood’ is correct. say ‘1000’. hakɽe, hakɳe Act: roar (of lions), bleat (of hajir Act: present; Mid: be present(ed); oxen, etc.) (in the past: just now or present; hjpb:56,52 ‘ready’ < S. hājir undetermined when); Mid: gener; in the ‘present’ past: a longer time ago; Caus: oɁb-hakɽe, ha<Ɂ>kɽe; Doub Caus: oɁb-ha<Ɂ>kɽe. hajaribag , name of district and city See also hãkande. in Jharkhand hãkuɽu ride (a horse) hak authority < S. hak ‘authority’ hãkuɽu ghoɽa riding horse hakanɖaba covering lid for tay (frying pan) hãkwa Act: announce (in the traditional way, by (bg:152). < S. ɖhaknā ‘lid’? See beating drums in the village to let other

also tay3. villages know that something important is to be announced); Mid:- < H. hãkvā- hãkande Mid: bleat (of oxen) (hjpa: 199,218) ‘cause to be shouted’ < S. kānd- ‘bleat (of sheep, goats)’. See also hakɽe. hal news < S. hāl ‘news’. See also halet. hal cal health; flurry, fluster, agitation hãkar saheb Mr. Hankar (hjpa:220,30, from (hjpb:56,70) aa:133) Identity unknown. hal hukum order hakɳe See hakɽe halet, halat, halait health, state, condition < S. halat ‘state, condition’. See also hal.

72 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 halka1~hãɽiya

Pinnow (hjpa:107, n. 82) says that it is a ct halka1 A : make light (e.g. of foam on water marker for the “irrealis” and translates it when splashing); Mid: become light (of with the German particle doch, roughly water) < S. halkā ‘light’ equivalent to Eng. ‘though’.

halka2 Halka dance hanɖiya See hãɽiya halleluyah Halleluiah! (hjpa:258,6) hanɖu See hãɖu halo Act:-; Mid: get wet (of earth); water (on haɁniŋ, haʔnuŋ See haɁna fields);C aus: ha<Ɂb>lo < S. hāl ‘wet (of

fields)’. See alsoɖaʔ 1. hanjeʔ, hankaɽ See han Ham, man’s name (from the Bible) hãnsa, hãsa goose < S. hãsā ‘goose’ hambaɁ predicate marker denoting a sudden hãnsa raj (ghoɽa) Goose King (name of action, ‘suddenly’. See also bhaʔ, dhaʔ. a mythological horse) haɳiya See hãɽiya haɁnuŋ See haɁna han that (distal demonstrative). In the hapkay Act: bite < H. hapak- ‘gulp in; gobble’ modern language there seems to be hapke Mid: be bitten no difference between hin ‘that’ and han ‘that’. However speakers, when hapta, haphta < S. haptā ‘week’ asked, often responded that han denotes something closer to the speaker than hin. haɽ bone. See also jaŋ < S. hāɽ ‘bone’ Nevertheless, this intuition is not borne out in actual speech. See also ho, u. haɽideo Haridev, said in the text in hjpb:53,10 hanghay that way to have been the first leader of the hanjeʔ it Gangavamshi dynasty to have taken hankaɽ he, she Biru. hanparo on the other side hantiɁj that side haɽi re Go away! Get! Shoo! Said to dogs hantiɁj utiɁj, utiɁj hantiɁj Act: move (hjpa:219, 24). See also so re! (tr) back and forth; Mid: move (itr) back and forth; (fig.) keep changing haɽiram dew, hariram dew King Hariram course / topics, etc.; this way and Deo, said to have been the grandfather that of King Koranga, the last Kharia king of Biru. (hjpb:61, 29). hana Hana (girl’s name) hãɽiya, haɳiya, hanɖiya pots for holding rice haɁna, haɁnaŋ, haɁniŋ, haɁnuŋ “then”, beer < H. hãɽiyā ‘small clay pot’ question tag expecting an affirmation.

See also no1; Malhotra (1982:221) hamper; a round basket with a convex, writes that haɁniŋ, etc., is used to mark pointed cover < S. harkā ‘covered basket counterfactual clauses and glosses it with lid, for keeping clothes, etc.’ ‘would have’. Of the form haɁnuŋ,

73 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon haɽpa~hathlay haɽpa See harpa harin dhar inhabitant of Harin haɽraʈoli Harratoli, name of a town in Gumla hariram See haɽiram dew district hariyana Hariyana, name of an Indian state har1 plowing utensils, everything needed for hariyana raij the “kingdom” (actually plowing < S. hār ‘plow’ state) of Hariyana harhowa plower, one who plows < S. harhavā ‘plower, plowman’ hariyar, hariyaro, heriyar green < S. hariyar ‘green’ har2 additive focus particle, very similar if not identical in meaning to =jo. < S. harka painted basket or carrying case made of =har ‘3poss’? bamboo (hjpb:61,5) < S. harkā ‘covered basket with a lid, for keeping clothes’ hara Act: cause to sprout branches (e.g. of harka biru name previously used to God); Mid: sprout branches (of a tree); refer to the mountain Ram Rekha. branch harka here is perhaps better derived from harkha < Indo-Aryan harṣ harakait Act: destroy; Mid: be destroyed; ‘happiness’ (hjpb:61,5; 63, note 5). of damage to occur < H. harkatī See also buɽha biru, ram rekha, ‘interrupting, obstructive’ gaɽh biru. haray Act: haray: defeat, destroy harpa, haɽpa Harappa. Popular etymology derives the name from haha rapa id hare1 M : hare: be(come) defeated; lose ‘hurriedly’. (tr); *over and over. Caus: oɁb-hare, harpa mahenjodaɽo Harrappa and ha<Ɂb>re; Doub Caus: oɁb-ha<Ɂb>re < Mohenjodaro S. harā- ‘defeat’, har- ‘be defeated’ hãsa See hansa hardinagar Haridwar, Benares (?) haʈkay Act: hang up hare1 See haray / hare haʈke Mid: get hung up; get stuck (bg:153) < S. hare2 See hay! haʈk- ‘stick in the throat’ harek each < S. harek ‘each’ hathay Act: give one’s life

id harhowa See har1 hathe M : be ready to give one’s life. Both stems may be used in the Mid with no hariɖ moment (?) See joray hariɖga ‘at the apparent difference in meaning. very moment he was “joining” the hood’ from the texts in (hjpa:133, ln. 21). Not hathi, hãthi elephant < S. hāthī, hā̃thī ‘elephant’ known to speakers I consulted. hathlay Act: hold out s.th. in offering; Mid:-; harin, hiran deer; Harin, name of a village < gener < S. hathlā-. See also luluŋ. S. harin ‘deer’

74 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 hathyar~heriyar

hathyar weapon < S. hãthiyār, hathiyār water; begin to fight. (hjpa:230f.); Caus: ‘weapon’ he<Ɂb>le < S. hel- ‘swim’ (tr) hawa air < S. havā ‘air’ helman a type of long-tailed, large monkey. Presumably derives from Indo-Aryan hay!, hay re!, hayri!, hãy! See ha! hanumān. hayja cholera < S. haijā ‘cholera’ helmel happily < H. hel-mel ‘close friendship, intimace’ hay re! See ha! hemalu Act: do slowly; Mid: do slowly No hayri! See ha! apparent difference in meaning. he, ho vocative particle, according to hjpa: hembuɖuɁ, hemɽuɁ Act: remove, move tr id 220,28 only used by men. See also e, la2, s.th. away ( ) from s.th. else; M : be

le, lo, no2, re1, ri removed, moved further away from s.th. he re, ho re vocative particle else; on the other side (of s.th.). See also ubɖuɁ, its antonym. Probably derives hẽɁ now from the demonstrative hin plus some as yet unidentified element, possibly the heɁbne See hoɁbne same as in heɁpaɁɖ. See also henaɁ. hẽɁɖõ here; over here, this way, also used in hemɽuɁ See hembuɖuɁ one instance (hjpb:34,21) with personal marking: hẽɖope ‘here you are’. hen! Go on! Come on! Go ahead! Defective, only three forms found, depending on hecki Act: hiccup; Mid:-; gener < S. hickī the number of the addressee: hen! (Sg), u l ‘hiccup’ henbar! (D ), henpe! (P ). See also a-1. heirla heirla bird (< H. hāril? If so, “the green henaɁ on the other side (of s.th.). See also pigeon”, McGregor, 1997: 1070.) hembuɖuɁ. heɁjo Act: think, reflect;M id:-; gener; thought henɖuŋ, hẽɽuŋ, hinɖuŋ Act:-; Mid: creep; heɁjo ɖel conj.v. think, reflect stoop, bend over, bend down; Caus: he<Ɂ>nɖuŋ hekãy third-person, Pl ending of heke, borrowed hinɖuŋpur Hindustan, India. Popular directly from S. The usual form is hekeki etymology of the name “Hindustan”. or hekemay. See also heke. he(Ɂ)paɁɖ, he(Ɂ)phaɁɖ Act: bring near; Mid: heke identificational qualitative predicate approach (itr), near (itr); vicinity. marker. Used only in the nonpast. Perhaps related etymologically to Occasionally also used with an hembuɖuɁ, uɁbɖuɁ. existential meaning in place of ayiɁj < S. heke ‘copula’. See also hekãy. hẽɽuŋ See henɖuŋ hele Act:-; Mid: go into water, jump into heriyar See hariyar

75 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon heʈhe~ho1

hindi the H. language < H. hindī heʈhe below < S. heʈha ‘under, below’ hindu Hindu (person or religion) < H. hindū hethiyay Act: grab hindustan India, Hindustan < S. hindusthān hethiye Mid:-e: be grabbed; -ay: gener of Act hinjeʔ, hinkaɽ See hin higiɽ digiɽ Act: make someone nervous; annoy or bother someone; Mid: become hins See hisa nervous, annoyed, bothered hintor Act: carry a child in a piece of cloth; higray Act: separate (tr) < S. higrā- ‘separate’ Mid: be carried in a piece of cloth (of (tr) a child). See also goʔ, ghõɽci, kakuʔj, id itr higre M : separate ( ) < S. higr- ‘separate’ kunɖum, paŋ, puŋ, sambhray2, ʈuɖaʔ, itr ʔ ( ) te j1, tuphaŋ, uɖum. hilay Act: shake, nod, wag (tr); spill (tr) < S. hiɽo bank, shore; side, edge; light elevation hilā-/hil- ‘shake’ (tr)/(itr) at the boundaries of fields (to keep in hile Mid: sway, move, shake (itr), be in or the water and mark the end of one’s come into motion property) himalay the Himalayan mountains; Himalayan hira diamond; alternative name of the < H. himālay ‘Himalaya(n)’ king Sam Sundar, who was poisoned himalay biru the Himalayan mountains (hjpa:225,44; 232,65) < S. hīrā ‘diamond’ hin that (remote); base of the 3rd person hiran See harin proform. Roughly the same meaning as han (see there). See also ha, ho, u. hisa, hĩsa, hins part, section < S. hisā ‘part’ hin dinu the day before yesterday hinaɁ ghaɖ(ga) therefore hisaɁb manner, account < S. hisāb ‘account’ hinghay that way; the more hin / ho hisaɁb se in that manner; on hinjeɁ that (inanimate); therefore account of that (hjpb:44,7) hisaɁb kitaɁb check the books hinkaɽ he, she hinte there (= hin=te ‘dem=obl’) hisĩ envy, jealousy < S. hisĩgā ‘envy’. See locative suffix, especially common also ɖah. in southern Jharkhand, primarily with “proper nouns” and highly hitakari benefactor < H. hitkārī ‘kindness; topical referents benevolent’ hin tiɁj tay therefore hinaɁ thom, hinaɁ thoŋ therefore ho1, hon that (distal demonstrative); base of 3rd person proform. See also han, hin, u. hinɖuŋ See henɖuŋ hogaɁ like, well hoghay that way hinɖuŋpur See henɖuŋ hojeʔ it hokaɽ he, she

76 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 ho2~hoykan

hokaɽaɁ ulʈa on the contrary Hondo is the father of the nine sons who (hjpb:45,20) later founded the nine Dudh, Tomling or hotay from there “Milk” Kharia clans. hote there = ho=te ‘dem=obl’ temp hontay there upon, then ( ); then hon(tay) See ho1 (i.e., ‘well then’) hotiɁ(j) to there horhoriya a kind of nonpoisonous snake usually found in abundance in the rainy season ho2 See he (bg:154) horoɁj, horoeɁj Act:-; Mid: become angry; hoɁ See oɁ get mad (at =te/buŋ); unhappy; Caus: ho<Ɂ>roj hõ1 See hã hos consciousness < S. hoś ‘consciousness’ hjp hõ2 here ( a:204,3) hosiyar Mid: become intelligent; hõ la here, take intelligent hoste ɖel conj.v. regain consciousness hoɁbne, heɁbne, homne Act: make something (hjpb:56,56) enough; Mid: become enough; enough; that much. See also uɁbne. hosoɽ Act: tell a lie; lie (n.) (bg:154, not known to speakers I consulted) hoɖom, hoɖoŋ, oɁ3 other. See ho1, =ɖom1. Ɂ hoɖom dino on the next day hotay, hote, hoti (j) See ho1 hoɖom kaɽ someone else hou, hõ See hã hoghay that way (< ho ‘that’ + ghay ‘way’) ct id hoy1, hoi, hui, huy A :-; M : hoy: become; hogaɁ See ho1 Can also be used (rarely) with the stative meaning ‘be’; auxiliary (with infinitive) hoi See hoy denoting obligation; hoy-hoy: gener; Caus: ob-hoy, hooy ‘distribute’; hojeʔ, hokaɽ See ho1 Doub Caus: ob-hooy ‘cause to distribute’ < S. ho- ‘become’, hoī jā- holi the Holi Celebration, the Hindu spring ‘become’ festival < H. holī hoykon, hoykan via, through (sequential holi eboɁ conj.v. celebrate Holi < H. converb of hoy) holī khel- ‘celebrate (= play) Holi’ hoyna palte maybe, perhaps (lit.: ‘it can be’) homne See hoɁbne

hoy2 yes. See also hã. hon See ho1

hoy3 sentence-final inferential marker < S. hondo Hondo, name of a prominent person in ho- ‘become’ Kharia mythology. Son of Nag(i)ya/

Nadya/Nandiya and Jhariyo. In one hoykan, hoykon See hoy1 version of this myth, contained in MS, 2,

77 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon hrista pusta~iɖaɁ hrista pusta well-fed < H. hṛṣʈa-puṣʈa ‘stout, suddenly’ lusty, robust’ (hjpb:55,37)

huy See hoy1 hui See hoy hujur polite form of address for men < H. huzūr, polite form of address for a person of high standing *i* huka water-pipe < S. hukā ‘hookah’ i Act: do what; Mid: i: of what to happen; i-i: do what all? do what for a long time/ hukum Act: order; Mid: be ordered; order (n.) over and over; what?; can also be used as < S. hukum ‘order, command’ a relative marker; sentence-final, rarely sentence-initial interrogative particle; hulhul mutiny No Caus / Doub Caus. See also ina. iguɁɖ how? (literally “like (guɁɖ) humber, humper, umper Act: breath air into what (i)?”) something; gasp for breath. According to bg:154, humber means ‘blow’ and ighay Act: do how?; Mid: of how to happen?; humper ‘gasp for breath’. However, in how?; the more. From i ‘what’ and ghay (hjpa:142, ln. 8) humper simply means ‘way’. ‘blow’. In [MT, 1:235] spoken as umper. ighay no because See also humsay, sãs. ib Act: spread out (tr) rice for making humsay Act: breathe, gasp (hjpa:197, 206). rice-beer (golaŋ); Mid: spread out (itr) Related to humber? Unknown to (of rice). hjpa:183,115 notes that ib is speakers I consulted. See also humber, translated as ‘gather’ in Archer’s riddles. sãs. iccha See icha hunɖar, hũɽar, hunɖra wolf < S. huɖār, huɖrā ‘wolf’ icriɁj little icriɁjɖuɁ very little. See also kaʈiɁj(- huɽay Act: poke s.o. (physically or verbally) < ɖuɁ). S. huɽ-, hur- ‘poke’ huɽe Mid: be poked icha, iccha Act: wish; Mid: wish for a long time; in the past: distant past; wish (n.) hurhuɽiya, hurhuriya impulsive, apparently < S. icchā ‘wish’ found only in beʈa hurhuɽiya < S. i(c)chanusar Act: do according to hurhuɽiyā / hur-huriyā ‘impulsive’ wish; Mid: happen according to beʈa hurhuɽiya/hurhuriya impulsive wish; according to wish. young man iɁchõ(y) Act: fart; Mid:-; gener. See also iɁj. hurmuray, huɽmuɽay Act: bump into (=te/ buŋ) someone (on purpose); block s.o.’s iɖaɁ Act: make (some time) yesterday way; Mid: bump into (buŋ) someone (e.g., of God); Mid: become yesterday; (accidentally) < S. huɽmuɽāe ho- ‘meet yesterday. Gen: iɖgaɁ (< *iɖagaɁ

78 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 iɖgaʔ~ikon2

<*iɖaɁaɁ) hjpa:181,103. See also uruwa. iɖgaʔ See iɖaʔ ijhar Act: decide; Mid:-; gener; decision; showing, demonstration (of feelings, iɖiɁb, iɽib Act: make night fall (e.g. by God); etc.) < S. ijhar- ‘decide’ Mid: become night; night. See also ijhar karay conj.v. decide, make a janaɁbɖiɁb. decision iɖib bera night time Ɂ Ɂ ct iɖi b iɖi b evening ikon1 A : make, do; make or do somehow or iɖib meyaɁ always, day and night other; Mid:-; gener. iɖib tunboɁ night and day ikon was probably once the unmarked Kharia word for ‘make, do’, with iɖuɁ a postposed particle whose exact use no further connotations. For some is difficult to define. It has the sense of speakers today, it can still have this ‘perhaps, maybe’ while at the same time neutral meaning. From this lexeme, the apparently also adding a certain amout sequential converb in kon presumably of focus. Appears after the element it developed, as a calque of the Indo- modifies, e.g. tuɖa iɖuɁ ‘tomorrow or Aryan forms based on kar- ‘make, do’. hjp so’. a:190,162 gives the cognate See =kon1. For other speakers, ikon as a forms Mundari, Santali idu ‘perhaps’, predicate means ‘do somehow or other’ suggesting that it is older. and denotes that the speaker is still thinking about the details which s/he idrel ca. July, the seventh month of the year. cannot yet recall, while other speakers See -rel. replied that this form is especially iguɁɖ See i common when asking questions. For other speakers still, this lexeme cannot ighay See i be used as a predicate at all and is simply a pause word such as ‘umh’, etc., similar iɁj Act: defecate; Mid: gener; excrements; to forms such as ukon ‘umh’ (see next Caus: ob-ij. See also iʔchõ(y), iʔjthaŋ. entry). It would appear that, with Indo-Aryan ijat honor < H. izzat ‘honour, esteem’. See borrowings such as karay ‘make, do’, also beijat. which are neutral with respect to manner and definacy, ikon began to take on a ijo (cij) + um, ijoɖi, ijum nothing (< i + jo more specialized meaning, undoubtedly + lexeme) influenced by the presence of the pause

ijum hoyna! No problem! word ikon2 (see next entry), which can ijumboɁ Act: do nothing; Mid: of be analyzed as the converbal form of i nothing to happen; nothing (< ijo + ‘what? do what (act)? of what to happen mid umboɁ) ( )?’ (see next entry and =kon1).

ʔ i jthaŋ cowdung. See also -taŋ3. ikon2, okon, ukon pause word “umh”. Seems iɁjthaŋ kinbhar Mid: clean the courtyard to derive from the use of i ‘what?’ and

with cow-dung the converbal marker =kon1. ukon and iɁjthaŋgaɁ lebu dung beetle (literally okon would then be later developments, ‘dung seller’ or ‘dung man’) based on the demonstrative u ‘this’. See

79 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon ikuɁɖ~iriɁb

also comments under ikon1. etc., see there. There is also evidence from demonstratives, such as u ‘this’, ikuɁɖ Act: increase (tr); Mid: increase (itr); for an -n- appearing before the Gen, great, much, big; very thus avoiding a hiatus, as well as forms such as hontay ‘thereupon’, etc., from ho ilahabad the city of Allahabad in Uttar Pradesh ‘that’ and tay ‘from’. These all suggest that the demonstratives once ended in iman honor < H. īmān ‘honor; belief’. See a nasal, and it is possible that ina then also baiman. derives from the construction inaɁ thoŋ imandari faith; honest, God-fearing, ‘why’ (see under inaɁ, below). sincere ina no Act: do just because; Mid: happen just because; because iɲ, iŋ Act: make someone me (e.g. in a movie, inaɁ Gen of i(n) Found only in play, etc.); Mid: become me (e.g. in a inaɁ thom/thoŋ movie, play, etc.); I, me: “1Sg” inaɁ thom/thoŋ why? inaɁ thom/thoŋ no because =iɲ, =iŋ 1. 1st person possessive marker (all numbers) used on complements; 2. incaɁ inch (measurement) (hjpb:47,4) < Eng. subject marker of 1st person, Sg, found on predicates inɖiya India < Eng. iɲaɁ Gen of iɲ: Act: to adopt (but only when inɖray See enɖray I say it); make something mine; Mid: become mine; mine inkar Act: refuse; Mid:-; gener; refusal < S. inkār ‘refusal’ ct iɲam1, iyam, ĩyam, ɲayam, yam A : make inkar karay conj.v. refuse someone else cry (not acceptable to all); Mid: scream, cry; Caus: oɁb-iɲam, insʈiʈuʈ institute (Eng.) i<Ɂ>ɲam, Doub Caus: oɁb-i<Ɂ>ɲam iɲam leŋay conj.v. (idiomatic) give birth inʈermiɖiyat intermediate (Eng.) iɲam toroɁ screaming and crying inʈermiɖiyataɁ paricha intermediate exam iɲam2, eɲam blood iphisiyõ Book of Ephesians in the Bible iɲam3 clan. Probably related to iɲam2. iɁphon 4 (no longer used). See also cair. iɲimi See ɲimi iɁphon ekɽi 80 (= four twenties) iɲjar, iɲɲar 1st person Du Excl proform; 1st iɽib See iɖiɁb person, Sg Hon proform. See also =jar irak Irak iɲon See ɲon iran Iran ina Act: why do?; Mid: why happen?; why; what See also i. ina may have iriɁb Act: forget; Mid: be(come) forgotten; arisen from the Gen form of i ‘what’, Caus: oɁb-iriɁb, i<Ɂb>riɁb. See also

80 Ɂ Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 irin~ja b1

bhulay / bhule. (hjpb:54,n. 8) < S. īsvī mẽ ‘A.D.’ irin berry (bg:165); plum (tree and fruit) iʈa, ĩʈa brick < S. iʈā, ĩʈā ‘brick’ (hjpa:172,45). One speaker indicated to me that its meaning is the same as the itna See etna Eng. word pear. itihas history < S. itihās ‘history’ iroɁɖ moroɁɖ very much, intensively iɁthaŋ Act: defecate (of cows); Mid:-; gener; echo Ɂ iru word for biru. cow dung. See also i j, -taŋ3. is oblique case of yah ‘this’ (H.) iyam, iyam See iɲam isa See yisu iyar a kinship term indicating the relationship between brothers-in-law < S. iyār isar Act/Mid: hate. No apparent difference ‘brother of one’s brother or sister-in-law; in meaning between Act and Mid; bad friend’, H. yār ‘friend’ (only cited as such in hjpa:107, note 126) < H. īrṣyā ‘envy; jealousy; spite, iyari friendship < H. yārī ‘friendship’ ill-will’? iyari joray conj.v. make friendship iyĩmi See ɲimi isin Act:-; Mid: cook (itr) (of rice) (itr), be cooked; Caus: isin isirael(i) See israel(i) isiʈ echo-word for kuʈum *j* ct jaɁ1 A : to pull s.th. (e.g. a post, weeds) up iskaʈ, isikaʈ skirt < Eng. out of the ground; Mid: be pulled out of iskul, skul school < Eng. the ground; grass (Malhotra, 1982:74; iskuliya, skuliya school; pupil Caus: oɁb-jaɁ ‘have someone weed, etc.’ iskuliya boyo schoolboy jaɁlay weed jaɁloɁ meadow (Malhotra, 1982:74) israel Israel

israeli, israil, isirael(i), isreli Israeli jaɁ2 Given in Malhotra (1982:69) as an “agentive suffix” which is “used isu See yisu restrictively”. Her only example: bor- jaɁ ‘beggar’ (cf. bor ‘beg’). This form is isuwar, iswar the Lord < S. īśvar ‘God’. See not found in my data. also beɽo apa, bhagwan, dewta, dewtain, Ɂ ct giriŋ, pahra, ponmesor. ja b1 A : meet, catch up with; seize, catch, grab; fold; Mid:-; jaɁb-jaɁb: catch up with iswi, iswi san, iswiki, iswikite A.D. Used in (gener). See also janaʔbɖiʔb, janpatar. Christian dates, the year can be given kulɖaɁ jaɁb conj.v. catch a fever either before iswikite or as iswi san (year) (kulɖaɁ is the grammatical subject, kite. ki here means ‘approximately’ experiencer is in the oblique)

81 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon jab2~jalja

jahar poison < S. jahar ‘poison’ jab2 temporal correlative, ‘when’ < S. jab … tab ‘when … then’ jahãy, jahãykon human indefinite pro-form: jab sab when ‘someone, somebody; anybody’. See jab tak as long as also jahã.

ct bg jab3 A : dance in a circle ( :155, not jaisan See jeisan known to speakers I consulted) ct jait, jati2 A : make someone a Kharia; accept ct bg id jab4 A : attack ( :155, not known to someone as a Kharia; M : become a speakers I consulted) Kharia; ethnic group < S. jāit, H. jāti ‘caste’ jabab See jawab jait bheir the entire people jati dharam the religion of an ethnic jabar big, large < S. jabar ‘strong, vigorous’ group jabardast, jabarjast overbearing jait gotia family jabardast karay conj.v. put pressure on jati lebu ethnic group s.o. (hjpb:55,46) jait puɖub a grey puɖub or puʈu vegetable, Engl. name unknown. jaɁboɁ sacrifice: Not in current use. Found in See puɖub for details. hjpa:72, ln. 4 from bottom and hpjb:44,7. jajak priest (hjpa:87, ln. 19) jaɁɖ Act: sharpen (tr); Mid: be sharpened jaɖaɁ sharp (hjpa:222,34). Unclear how jakub this is derived from jaɁɖ. Perhaps the Gen, although this is not otherwise jako all < Oriya jākɔ ‘all’ used in this function. ct jal1 A : lick jãgar Act: spoil (food) (tr), let spoil; Mid: itr spoil (of food) ( ) jal2 net < S. jāl ‘net’ jagay Act: wake (tr) < S. jagā- / jag- ‘wake jalaŋ poor; hjpa:270f. ‘low-lying, low; lowly up’ (tr/itr) (person)’ jage Mid:-e: wake up (itr); -ay: gener of Act jaldi Act: do quickly; Mid: become quick; ɲimi jagay conj.v. gain fame fast < S. jal­dī ‘fast’ jaldi paldi quickly jahã, jãhã, jahãkon do whatever; something, anything; some/any (… or other); a jaldham Jaldham, name of a city, whereabouts certain. See also jahãy. unknown. jahã guɖ somehow (hjpb:56,61) jalhoŋ alternative form of jhaloŋ (Malhotra, jahaj, jahaɁj ship < S. jahāj ‘ship’ 1982:271) jãhanabad the city of Jahanabad jalja Act: cause itching; Mid: itch; itching jalja laɁ conj.v. itch

82 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 jalka~jaŋkor

expression jammadar saheb (see below) jalka(r) (hjpa:138, ln. 43). Pinnow translates but also that the meaning in Kharia has this as ‘wet area’ (feuchtes Gebiet) in undergone a certain semantic shift. jobhi jalka and writes on the following jammadar saheb employer, overseer page, n. 43, of jalka ‘wet area, drainage (hjpa:67) Probably reinterpreted area’ (feuchtes Gebiet, Schwemmgebiet) from an original ‘Lord (saheb) and cites the Mundari form jalka (ote) overseer (jammadar)’ to ‘Lord ‘ground on a lower level than the (saheb) of the workers (jammadar)’. surroundings, where water oozes in the rainy season and forms a shallow sheet jamɽo, jambɽo rat-snake, Ptyas mucosus even during a break’. According to (hjpa:214f.); a kind of snake (bg: 156) speakers I consulted, this form is now no longer used alone but only as an echo jamuna the Yamuna / Jamna River word for jobhi, see there. < S. jalka Ɂ ‘swamp’. jaŋ1 bone. See also tiljaŋ, tinil, goro ɖjaŋ, haɽ. jalsa Christmas; meeting. Pinnow (hjpa: 77, n. jaŋ goroɁɖ “bone burning”, cremation, 1) writes that this form derives from H. see hjpa:161f., n. 2 jalsā ‘meeting, sitting, festivity’ (from

Arabic) and that it is only the Catholic jaŋ2 seed of fruit See also bijom Kharia who refer to Christmas as jalsa, while Lutheran Kharia refer to it as jaŋkor, jaŋkoy, jhaŋkor, jhaŋkoy A c t : janam porob ‘birth festival’. sacrifice at the time of the spring festival; jalsa chuʈʈi Christmas leave, Christmas Mid: sprout (of seeds); the month of vacation Jangkor, ca. February-March; the season jalsa porob Christmas feast of spring, from which the term is also used to denote the spring festival jaŋkor, jama Act: collect; Mid: become collected, often termed the festival of flowers and entire. < S. jamā- ‘collect’. See also referred to by the Santali/Mundari name jumay. sarhūl; echo-word for kinir ‘forest’. Roy jama uɁpheya in all directions (1937:165) uses the term apparently with the meaning ‘forest’ or ‘sarna (holy jambɽo See jamɽo forest)’, suggesting that this may be the original meaning of this form, although jamay Act: freeze (tr) < S. jam- ‘coagulate; speakers I consulted were not familiar freeze’ (itr) with it in this meaning but only as an echo- jame Mid: freeze (itr), become frozen word; Caus: ja<Ɂb>ŋkor. Although the three meanings, 1. everything connected jamkuɁɖ See amkuɁɖ to the spring festival, 2. ‘forest’ and 3. ‘sprout’ are most likely related, the two do jammadar Act: do the work of a labourer; not seem related to speakers I consulted. Mid:-; gener; worker, laborer < H. Instead, they preferred the forms jaŋkor/ jamādār ‘one in immediate charge of a jaŋkoy for the spring festival and ‘sprout’ body of men’; jāmādār ‘guard, keeper’. and jhaŋkor / jhaŋkoy as an echo-word. It would seem that jammadar has Similar to the meaning of the Mid voice, derived from this second term from the see also poɁɖ.

83 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon jan1~jaray1

jaŋkoy puja name of a sacrifice performed during the Spring festival janowar See janwar kinir jhaŋkoy forest and jungle (hjpa:270,24) jantu animal < S. jāũt ‘animal’. See also janwar, jhãwt. jan1, jiyan live < S. jān, jivan ‘life’ jan tar conj.v. kill janwar, janowar animal < S. jānvar jiyan hoy conj.v. die (hjpb:43,5) ‘animal’. See also jantu, jhãwt.

ct tr jan2 See jhan japaɁ, japuɁ A : lean ( ) against (e.g. a baby on the shoulder); Mid: lean (itr) against janaɁbɖiɁb, janawɖiɁb all day long. See also (hjpa:214,9; 233,67: ‘hide (itr)’). See Ɂ Ɂ Ɂ ʔ jab1 (there also ja bɖi b), iɖi b, janpatar, also dobray / dobre, le ɖ, lukay / luke, ʔ jaw1. oku b, (lutui) raŋgoʔ, reprepay, somte.

ct id janam1, janom A : give birth; M : be born; japatar See janpatar birth < S. janam ‘birth’. See also janmay / janme; jormay / jorme. japay Act: level, flatten; press;M id: be leveled, janam kaɽ creator (i.e., one who causes flattened < S.japay-, jap- others to be born) (hjpb: 64,35) janom kui conj.v. be born japiɁɖ Act: close (the eyes) (tr); Mid: close (of janam oɁ house one was born in the eyes) (itr). See also rapiɁɖ. janam porob Christmas janam ter conj.v. give birth japuɁ See japaɁ

h j p ct janam2, janmo, janom completely ( a : jaɽay A : inlay (e.g. ), lay a design < H. 267,19) jaɽ- ‘attach, fix on’ janpatar, japatar all night long. These seem to jaɽe Mid: be inlaid, be laid (of a design) be abbreviated forms of *janaɁb patar. See janaɁbɖiɁb. =jar marker of 1st person, Du, Excl; 1st janaw, janew holy cord < H. janeū ‘sacred person, Hon used on complements thread worn by males of the upper three of predicates to denote inalienable community groups’ possession, and as subject marking on the predicate. See also iɲjar. janawɖiɁb See janaɁbɖiɁb jaraɁ translated by one speaker I asked as ‘Banyan tree’ (and given as such in janmay Act: give birth to < S. janm- ‘be bg:156) but given in hjpa:171,32; 233,69; born’. See also janam, jormay / jorme. 247,105 as ‘pakur tree and its fruit, Ficus infectoria’ (H. pakaɽ ‘a type of fig-tree’) janme Mid: be born jaraɁ ɖaɳ an uncultivated or fallow field janme ʈhaɳo birth place (hjpa:252,121) janmo always jaraŋ instrument maker

ct janom See janam jaray1 A : (of compost) to soak/dissolve into

84 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 jaray2~jayɖim

the ground (maid ‘compost’ is subject) jati See jait jare Mid: (of compost, maid buŋ) to be soaked into the ground (usloɁ ‘ground’ jatnay Act: collect (tr) < S. jamā kar- ‘collect’?; etc. is subject) candā ‘collection’?

ct tr hjp id itr jaray2 A : burn ( ) ( a:204,3). Unknown to jatne M : collect ( ), become collected speakers I consulted < S. jal-/jalā- ‘burn’ (itr)/(tr). See also jarjaray, guɽguɽay. jatom spirit < H. jāt ‘born, produced’ (< Skt)

jariya hair-like roots < S. jeir, jair, jer ‘root’ jaw1 until. Attaches to the root or stem of the simple predicate (preposed). The jarjaray Act: simmer, sizzle (tr, human resulting form takes a “subject” in the subject); Mid: simmer, sizzle (itr). See direct or Gen case. E.g. anitaɁ jaw ɖel

also guɽguɽay, jaray2. ‘until Anita comes’, peɁ jaw isin ‘until jarjarayloɁ shining. (hjpa:137,31) the rice cooks’. Seems to derive from the Ɂ root ja b1. jarman Germany < Eng.

jarmani German jaw2 See jou jarul, jarur necessary; necessarily < S. jarūr jawa Hordeum vulgare, barley (hjpa:219, ‘necessary’ from ar:1524) < H. jau ‘barley; millet’ jaruri need, necessity; important jawab, jabab answer (n.) (hjpb:42,9; 56,50) < jaspur Jashpur, name of a city in Chattisgarh in S. jabāb ‘answer’ which many Kharia, especially D(h)elki jawab ter conj.v. answer Kharia, live. Said in hjpb:61,28f. to have previously been a state. jawan young man, boy < S. javān ‘young man’. jaspur sʈeʈ the State of Jaspur (no longer See also juban, juwati, konrakhiya. a state) (hjpb:61,28) jawanta youth jat See jatay jawbhi although < H. jaũ / jo ‘if; although’ jata mill < S. jātā (hjpa:194,190) . See also jãwt, jãwta See jhãwt cakri, rãhaʈa. jay jisu! Hello! Goodbye! Used by Christians. jatan Act: put, place; save; care for (Malhotra, See also yisu. 1982:221); Mid: be put, placed; saved jayɖam Act: ([MT, 1:4 ‘be(come) eager’; Not jatay, jat Act: press the air out of something; known to other speakers I consulted; Mid:-; gener < S. jāt- ‘press down’ perhaps an alternate pronunciation of jayɖim?). ct jaɁti, jati1 A : shorten (e.g. a tree); cause someone to duck; Mid: become short jayɖim Act: wake up (tr); Mid: wake up (itr). (i.e. of a tree after having been cut); duck See also bumɖim, gumɖim. < S. choʈ ‘small’?

85 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon je~jilpi

je correlative nominal modifier < S. je one version of the story (MS, 2:35). The ‘correlative marker’ second-youngest brother. je bhi anything je je whatever jerab Jerab, a boy’s name jeme no so that je no correlative modifier jereɁɖ Act:-; Mid: burn (of rice on the bottom je kono whatever of the pot while cooking); Caus: je<Ɂb>reɁɖ jeɁ1 inanimate pronominal marker. It can also be used with animates but there is a jeriɁb harvest; ca. November, the eleventh strong preference for inanimates. Found month of the year in the 3rd person only. jerusalem Jerusalem jeɁ2, je so, therefore jerusalem sahar the city of Jerusalem jeɁga, jeɁko indeed; then; in that case jesan See jeisan

=jeɁ3 additive focal particle, rare in this function. See also =ga, =jo, =ko, =roʔ. jeʈh the month of jeʈh (mid May to mid-June) < H. jyeṣʈh ‘the month of Jeth’ jehel Act: lock s.o. in jail; Mid: go to jail; jail (n.) < S. jehel ‘jail’ jeʈha Act: make the oldest (e.g. of God); Mid: be eldest; eldest < S. jeʈh ‘eldest’ jeisan, jesan, jaisan Act: do like this; Mid: happen like this; gener of Act; namely, jeteɁb Act/Mid: drip; drizzle. No apparent for example; just as, the same way as, difference in meaning like, as, the way that (correltative); like, such as < S. jaisan ‘as’ (correlative) jetkam of all kinds (pre- or postposed) jeki because (Meaning of jeke / jeki in jetna, jitna correlative modifier denoting hjpb:53,3 seems to be ‘as’ (temp)) amount ‘so much, that much’ < H. jitnā ‘as much’ (correlative) jekono See je jib Act: touch; Mid:-; jib-jib: gener; Caus: jelu or meat (hjpa:175,59) o-jib. See also jinib. jeneɁb suck. Probably a dialect alternative of jiban See jiwan joɁb, the nV-infixed form of joɁb ‘suck’. See joɁb, -nV-, jonoɁb. jija elder sister’s husband, brother-in-law < H. jījā ‘elder sister’s husband’ jentu See jhentu jila district, zila < S. jilā ‘district’ jepuŋ hay, straw. Related to kupuŋ, opuŋ, puŋ? jilpi, jilapi locket, pendant, usually jeɽa ɖuru rice. Status as one word or two consisting of a few beads or pearls which unclear; Jera Duru, one of the original are fastened to the hair needle < S. cilpī nine brothers in Kharia mythology in (hjpa:233, 67)

86 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 jima~joɁɖ

jima Act: entrust, hand over; Mid: be jiwan, jiban Act: make someone live (e.g. by entrusted, handed over; responsibility; God); Mid: become alive; life < S. jivan masdar of jima, used also as a modifier < ‘life’. See also jiyom. S. jimā ‘responsibility; charge, trust’ jiwan data giver of life (hjpa:275, 35) jimidar landlord < H. zamīdār̃ ‘landowner’ jiw jantu animal < H. jīv ‘living creature’; jãtu ‘animal, creature’ jiŋray porcupine. See also sahi2. jiyom Act: make someone live (e.g. by God); jina khana living and eating, sustenance < H. Mid: become alive; life; living being; jīnā ‘to live’, khānā ‘to eat’ heart (anatomical and figurative); soul < S. jiū ‘life, soul’ jindagi, jindgi, jingi Act: make someone live jiyom ajoɁɖ conj.v. die. See also jiwan. (e.g. by God); Mid: become alive; life < jiyom geɁb conj.v. burn with envy S. jindagī ‘living, livelihood’ jiyom tar conj.v. kill (hjpb:34,18) jiyom ter conj.v. die jinib touch (n.). See jib, -nV-. =jo additive focus marker, ‘also’. See also bg jinis thing; animal ( :157:’article’) < S. =ga, =jeʔ3, =ko, =roʔ. jinis ‘thing’ jo correlative proform (seldom) < H. jo jira cumin (seeds) < H. jīrā ‘cumin (plant ‘correlative’, in S. je and seeds)’ jo ... jo both ... and

ct id gener jirhul silim tree < S. jirhul ‘silim’ joɁ1 A : sweep; M :-; joɁ-joɁ: . See also jonoʔ. jirimijiʈaɁ See jurumjuʈaɁ

joɁ2 edge jise ki therefore < H. jis ‘which (correlative, joɁɖaɁ1 river bank; edge. Related to cmpl oblique), ki ‘ ’ joɁɖaɁ (see there) ‘clean with cowdung’? jisu See yisu joɁb Act: suck; Mid:-; joɁb-joɁb gener. See jit victory; victorious < S. jīt ‘victory’ also jonoɁb, -nV-, jeneɁb < S. cībh- jit hoy conj.v. win ‘suck’? jitay Act: defeat < S. jīt- ‘win’ jobroy forcibly < S. jor ‘strength, force’ and Kharia -b- ‘Caus’? See joɽay ‘join’? id jite1 M : win jobhi swamp, marshy land < S. jobhi ‘swamp’ ct jite2 A : make clumpy (e.g. rice by over- jobhi jalka swamp, marshy land cooking); Mid: become clumpy (e.g. rice by over-cooking) joɁɖ Act: wipe (away), cleanse (hjpa: 263,13); Mid:-; joɁɖ-joɁɖ gener. See also Ɂ jitna See jetna ajo ɖ ‘dry’, joɁ1.

87 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon joʔɖaʔ1~joɽe

jolo Jolo, appears to be a place-name hjp joʔɖaʔ1 See under joʔ2 ( a:243f.)

ct ct id joɁɖaɁ1, joɖaɁ A : clean and entire room with joloɖ A :-; M : be(come) slippery; slippery id gener cowdung; M : . Related to joɁɖaɁ ct id under joɁ2? jolom A : plaster the floor; M : be(come) plastered. See also leɁb. jogaɽ Act: provide for (Gen (=aɁ) or Gen + thoŋ); Mid:-; provide for, but not definite jom autopoesis marker, denotes ‘just’ as in whether it will take place; preparations, e.g. ‘just because’, ‘just did’, etc. organizing < S. jogāɽ ‘provision’ jogaɽ karay conj.v. prepare, organize joɁmeŋ, jomeŋ, joŋgem Act: sweeten; Mid: become sweet; sweet, tasteful. See also jogi yogi < S. jogī ‘yogi’ joŋsur, runu jhunu, sebol. joha Act: spy on (past: complete, irr more joŋgor Mid: be red; red; shining (hjpa:231,61) definite that it will take place at a certain time); Mid: spy on (past: not sure joŋsur sweet, tasteful. See also jomeŋ, runu whether complete, irr: less definite as to jhunu, sebol. when or whether it will take place) < S. joh- ‘observe’ jonɖhra maize. Probably < S. jinhor ‘maize, corn’ johar Act: respectfully greet s.o., roughly

same meaning as sumaŋ1. (=te / buŋ; jonha Jonha, name of a town in Jharkhand. worship (bg:157: ‘pray’); Mid: gener of Whereabouts unknown. Act, with =te, seldom with buŋ; Hello!

Goodbye! (Respectful) Salutations! jonoɁ broom. See joɁ1, -nV-. joharna kaɽ worshipper jonoɁb Given in Sāhu, 1979/80:44 with no joi See joy meaning as deriving from joɁb, which means ‘suck’. Most speakers I questioned jõk leech, blood-sucker. See also ɲelwa < S. rejected this form, while one accepted it jõk ‘leech’ with the meaning ‘capable of sucking’, adding that it is not used. See also joɁb, joki the fruit of the munga tree, long and thin, -nV-, jeneɁb. it looks like a very thin cucumber. See also munga. joɽa pair < S. joɽā ‘pair (of things)’ jokor snail joɽaɳ, joɽan See joran jol oil (for the skin, for a lamp) (bg:57: ‘oil, joɽay, joɽoy, joray Act: joɽay : join (tr) < S. water’) < H. jal ‘water’? joɽā-/joɽ- ‘join (tr/itr)’ jol echo word found in kheɁɖ jol. (Original) joɽe, jore Mid: joɽe: join (itr); joɽay: join (tr) Meaning uncertain. gener joɽe joɽe continually

88 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 joɽi~juɁɖ

joɽgay united, joined, used in joɽgay jormal See jormay bhanɖa, name of a certain kind of pot used in a ceremony described in jormay Act: bear, give birth to < S. janmā- hjpa:153f. ‘give birth’. See also janam, janmay / joroy joray together, collectively janme. (hjpa:259,7) iyari joray conj.v. make friendship jorme Mid: be born oɁ joɽe conj.v. join a new household jormal born < S. participle marker -al (e.g. when a daughter marries) jorme memon year of birth (hjpb:33,8) jorme ʈhaɳo birth-place sahiya joɽay conj.v. make friendship jorni joint of the body < S. jornī ‘joint of the joɽi same-aged; mate (n.) < S. joɽā (m.) joɽī body’ (f.) ‘partner’ jorol, jorol ɖaɁ See jorel ct id jor1 A : make loud; M : become loud (for some speakers ‘become stronger’, joroy joroay See joɽay / joɽe rejected by others); ‘increase’ as in hokaɽ kulɖaɁ buŋ jorki ‘His fever increased’; jorom Act:-; Mid: cascade, fall; Caus: forcefully < S. jor se ‘loud, loudly’ jo<Ɂ>rom < H. jhar- ‘flow, cascade’? jor ɖaɁ forceful(ly) jorega karay conj.v. be serious; jos passion, ardour, rage < H. joś ‘heat, seriously, strongly excitement, passion, ardour’. See also jorgar strong man josay. jor-jor masdar of jor jorsãy, jor se, jor-jor se loudly; josay Act: make s.o. keen on (inf + =te); Mid: hjpb:56,63 ‘quickly’ become keen on (inf + =te) See also jos, rasay. jor2 river. Archaic, used in proper name khãkhaɽajor ompay. See hjpa:134, fn. Joseph, a man’s name. See also yusaph. 27. jote snot (also used in Pl) jorag brinda ɖaɳ Jorag Brinda Field, place- name (hjpa:246,103) joʈob Act:-; Mid: drip; drop (liquid); Caus: joʈob (hjpa:270f.) joran, joɽan, joɽaɳ joint (astronomy); jou, jaw2 up to (enclitic) confluence (of rivers) < H.joɽan ‘joining’ joy, joi vocative particle joray / jore See joɽay / joɽe juban Mid: be(come) youthful (hjpa:168, ln. jorel, jorol roof 10). Unknown to speakers I consulted < jorol ɖaɁ gutter (on a roof to collect S. javān ‘young man’. See also jawan. rain-fall) (hjpa:214,9, citing Druart: jubanta bhere, juban bhere youth ‘projecting part of a roof’) juɁɖ Act: sprout roots; Mid: sprout roots over jorgar See jor1 and over; root < S. jeir, jer ‘root’?

89 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon juda~jurbuna

(with)’ juda be separated; alone; Caus: juda < jujhe Mid: fight S. judā ‘separated’ juda(ga) individually, alone, separately jujheir See jujhair juda juda separately, one by one juda ... juda on the one hand ... on the jukur duty; riches other hand juda karay conj.v. get rid of; separate jumay Act: gather, assemble (tr) (tr) um judana inseparable jume Mid: meet, gather, assemble (itr) < S. jamā- ‘gather, collect’. See also jama. judra Judra dance jumay dhãwẽ altogether (hjpa: 186, fn.133) jug world < H. yug ‘age, era’? jumbra dense bush, thicket (hjpa:160, fn.2). jughay Act: increase (money, etc.) (tr); See also akhaɽ, bonor, ghane, kibhiŋ. Mid: increase (itr); become much/ many; increase (tr) (gener). Note jume See jumay also the following construction, which is considered “incorrect”, although jumra in ronoʔjaŋ jumra, unclear. = jumbra it is used quite often. duɁkho buŋ with the meaning ‘dropping the bones ikuɁɖ jughay goɁɖki ‘He became very into the thicket (= wildernis)’? depressed’ (Literally: “He became more with unhappiness”); more (adj., adv.). juŋ Act: ask; Mid:-; juŋ-juŋ: gener. See also jughay boŋko all the more so junuŋ. jughaykan very much erjuŋ seminar juŋ-juŋ masdar of juŋ; question juha game of chance. Cf. Mundari jua juŋ-juŋ ɖay fiancée (“the woman ‘gamblin’, Santali juə ‘dice’ (hjpa:212, who has been asked (to marry)”); 3). betrothal; Act: engage (s.o) (e.g., juha eboɁ conj.v. play games of chance of parents to engage their children); Mid: become engaged juĩ Act: smell (tr); Mid: juĩ-juĩ: smell (tr), gener; Caus: oɁb-juĩ; No Doub Caus junuŋ question. See also juŋ, -nV-. jujuru male genital < S. cucuʔ ‘penis’? jur Act: spread out to dry; Mid:-; jur-jur gener < S. jhurā- ‘wither, dry up (as jujhair, jujheir, jujhar battle; name of a place flower)’? between Biru and Keselpur in western jur-jur masdar of jur Jharkhand where, according to the text in hjpb:53,6ff. the Keseria and the Kadam juraɁ thorn kings fought many battles. It is said to lie about 5-6 km west of Biru(gaɽh) on the jurumjuʈaɁ, jirimjiʈaɁ carefully, cautiously < banks of the Palamra River. S. jurumjuʈa ‘carefully, cautiously’ jujhay Act: have someone fight < H.jūjh- ‘fight jurbuna penalty

90 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 juʈay~jhanɖa

is called in worship (hjpb:60,84). In juʈay Act: arrange, see to, take care of, plan; hjpb:60, note 84, Pinnow writes that Mid:- according to his informant Jhakhra is probably the name of a river. juta shoe < S. jutā ‘shoe’ jhala phula Act: dress (s.o.) up nicely; Mid: juwati young woman, girl (hjpa:280,44). See make onself up nicely also jawan < Sanskrit yuvatī ‘young woman’ jhalay Act: bother, trouble, make s.o. anxious; Mid: be bothered, troubled, anxious jyada many < S. jiādā, jiyādā ‘much’ jyada se jyada most; generally, mostly, jhalɖa Jhalda, name of a town in West Bengal usually jyadatar generally jhalob See jhelob

jhaloŋ, jalhoŋ Act:-; Mid: be high; high, tall; Caus: jha<Ɂ>loŋ (e.g. of God); height

jhamajham pattering (of rain) < H. jhamā-jham *jh* ‘the beating of steady or heavy rain’. See jhabar See jhail, jhabray (?) also jhimir jhimir. jhabray, jhabre decorate < S. jhabrā- ‘decorate’ jhamar jhamar ding-dong, the sound of bells ringing (hjpa:220,29; 239,82) < H. jhaɖan handkerchief < S. jhaɽā̃g ‘handkerchief’ jhāmar ‚anklet‘? (onomatopoetic) jhagaɽa fight, quarrel. Also used as an echo- jhaŋkiram Jhankiram, appears to be a man’s word for laɽai < S. jhagɽā ‘fight, quarrel’ name (hjpa:51,119) jhail whisk, ‘a long wavy feather as those jhaŋkor, jhaŋkoy See jaŋkor on the neck and in the tail of cocks’, (hjpa:219,26) < S. jhail ‘tail feathers of jhaɲj cymbal < S. jhaĩjh ‚cymbals‘ a peacock’ jhail jhabar stretch out (twigs, jhan, jan classifier, used only for humans. branches); stretched out (hjpa: According to bg:159 only used from 257,3) ‘3’ upwards. This is not true at least of the modern language, as j(h)an is also jhãk a small branch used as a prop for creepers used with ek ‘one’ and dui ‘two’; used (bg:159) with personal names to denote at least three persons accompanying the person jhakamaka blinking, glittering. See also marked by this form, e.g. tarkeleŋ jhilmile, < S. jhakmakā- ‘glitter’ jhan ‘the (three or more) people with Tarkeleng’. jhakhara, jhakhra name of a village near jhan lebu person Biru, in District Simdega, southwestern Jharkhand; name by which King Koranga jhanɖa (big) flag; flagpole < S. jhãɖā ‘(large)

91 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon jhanɖi~jholay

flag’. See alsojhanɖi. jhãwt, jãwt, jãwta animal < S. jāũt ‘animal’. jhanɖi small flag < S. jhãɖī ‘(small) flag’. See See also jantu, janwar. also jhanɖa. jhelob, jhelog, jhelom, jhalob Act: make s.th. jhansankhya population < H. jan-sãkhyā long; stretch out (e.g. arms); Mid: become ‘population’ long; long, tall; Caus: jhe<Ɂb>lob jhaɽi all. Origin unclear. Found also in some jhentu, jentu, jhintu date-palm leaves or a mat Kiranti (TB, Nepal) languages, such as made thereof; any type of mat Camling, suggesting that it is originally of Indo-Aryan origin. jhẽriya See jhariya jhaɽi jeɁ everything jheʈh eldest. Used with beʈa and beʈi to jhaɽa diarrhoea < S. jhāɽā ‘diarrhoea’ denote the eldest son or daughter. May be replaced in this function by maha. < jhaɽaŋ handkerchief S. jeʈh ‚eldest‘ jhaɽa jhaɽai heavily, forcefully jhibri beautiful. Cf. Santali jhibri ‘well-made and shaped, well-formed, handsome’ jhariya, jhẽriya small river which, according to (hjpa:193,178). hjpa:237,75, dries up in the dry season. Between 5 and 10 meters wide < S. jhilmile, jhilimili Act: cause to glitter < S. jhariyā ‘creek’. See also khirom, ompay. jhilmilā- ‘glitter’; Mid: glitter (of stars, etc.). See also jhakamaka. jhariyo Jhariyo, name of a prominent person in Kharia mythology. Wife of Nag(i)ya jhimir jhimir the sound of rain falling / Nadiya / Nandiya. Derived in popular (onomatopoetic). See also jhama-jham. etymology from jhariya ‘small river’. See the story [MS, 1], beginning with jhimori a rectangular fish trap. Cf. Mundari line 17. jhimbɽi (hjpa:226,47). See also culu, soŋɖaɁ, kumoni, lonɖra. jharkul bear See also banay, bhalu jhinjhinay Actve:-; Mid: fall asleep (of body jharkhanɖ the state of Jharkhand, formerly limbs) < S. jhinjhinā- the southern half of Bihar. Independent state since November, 2000 jhintu See jhentu jharna stream; water source < H. jharnā jhoɽi, jhuɽi torrential downpour; rain-shower < ‘waterfall; spring’. See also beɽa, H. jhaɽī ‘shower, continuous rain’ gorɖaɁ, karayga. jhoɽi ɖaɁ rainy season; torrential downpour jhaʈ immediately, quickly < S. jhaʈ paʈ jhoɽi ɖaɁ gim rain continually ‘quick’ jhoɽite gim rain heavily jhaɁʈa fence built up of vegetation (bg:159) jholay Act: roast (bg:159: jhola ‘burn’;

92 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 jhompa~kachari

hjp a:224f. ‘singe hair or feathers over a kaɁ2, kain bow (as in bow and arrow) flame’);M id:- < S. jholā- ‘singe, scorch’ kaɁ kom, kaɁ koŋ, kain kom bow and arrow jhompa, jhopa knot (hjpa:170,24) < H. jhõpā ‘coil, bunch’ kab when < S. kab ‘when?’ jhora outsider, non-tribal person < S. jhorā kaɁbʈo, kapʈo, kapʈam door, often used with ‘boat-man (caste)’? the meaning ‘house’, especially in the expression mohol ro kaɁbʈo ‘large house, jhuke Mid: swing, sway (v.) (hjpa:218,20). castle’ (lit.: ‘castle and door’) < H. kapāʈ Perhaps related to S. jhul- ‘swing’, ‘door; door-leaf’, Oriya kɔbaʈɔ ‘door’. infinitival form jhulek? See also jhule, See also dura, duwar. laʈkay/laʈke. kaɁbʈo kiwar door < H. kivāɽ ‘leaf of a door’ jhula shirt < S. jhulā ‘clothes’ kabul Kabul, capitol of Afghanistan jhulay Act: swing, sway (tr) See also jhule, laʈke. kabuɽ Act: help craw (= Caus); Mid: crawl jhule Mid: swing, sway (itr) < S. jhulā-/ jhul- Caus: ka<Ɂ>buɽ ‘help crawl’. See also ‘swing’ (tr/itr) guɽiyay, paguɽ, reŋgay / reŋge. jhumair jhumair dance kabur grave < S. kabur ‘grave’ kaburastan, kaburistan cemetery < S. jhuɳ thicket < S. jhuɽ ‘thicket’ kabursthān ‘cemetery’ jhuɳɖ large group; flock < S.jhũɖ ‘herd’ kabhi indefinite proform, apparently meaning ‘someone, some (pl.)’ in [MS, 1:114]. Not jhunur anklet with tiny bells < H. jhunjhunī in common use < H. kabhī ‘whenever’ ‘anklet (with bells)’? kabhi kabhi sometimes jhũɽ bush < S. jhū̃ɽ ‘bush’ kãc glass (as in window pane) < S. kā̃c ‘glass’ jhuɽi See jhoɽi kaca living, alive < S. kacā ‘raw’ jhuʈh, jhuʈha Act: make something a lie; Mid: kaciya See keciya become a lie; lie (n.) < S. jhūʈh ‚lie, falsehood‘ kackac oppression < S. kac-kac ‘trouble, bother’ kackac saphay conj.v. oppress

kackil skillful (?), meaning unclear (hjpa, 154, d:5; 157, fn. d:5) *k* Ɂ ct id gener bg kaɁ1, ka ɖ A : comb; M :-; < S. kakāī kacur snake-scale ( :160) ‘comb’ (n.)? See also kanaɁsi, dumaŋ kanaɁsi. kachari, kachairi Act/Mid: hold a meeting; hold court; court meeting

93 Ɂ Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon ka ɖ~kal2

< H. kacahari ‘court of justice, assizes, Nauclea cadamba’. assembly, meeting, a public office’ (hjpa:218,22). See also ɖokloɁ. kadray Act:-; Mid: become angry < S. kayrā- kaɁɖ Act: comb; Mid:-; kaɁɖ-kaɁɖ, gener See kaeno See kayno

also kaɁ1. paʈa kaɁɖ harrow (hjpa:214f.) kagaj, kagaɁj, kagad kagoj paper < S. kāgaj ‘paper’ kaɖam the amount which can be held in two kahani, kahni story < S. kahnī ‘story’ hands cusped together kahani katha story < S. kathā ‘story’ kãɖay See kaɳay kahe, kahe no because < S. kahe ki ‘because’ kãɖiɁj See kanɖiɁj kahio See kehiyo kaɖoŋ Act: make something a fish; Mid: become a fish; fish kahni See kahani kaɖoŋ moɁɖ name of a tree whose leaves are shaped like fish eyes (Malhotra, kahu name of a tree (bg:160) 1982:74)

kain See kaɁ1 kaɖoɁ, kaɖu Act: hug; Mid: hug for a long time. See also kaɖuɁ, which may simply kaino See kayno be a variant of this form. kaɁj Act: untie, open; put off (clothes); Mid: kaɖru, kaɽru calf of a buffalo < S. kaɽru become untied ‘buffalo bull calf’ kajan Who knows? < S. kā ‘what?’, jān- kaɖu See kaɖoʔ ‘know’ kaɖuɁ Act: bend s.o.; hug, embrace; Mid: kajni echo word of raj in the expression raj stoop. See also kaɖoɁ, which may simply kajni, found in [MS, 1:172]. Other be a variant of this form. speakers I questioned were not familiar with this expression. kadowalo ɖaɁ mud (walo is an echo word to kado) < S. kādo ‘mud’ kaka father’s younger brother < S. kākā ‘father’s younger brother or cousin’ kadamwãsi Kadamvamsi, name of a dynasty which, according to the text in kakuɁj Act: carry a child on one’s back; Mid: be hjpb:53,5ff. ruled in Biru up to the 15th carried on the back. See also goʔ, ghõɽci,

century. hintor, kunɖum, paŋ, puŋ, sambhray2, ʔ ʈuɖaʔ, te j1, tuphaŋ, uɖum. kadam, kadamb, kudamba K a d a m b a hjp tree, Anthocephalus Cadamba, Miq., kal1 engine, machine ( a:253f.) < S. kal Rubiaceae (hjpa:217f., from rr:487, No. ‘engine’ 6) The H. name kadãb is given hjp by McGregor 1997:163) as ‘the tree kal2 poison, death, calamity, black ( a:253f.;

94 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 kalar~=kan4

255,130) < H. kāl ‘time; death’ kamɽa See kambɽa kalar color < Eng. kamu Act: work (very seldom in Act); Mid: work; earn (money); work (n.), job < S. kalga feather < H. kalgā, kalgī ‘comb (of a kām ‘work’ cock); crest (of a bird); plume’ kamu ɖel conj.v. of work to happen / succeed kalkal difficulty kamu karay conj.v. work, do work kamu udam trade (as in occupation) kalkatta the city of Calcutta < S. kāmudām ‘different kinds of kalkuʈ danger < H. kālkuʈ ‘deadly poison, work’ aconitum ferox’ (hjpa:208,9) kaɳ, kanɖ roof-beam (hjpa:189,154) < S. kā̃ɽ kalo a traditional Kharia priest; priest. See ‘beam’. See also bhaɳiya, laiʈ. also pahan and rr:327. Ɂ bg ct kalo b1 bark of a tree ( :160). See also bakla. kaɳay, kãɖay, kãɽay A : to blind s.o. (object: moɁɖ ‘eyes (of)’); Mid: become blind < Ɂ hjp kalo b2 cattle ( a:92,10) S. kānā ‘one-eyed; blind on one eye’ kaluwa Act: eat dinner; Mid:-; gener; dinner < kaɳayboɁ See kanɖay(boɁ) S. kalvā ‘dinner (midday meal)’ kaɳiɁj, kanɖiɁj, kãɽiɁj Act: have faith in, kalyaɳ a man’s name (of Indo-Aryan origin) believe (strongly); Mid: have faith in, believe; accept (less strongly) ct kam1, kan2 A : pick spinach and other leaves; Mid:-; kam-kam gener kaɳla See kanla

ct id bg kam2 few, less < S. kam ‘less’ kan1 A : fast; M :- Note: in :161 kan is given as ‘be fast’, whereas in Pinnow’s kamal lotus < S. kamal ‘lotus’ texts (e.g. hjpa:71) it means ‘fast’. Not known to speakers I consulted. kaman name of a burial ceremony kansoŋ fast (v.)

hjp kambar name of a village ( b:64,32) kan2 See kam

kambɽa, kamɽa blanket < S. kamrā ‘blanket’ kan3 predicate marker denoting a continuative action − ‘keep on’, ‘go on’. Similar in kambha pillar < H. khãbhā meaning to both loʔ2 and khor. It can also be used with some lexemes to denote kamij shirt < S. kamīj ‘shirt’ that the movement is directed away from the speaker or other deictic centre and is kamjor Act: make weak; Mid: be weak; weak more or less permanent. person; weak. < S. kamjor ‘weak’

=kan4 variant of the sequential converb kon, kamoy earning < S. kamāī ‘earning’ typical of northern Orissa

95 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon -kan5~kãɽayboɁ

-kan5 See ekan kanthɽa2, kanʈhra jack fruit < S. kaʈhār ‘jack fruit’ kanaɁsi comb. See also kaɁ1, dumaŋ kanaɁsi,

kaɖ, perhaps also seʔ2? kapaʈ falseness, falsehood < H. kapaʈ ‘insincerity; deceit’ kan bayɽi earring (hjpa:237,75) < S. kānphulī ‘earring’ kapɽa roof-tile < S. kaprā ‘tile’ kanɖ See kaɳ kapʈam See kaʔbʈo kanɖaŋ male pig, boar bg:161 < S. kuɽu ‘young, kapʈi rogue, cheater < H. kapti ‘artful, cunning, uncastrated boar’? trickish, a roghe’ (hjpa: 187,139) kanɖay, kãɽay, kaɳay wife, woman. Combining kapʈo See kaɁbʈo form is ɖay. kãɽay kenɖor husband and wife kaɽ person. Cf. Santali / Mundari hɔɽ, Ho ho. kanɖayboɁ, kaɳayboɁ old woman. Very seldom used as a free lexeme. More kanɖay kunɖuɁ family (literally: wife common as a suffix denoting human (and) children) reference: Used with ho=, je=, u=, gupa, saŋghar, baɲcay. Although hokaɽ, kanɖij See kaɳiɁj ukaɽ, etc., shows a strong preference to be used only with human, or at least kanɖraɁj, kanraj eggplant, aubergine < S. only with animate referents, where it is kaʈābhaʈā ‘eggplant’? in opposition to the non-human or non- animate 3rd person form hojeɁ, ujeɁ, kanhar vulture < S. kanhār ‘vulture’ etc., it is occasionally used for inanimate referents as well. For these speakers, kanĩya, kaniyã, kaniya, keniya bride; daughter either the forms based on jeɁ are non- (hjpa:238,79) < S. kaniyā, kaniyā̃ ‘bride’ existant or they are in free alternation with the forms based on kaɽ. kanla, kaɳla, konla medicine (Malhotra, 1982:111 ‘herb’). See also konsɽo jaŋ. kãɽa a kind of fly kanpaʈi temple (on side of head) < S. kānpāʈī kaɽahi, karahi frying pan < S. karāhī ‘deep, ‘temple (on side of head)’ metal frying pan’ kanpur the city of Cawnpore in Uttar Pradesh kaɽam bangle kanraj See kanɖraɁj kãɽay See kanɖay

ct id kansoŋ See under kan1 kabɽay A /M : do, used only in a derogatory sense with respect to someone else’s kanʈi See kãʈi actions. No apparent semantic difference between Act and Mid. kanʈhɽa1 Kanthra (place name) kãɽayboɁ See kanɖay(boɁ)

96 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 kaɽba~karuna

links or segments; a belt of several kaɽba plow handle strands of cotton, girdle’ < S. kardhānī ‘girdle tied on baby (to help it sit upright)’ kaɽi barren buffalo; female buffalo < S. kāɽī ‘buffalo heifer calf’ kareŋ Act: of rain to stop; Mid:- kãɽiɁj See kaɳiɁj karhaini black (hjpa:200,231) kaɽkaɽ scorching (as in kaɽkaɽ giriŋ ‘scorching karib almost, about < H. qarīb ‘near; heat’, from Malhotra, 1982:192) approximately; nearly, almost’ karib karib almost, close to kaɽru See kaɖru karga, kargha edge, rim; slope karahi See kaɽahi karil bamboo shoot < H. karīr ‘the shoot of a karaĩt a kind of poisonous snake (bg:161) bamboo plant’

karam1 See kormo karkaray make noise, especially of chickens < S. karkarā- ‘cackle (as a hen)’ bg karam2 name of a tree ( :161) karkhana factory < S. kārkhānā ‘factory’ karan reason, cause < S. kāran ‘reason’ karɳaʈak the state of Karnataka karar agreement < H. qarār ‘agreement’ karɳdew, karnadew the name given to Koranga karay Act: do; Genereral “light verb”; Mid: do (the last Kharia king, see koraŋga) by for a long time < S. kar- ‚do‘. See also the Gangawamsi, who are said to believe kabɽay. that he was their first king. See also karay kaɽ doer, one who does koraŋga, balabha. (something) karne, karɳe deed; because of (+ Gen) < S. karayga stream (Malhotra, 1982:185). See also kāran ‘cause’ gorɖaɁ, jharna. karʈaha dangerous person < S. khatrā ‘danger’?­ karayla bitter gourd < H. karailā, karelā ‘a bitter tasting gourd, Momordica charantia’ , katik (the) month of Kartik < H. kārttik ‘8th month of the Hindu year’ karbaɁɖ echo echo-word for capu. No katik leraŋ the month of Kartik independent meaning. kartik purnima festival of the full moon in the moon of Kartik karbaray See korboray karsa bhanɖa a pot into which the bride’s karchul ladle < S. karchur, karchul ‘metal ladle’ mother places rice as a part of the wedding ceremony. See r&r:258f. kardhani holy thread < H. kardhanī ‘an ornamental belt made of gold or silver karuna compassion, pity, mercy < H. karuɳā

97 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon kas~kator

‘compassion, pity, mercy’ kaʈeir janwar animal of prey (hjpb:34,20, meaning of kaʈeir unclear) kas marriage kaʈekhism catechism < Eng. kasrel ca. May, the fifth month of the year. See -rel, or perhaps kasa? kãʈi, kanʈi nail; screw < S. kā̃ʈi ‘nail’ kãʈi ʈhokay conj.v. hammer nails into kasa, kasaser summer something kãsa bronze (hjpa:251,119: ‘copper’) < S. kaʈiɁj Act: make something a little; Mid: kā̃sā ‘bronze’ become little; a little < S. kaʈik ‘a little (in quantity)’. See also icriʔj. kasaser See kasa kaʈiɁjɖuɁ very little kasayli betel nut (hjpa:167,6) < S. kasailī ‘betel kaʈiɁj maʈiɁj a little nut’ kasayli daru betel-nut tree kaʈkahi, kaʈkahirajawal Katkahirajawal, name of a city in Gumla district. kaseya spotted, speckled, black-and-white kaʈh1, kaʈ wood < S. kāʈh ‘wood’ (hjpa, 146, h1, 149, fn. h; hjb:44,7)

kaʈh2 illegitimate kaser name of a tree (bg:162) kaʈhaut trough < S. kaʈhut ‘trought’ kasur fault, error, shortcoming < H. qasūr ‘fault’ kaʈhkoli woodpecker. See also kereɁ.

hjp kaʈ1 “cutting”: slaying (in battle) < S. kāʈ- kaʈhŋga, kaʈhaŋga crib, manger ( a: 258,7) ‘cut’ kaʈ mar killing and slaying < S. māir katari sugar-cane < S. katāirī, katārī ‘sugar- morā- ‘kill’ cane stem’

kaʈ2 See kaʈh1 katbar, katwar filth; sweepings < S. katvār ‘filth’. See alsokeckeca. kaʈa foot, leg < S. goɽ, Nepali goɖā, Oriya gɔɖɔ ‘leg’, Nepali goɽo ‘foot’ (for katiɁb Act:- (acceptable to some with meaning more, see Turner (1931 [1994])). Ray ‘gather’ (tr)); Mid: collect, gather (2003:445) considers it one of the deśaja (itr); gatherer; Caus: ka<Ɂb>tib, oɁb- words in Oriya which “can neither be katib; Doub Caus: oɁb-ka<Ɂb>tib, easily related to Sanskrit nor to any same meaning as simple Caus. See also foreign language like Eng., Arabic, etc.” gotob, which may simply be a dialectal Turner (1931:148) and Hutt (1997:233) alternative of katiɁb. derive the two Nepali forms from the form *goɖɖa-. As Turner lists forms for katik See kartik Romani, Kashmiri, etc., it is certainly a very old word, wherever it originated. katna See ketna kaʈa sumboɁte at the feet of kator mustard

98 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 katur ɖaɁ~kayom

kãy red ant on trees. See also biɽim, cimʈã, hjp Ɂ Ɂ katur ɖaɁ stream; spring, source ( a: 263,13). demta, mu jɖaɁ, seʈa, ʈo bɖir, ʈoʈo2, See also beɽa, gorɖaʔ, jharna, karayga. umphya, also bhunɖu ‘ant-hill’. katwar See katbar kayam See kayom katha story < S. kathā ‘story’ kayar mango (hjpa:239f. ‘Mangifera Indica’) kayarbeɽa name of a village (hjpb: kathlik Catholic < Eng. 64,51) kathlik dharam Catholicism kayar daru the mango tree

kauɽi See kawɽi kayebar See kay1 kauwa, kauwaɁ, kowa, kowaɁ crow kayla Kayla, one of the original nine brothers (hjpa:217,19: ‘Corvus splendens’, in Kharia mythology in one version of quoting Archer (Aloŋ), 43) < S. kauwā the story [MS, 2:33]. The sixth-oldest ‘crow’ brother. kãwar bite, mouthful < S. kavā̃r ‘mouthful’ kayno, kaeno, kaino how many; several < S. kaino + classifier ‘some’ kawɽi, kauɽi cowry; money < H. kauɽī kaino ber meaning unclear, found in ‘cowry’. See also ɖhebuwa, keciya, hjpb:53,6, appears to mean ‘several poisa, rupaya. times’, perhaps to be read as kaeno bhere ct kay1 A : scoop or scrape up with the hand (bg:162 ‘pick up seeds’); Mid:-; kay- kayo Kayo, one of the original nine brothers kay: gener; Caus: oɁb-kay; Doub Caus: in Kharia mythology in one version of oɁb-ka<Ɂb>y. See also uʈkay. See also the story [MS, 2:23]. The second-oldest ʔ ʔ chochray/ chochre, gotaʔ, ge ɖ, gu ɖ2, brother. koʔj, kheliyay/kheliye, khokhray/khokhre. kayebar ghaʈo Khyber Pass. Popular kayom, kayam Act: speak (seldom in Act); etymology of the name from the Mid: speak; speak for a long time; word, Kharia word kayebar! ‘Pick up language, situation, matter; speech (i.e., a (hon)!’ See stories, [MT,1:40ff.], speech) (comparable in meaning to H./S. [MS, 1:46ff.] bāt, Nepali kurā); Caus: ka<Ɂb>yom (Gen+) kayomte beroɁɖ conj.v. ct hjp kay2 A : prepare ( a:71) Unknown to neglect (someone) speakers I consulted. kayom col conj.v. of a conversation to be going ct id kay3 benefactive marker on the predicate kayom katha A / M : talk; speech (no apparent difference) kay4, kayko, kayk how many?; several, some, kayom katha karay conj.v. talk, discuss many (kayko < kay + =ko) May be used kayom kayomte, kayom kayom buŋ with classifiers < S. kay + classifier generally, usually ‘how many’ kayom kiyim talk s.th. out, kiyim is the reduplicative form found only in

99 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon kaytha~

this environment kelomboɁ beautifully, well; beautiful kayom laŋ story kayom utun conj.v. give a speech keluŋ, keloŋ elephant kaytha snake gourd (bg:162) keŋgra, keŋra cucumber (hjpa:200,227: ‘cucumber, Luffa acutangula, Roxb., ke, ki3 sequential converbal marker < S. -ke Cucurbitaceae’) < S. khīrā ‘cucumber’? ‘sequential converb (“conjunctive

participle”) marker’. See also =kon1. =ken See =kon1 keɁ turban (?), more likely the combining kenɖoɁɖ, kẽɽoɖ frog. See also ɖunɖlu ‘tadpole’. form of kekeɁ ‘cord, rope’ or perhaps kenɖoɖ biru Frog Mountain (place ‘binding’ in general name) bokoɁbkeɁ, rokoɁbke Act: put a turban ct on oneself; Mid: put a turban on kenɖorboɁ1, keɖorboɁ, kenɖor A : make (oneself); turban (n.) (s.o.) an old man; Mid: be(come) an old man (hjpa:168,10); old man; kenɖor keɁb Act: grind the teeth (one or more (hjpa:185,133 ‘bridegroom’). The Ɂ Ɂ instances); Mid:-; ke b-ke b gener combining form is boɁ (see boɁ4). As this combining form is found in other words keciya, kaciya money. See also ɖhebuwa, denoting people, including women (see kawɽi, poisa, rupaya. kanɖayboɁ ‘(old) woman’) it would keckeca Act: make dirty; Mid: become dirty. < appear to have originally meant ‘person; S. keckecā ‘dirty’ See also katbar. man’, similar to lebu ‘person, man’ and perhaps originally derives from bokoɁb Ɂ Ɂ ke ɖ1 combining form of roke ɖ ‘sand; desert’ ‘head’. See also kanɖay(boɁ). kãɽay kenɖor husband and wife Ɂ hjp ke ɖ2 waist-belt ( a:208,10) kenɖorboɁta bhere old-age (of men) (i.e., ‘the time when one is an old kedorboɁ See kenɖorboɁ1 man’)

ct id kehiyo, kahiyo Act: do sometime; Mid: happen kenɖorboɁ2 A : like, prefer; M :- sometime; do sometime (gener); ever < S. kahiyo ‘ever’ kenɖhel, kenhel Act:-; Mid: become heavy; kehiojo + NEG never difficult; heavy; Caus: ke<Ɂb>mɖhel kehio umboɁ never ‘make heavy’ kehni, kehuni, kẽhɽi elbow < S. kehunī kender echo-word for koleɁj, no independent ‘elbow’ meaning keɁj, geɁj Act: pluck; pick fruit; Mid: gener; kendra flute < S.kendrā ‘bamboo flute’ keɁj-keɁj gener; Caus: oɁ-keɁj, oɁb-keɁj kenhel See kenɖhel keke, kekeɁ cord, rope keniya See kaniya kelom beauty, goodness; beautiful, good

100 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 keõʈ~kilkila

keõʈ See kẽwʈ keʈoŋ hunched, bent (hjpa:193,182). See also lekoɁ, ketuŋ. kepha Cephas, man’s name (from the Bible) ketna, katna how many, how much, also used kẽɽoɁɖ See kenɖoɁɖ in exclamations ketna sundar! ‘how beautiful!’ < S. ketnā, katnā ‘how much?’ kera banana; plantain < S. kerā ‘banana’. See also komɖol. ketuŋ the village of Ketung. Location unknown. kera ghagh Kera Ghagh, place name, Related to keʈoŋ? near Simdega keʔthuŋ See kiʔthuŋ kereɁ woodpecker (the bird) (hjpa:178, 86). See also kaʈhkholi. kẽwʈ, kẽoʈ fisher, ferryman < S. keõʈā, keõʈ ‘fisherman, ferryman (by caste)’ kerkeʈʈa a type of bird; also one of the nine clan id names of the Kharia, used as a family ki1 M past predicate marker name. In one version of the history of l the Kharia, also the name of one of the ki2 P marker on complements and 3rd- original nine sons. person Pl marker on predicates

ct tr id itr kersoŋ A : marry ( ); M : marry ( ) (with ki3 See ke buŋ); marriage-, married (masdar of kersoŋ); marriage. See also biha, olɖay, kibhiŋ, khibiŋ thick, dense (of forest) (hjpa:76). sadi. See also akhaɽ, bonor, ghane, jumbra. kesariya the Kesaria, name of an ethnic group in western Jharkhand which speaks an kici sleep (in the eyes) < S. kici ‘sleep (in the Indo-Aryan language. Their capitol is eyes)’ said to have once been Keselpur (see below). kiɁjte, kiɁte, kiɁta how many?; how long?; how …!; so many; correlative, used in kesel the kesel tree, Anogeissus Latifolia, conjunction with tiɁjte < S. ketnā ‘how Wall., Combretaceae, a common much?’? forest tree (hjpa:238,81). However, in kiɁjteson how often? hjpb:54,n. 4 Pinnow refers to this tree as kiɁjtaɁte, kiɁtaɁte at what time? (Gen + ‘Conocarpus latifolia’. oblique of kiɁjte) keselpur Keselpur, name of a fort built by the Kesaria. According to the text in kila fort < S. kilā ‘fort’ hjpb:53,4 also the name of a kingdom. Formerly also the name of a pargana or kili, khili nail < H. killī ‘peg, rod, handle’; kīlī district. ‘peg, pivot’ keselpur biru name of a mountain in southwestern Jharkhand (hjpb:61, kilir, kiliri the sound of the king-fisher bird 26) (hjpa:222,36) (onomatopoetic) keʈko somewhat, a little < S. kaʈik ‘somewhat’ kilkila king-fisher bird < H. kilkilā ‘white- breasted kingfisher’

101 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon kilokoto~=kiyar

kiɽoɁ, kiroɁ tiger. In one version of the history kilokoto Act: (suddenly begin to) chatter, of the Kharia, also the name of one of the everyone talking to each other at the same original nine sons, [MS, 1:223]. time; Mid: chatter, everyone talking to each other at the same time < S. kilokoto kir e.g. hjpa, 144,7: This would appear to be kar- ‘(do) chattering’ (onomatopoetic) a shortened form of =kiyar. kimbhar See kinbhar kiriya Act: make an ; Mid:-; gener; oath < S. kiriyā ‘oath’ kimin daughter-in-law kiriya ɲoɁ conj.v. make an oath kimin kunɖuɁ daughter-in-law kiroɁ See kiɽoɁ kinbhar, kimbhar Act: do housework; Mid: do housework (gener); courtyard. kisa fable Predicative use not acceptable to all speakers. kisim way, variety, kind < S. kisim ‘kind, sort’ iɁjthaŋ kinbhar Mid: clean the courtyard kisim kisimyaɁ of different kinds with cowdung kisɳo farmer (hjpa:197,209). This meaning is kinbheriŋaɁ three days later (bg:164) in keeping with the text cited by Pinnow, however the word would seem to be the kinɖibaɁ three days ago (bg:164) same as kisɽo (see there). Whether these are two different words or whether the kindre, gundre, gunre Act: pass around in a word has undergone significant semantic circle; make s.o. go around in a circle; change is unclear. Mid: walk around in a circle; be passed around; turn (itr) < S. ghumr- ‘circle’? kisɽo, kĩsɽo, kisro be(come) rich; rich kinir forest, jungle kitab book < S. kitāb ‘book’ kinir buli conj.v. hunt (hjpb:66,72; 68, note 72) kiɁte, kiɁta See kiɁjte kinir jhaŋkoy forest and related things; forest and jungle (hjpa: 270,24). See kiʔtuŋ See kiʔthuŋ also jaŋkor. kinir siŋkoy wild chicken kitur female (apparently only used of animals, hjpa, 146, h:1); a hen which has not yet kinirkela Kinirkela, name of a village, laid any eggs (hjpa:218f.) whereabouts unknown (hjpa:225f.) kiɁthuŋ, keɁthuŋ, kiɁtuŋ sky; (as kinjir Kinjir, name of a village opposed to turbuŋ ‘sky’) kiɁthuŋ raij the Kingdom of Heaven kinkar mother-in-law kiwar echo-word for kaɁbʈo kiɽa worm < S. kīɽā ‘insect’, H. kīɽā ‘insect, worm, grub’ =kiyar when used on predicates: 3rd person, Du/Hon, subect; when used on

102 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 =ko~koleɁɖbir

complements: Du/Hon

koila See koil2 =ko postposed contrastive / corrective focus

particle. See also =ga, =jeʔ3, =jo, =roɁ. koilo See koyal kobrib Act: turn around (tr). Appears to be a koina, koinaɁ See koyna Caus form of a root korib, presumably with the meaning ‘turn around (itr)’, for koiri gardner. Cf. Mundari kuiri ‘a vegetable which I have no evidence. hjpa, 147,i:10; gardener’ (hjpa:229,54). 176,66 koɁj Act: peel off; scrape; dig; Mid: be peeled koca corner (bg:164) < S. konā kucī ‘nooks off; scraped; dug; koɁj-koɁj gener of and corners’ Act < S. koɽ- ‘dig’? See also chochray/ ʔ ʔ chochre, gotaʔ, ge ɖ, gu ɖ2, kay1, kheliyay koɁɖ Act:-; Mid: get stuck (of food) in the / kheliye, khokhray / khokhre. throat

koko pako! the call of the cuckoo bird (kuhu2) koɖay Act: dig up, dig over (e.g. a field) < S. (hjpa:224,43) (onomatopoetic) koɖ- ‘dig around plants and vegetables to soften the earth’, koɖā kar- ‘dig out’ kokro, kokoro rooster < S. kokro ‘uncastrated rooster’ koɖeɁj, kõɖeɁj See konɖeɁj kokro siŋkoy rooster koɖil Act: (possible, Caus preferred); Mid: kol Act: count; Mid: be counted; kol-kol be dirty; Caus: ko<Ɂb>ɖil; dirt; dirty; (gener of Act). See also konolkol, lebu Figurative: stained, blemished (as in konol, -nV-. family honor) kol reciprocal predicative marker. Always koɖpuɽuɁ See kop(u)ɽuɁ the first element in predicates in which it is found. It is not a prefix. Rather, its kodo bhornɖi prickly weeds (hjpa:204,1, cited status is somewhere between that of a from rr, 1937 (no page)) proclitic form and an independent word. koɁghel vicinity kole donkey (Malhotra, 1982:163; given as kõhɽa sweet pumpkin < S. kõhɽā ‘pumpkin’ kolega, uncertain as to whether ga is part of the lexeme or the focal marker =ga) koi, koy some (kind of) < S. koī ‘something, < H. kolā ‘jackal’? somebody’ koleɁ parrot. See also suga, sugi. koil1 the koil bird < H. koyal ‘the black cuckoo’ koleɁɖ bamboo shoot. In bg:165 also found with the variant koleŋ. I would, however, ct koil2, koila, koyil A : cause to wither, dry up count koleŋ as a variant of konɖeŋ. See or fade (e.g. of the sun); Mid: wither, also konɖeŋ. fade, dry up; Caus: koyil ‘dry (tr); cause something to wither’ koleɁɖbir Koledbira, name of village or city,

103 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon koleɁj~kon

perhaps identical with the city of ko<Ɂb>sor ‘dry.up-’, ‘dry’ Kolebira. (adj./v.). komsor golaŋ a type of rice beer in koleɁj Act: pick a fight (with =te/buŋ)(< *kol which the rice is not soaked in water leɁj ‘curse each other’); Mid: quarrel (v.), and boiled. (hjpa:73, fn. 24) Also fight (v.); argument, quarrel (n.), fight known as tapan golaŋ ‘warm beer’. (n.). See also leʔj. See also tanɖaɁ golaŋ koleɁjboɁ quarrelsome komsor ruŋkub dried rice koleɁj kender argument, quarrel, fight hjp komsor2 new, not yet used ( a:228f.) kolej college, high school < Eng. kolejiar college student komtay Act: chew (of cattle)

id gener koleŋ1 king. See also nares, raja. komte M :-;

ct koleŋ2 See konɖeŋ koŋ1 A : know, find out (through trying); Mid: know, find out (accidentally) - kolhu, kulhu oil press < H. kolhū ‘press, mill experiencer appears in oblique case, (for sugar-cane or oil-seeds)’ object found is the grammatical subject; koŋ-koŋ: gener of Act; knowledge; kolo a woman’s name Caus: oɁb-koŋ; No Doub Caus formation koŋ-koŋ masdar of koŋ koloŋ bread; hjpa, 146, g:3 ‘flour’ ct id koŋ2 A : stop water; mend a dam; M : be kom1 arrow. See also kaɁ2 stopped (of water); small dam

hjp kom2 a certain kind of grass ( a, 154, d:4, koŋko throat, neck 157, d:4) koŋtaŋ a young cow. Combining form: -taŋ. komaŋ, kumaŋ meat; flesh. See also ɖaɁ5, See also baʔcha, bachiya, bachru,

ghos, mãs1. bocho, gõɽi.

hjp komɖol, konɖol banana. a:174,56 gives =kon1, =kan, =ken sequential converb komɖol as ‘dried Mohua flowers’, while (“conjunctive participle”) marker. Not a one speaker cited this lexeme to me as suffix but rather, its status is somewhere the “genuine” Kharia word for ‘banana’. between that of an enclitic marker and a As komɖol is apparently no longer in phonological word. It appears to derive use, the definition given in hjpa is likely from the lexeme ikon, with the meaning to more accurately reflect its original ‘make, do’, calqued from the Indo-Aryan meaning. See also kera. construction (e.g. as in H., in which the root kar ‘make, do’ serves as the marker komheŋ Mid: be hard (bg:165, unknown to of the sequential converb (“conjunctive speakers I consulted) participle”)). See also ke, ki.

hjp komsor1 dry. Form given in a:71 and kon-2 Now only found as a prefixed form in elsewhere, probably to be read as roots with the meaning ‘small’. It was

104 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 ­kon3~konon

obviously once the word for ‘small’, guɽu kone a type of mouse < S. guɽu which is now always konon, which musā ‘entirely black rat’ results from *kon with the -nV- infix. kone latra mouse hole < S. latra ‘rat Examples: konɖuɁ ‘child’, konɖeɁj hole’ ‘small axe’, gonbiɖ ‘small basket’ (*k > g), perhaps also konkeɁ ‘thin, weak’ kongher Act: make s.o. a full-grown man (e.g. and also konsel ‘girl’, kongher ‘boy’, of God); Mid: be a full-grown man; konʈheɁɖ, whose second component is young man. See also konon (gher not now no longer analyzable. used alone).

­kon3, kono indefinite marker. Only found in koni corner. See also kona. Probably a this function in jahãy kon / jahã kon, diminuitive form of kona. behar kon, laɁ kon < S. kono ‘some, any’ uɁphe koni four-cornered kona side; corner < S. konā ‘corner’. See also koniir See konyir koni. konjo Konjo, place name. According to konɖeɁj, kõɽeɁj, koɖeɁj, kõɖeʔj axe. See also hjpa:134, note 9, this is an area in the Ɂ Ɂ ɖe j, ɖene j, kon2. “Kharia country” where a market is held once annually. konɖeŋ, kõɽeŋ, koleŋ bamboo. See also koleɁɖ. konkeɁ Act: make thin, weak (e.g. bad food); konɖo See konɖuɁ Mid: be thin, weak, slender; thin, weak, slender konɖol See komɖol konla See kanla konɖoy, kõɽoy fly (other than mosquito)

kono See kon3 konɖuɁ, kunɖuɁ, kõɽuɁ, konɖo, kuɖu, kuŋruʔ, kuʔɽu, kuɽu, kunɖu Act: have konoɁɖ Act: think; remember; Mid:-; gener. a child, bear children; Mid: become The form would seem to indicate that (like) a child (e.g. an elderly person); konoɁɖ derives from an earlier root Ɂ child; boy. See kon2, ɖuɁ. *ko ɖ, with the infix-nV- , but such a root kunɖuɁ ɖãs young mosquito (hjpa:180, is no longer found in the language, if this 102). See also ɖãs ‘mosquito’. analysis is correct. kunɖuɁ hakon family, kith and kin (cf. German Kind und Kegel); children konolkol population. See hjpa:161, notes for a (hjpa:280,44). See discussion under discussion of this construction, although hakon. konolkol is not discussed there. kunɖuɁsiŋ chick (hjpa:178,87). See also See also kol, -nV-, lebu konol. siŋkoy. kunɖuɁsor cylindrical grinding konon Act: make (s.th.) small; Mid: become

stone; also used to represent a child small; small. From kon-2 ‘(become) in a religious ceremony. See soreŋ. small’, with the no longer productive -nV- infix (see there). Now only found kone mouse; rat as a prefix in many words, often with a

105 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon konoy~korkoɁʈa

diminuitive sense. kononɖaɁ small, rather small or koɽaɁj lentils, pulse ‘smallish’ konon monon small, kind of small kõɽeɁj See konɖeɁj konoy razor. See also koy, -nV-. kõɽeŋ See konɖeŋ konrakhiya young man (14-19 years of age) hjpb:48,7, who notes that, according to koɽhi Act: make someone lazy (Caus one speaker, kon- here is an abbreviation preferred); Mid: become lazy; laziness; for konsel ‘young woman’, while rakhiya lazy (masculine); Caus: ko<Ɂb>ɽhi < S. comes from H. rakh- ‘put; keep’, so that koɽhī ‘lazy (m.)’. See also koɽhni. the original meaning was ‘one who can already have a wife’. He notes, however, koɽhni lazy (feminine) < S. koɽhnī ‘lazy (f.)’. that this derivation is questionable, See also koɽhi. as the root of konsel is sel ‘woman’, not kon, which once meant ‘small’ (cf. koɽi waist

kon2, konon). He suggests that kon here koɽiyaɁ dhoti samay bheirga “one probably has the meaning ‘child’ (cf. enjoys nice clothing only in the best konɖuɁ) so that the meaning may have years of one’s life” (hjpa:246,101) (my been ‘one who can keep/rear a child’. translation) See also jawan. konrakhiya jawan same as simplex koɽom Act: soften (tr) (Caus preferred); Mid: become soft; soft; Caus: ko<Ɂb>ɽom. konsel Act: make s.o. a woman (e.g. of God); See also lotem, mulayam, naram. Mid: be a grown woman; girl, young

woman. See also konon, kon2 (sel not kõɽoy See konɖoy used alone). konselɖuɁ woman koɽpa female genitals. See also copi. konsɽo See kõsɳo koɽra See korra

Ɂ Ɂ konʈhe ɖ, konthe ɖ bird. See also kon2. kõɽuʔ See konɖuʔ konyir, koniir pure (hjpa:267,19) koraŋga, korãga name of the last king of the Kharia. See also karɳdew, balabha. koɁpeɁɖ, kopeɁɖ Act: pull together, close (of clouds); keep one’s mouth shut (in koras chorus. See also dohar (Eng.) ); past: earlier; Mid: pull together, close (of clouds); keep one’s mouth shut korboray, karbaray Act:-; Mid: murmur (in anger); past: up to now (longer time, angrily < S. korborā- e.g., finally managed) kori 20 < S. korī / H. koɽī ‘score, 20’. See kop(u)ɽuɁ, kõp(u)ɽuɁ, koɖpuruɁ man also bis. koɽa Mundari (m.) See also kuɽi. koɽa is korkoɁʈa name of a village section, whereabouts the Mundari word for ‘boy’. unknown (from Kerkeʈʈā, 1990:13)

106 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 kormo~kosu

korkoɁʈa ʈola Korkota village (section) kosis effort, attempt < S. kośiś ‘effort, attempt’. See also kornis. kormo, korom, name of the fertility kosis karay conj.v. try celebration of the Kharia, celebrated in August-September (hjpa:250,113, citing kõsɳo, kosɽo, konsɽo, kõsɽo yeast (hjpa:183, rr:341f.) 115). Speakers I consulted were not aware of this meaning and said that kornis Act: try; Mid:-; (gener); attempt (n.). If kosɽo has no independent meaning, kornis functions as a complement, then it being found only in kosɽo jaŋ. is accompanied by the “light verb” karay kosɽo jaŋ, konsɽo jaŋ a type of medicine ‘do’. kornis can also function as a finite (= kanla, see there), used nowadays predicate. In both cases, the lexical head predominantly in making rice beer of the predicate appears as an infinitive (golaŋ). It is made up of a number in the Gen. A third means of expressing of different types of roots, dried and ‘try’ is with kosis karay, literally ‘do pulverized. It is also said to be used for an attempt’, plus the infinitive of the tonsilitis; leaven. lexical part of the predicate, in the Gen, kõsɳo peɁ, kosna peɁ cooked, dried followed by the postposition ghaɖ ‘for; and pulverized rice used to make purp’. rice-beer (golaŋ) kornis karay conj.v. try, attempt

kosna1 curse < H. kosnā ‘curse, abuse (v., n.)’ koroɁb, korop Act:-; Mid: become still; still aus Ɂ (adj.); C : ko< b>rob. Often appears kosna2 See kõsɳo in the perfect where the perfect in Eng. Ɂ ct id itr would not be used, as in koro b=siɁ=na! kosor1 A :-; M : dry up ( ); dry (adj.); “become.still =perf=a.irr” ‘Be quiet!’ grown thin, wasted away (hjpb:37,37); dry coconut; Caus: ko<Ɂb>sor; Doub korom See kormo Caus: obko<Ɂb>-sor. See also komsor. koroɲjo Pongamina glabra, the Karanj tree kosor2 left hand (hjpa:172,41) kõsɽo, kosɽo See kõsɳo korop See koroɁb kosu, kusu Act:-; Mid: be(come) sick; aus korra1, koɽra whip < S. koɽrā ‘whipe’ injure; sickness, disease, pain; C : ko<Ɂb>su, ko<Ɂ>su ‘hurt (tr), cause korra2 unused < H. korā ‘unused, new’ pain’ kosu bay conj.v. cure a sickness kos two miles < H. kos ‘measure of (Ḍuŋɖuŋ, 1999:306f.) approximately two miles’ (tobhluŋte) kosu ɖam conj.v. of troubles, pain to come to someone kosa1 edible pieces in oranges, jackfruits kosu dhoɁ conj.v. become sick (bg:166) kosu laɁ conj.v. be sad, hurt kosu ter conj.v. hurt, cause injury echo word kosa2 - for mesa kosu raŋga illness; difficulties bokoɁb kosu headache

107 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon koʈeɁ~kuca

laiɁj kosu stomacheache koynara Koynara, place-name, whereabouts koʈeɁ Act: dirty (tr); Mid: be(come) dirty unknown (hjpa: 240,86) koʈha (large) room; warehouse < H. koʈhā koyo, koyoɁ wind; ghost ‘granary, storehouse’ koyo ɖaɁ storm koʈhi melting oven < H. koʈhī ‘large house of krisʈ See khrisʈ brick or stone; storehouse’? kriscan, kristan, khriscan become Christian; kotka stick, small stick < S. koktā ‘stick, length Christian < Eng. See also krisʈ. of forearm, to throw to knock down fruit, khristan dharam the Christian religion etc.’ krisʈ, khrisʈ, khrisʈo Christ < Eng.? See also khriscan. bg kowa1 jackfruit seed ( :166) khrisʈi Christian. khrisʈo Christ bg kowa2 silk worm pupa ( :166) krus cross (n., Christian) (hjpa:261,11) < kowa3, kowaɁ See kauwa Portuguese cruz ‘cross’ krus daru cross (n., for crucifiction) koway Act: surprise s.o.; Mid: become surprised. Caus: ko<Ɂ>way, same kruskela Kruskela, name of a town in Simdega meaning as Act, no apparent semantic district difference. ksama, kṣama See chema koy1 See also koi

kub, kubi1, kubɽa (m.), kubɽi (f.) crooked, ct id koy2 A : shave (neutral); M : shave (longer bent; crippled < S. kūbɽā, kūbā, kūbɽī time). See also konoy, khuray. kūbī ‘humpbacked person (m./f.) koyboɁ daru name of the ceremony in

which the men shave their heads at kubi2 cauliflower < S. phul kobi ‘cauliflower’ a tree after a burial, described in poʈom kubi cauliflower hjpa:161,5 kublab Act: rinse out the mouth (of another koyal, koilo Koel person, e.g. a child) (tr); Mid: rinse out koyal ompay the Koel River one’s own mouth (tr) < S. kublab- ‘rinse the mouth’ koyil See koil2 kubɽa (m.), kubɽi (f.) See kub koyla charcoal < S. koilā ‘coal’ kuc, kuch, kuchu some (indef., amount) < S. koyna, koynaɁ, koina, koinaʔ who knows? kuch ‘something, anything’ (sentence particle) kuch kuch something kuca Act: pulverize (stone) by pounding; koynar fifth son of Semb(h)o and Dakay. See Mid: become pulverized < S. kuc- ‘break,

[AK, 1:8] bend’. See also thom1.

108 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 kuci~kulam

kuci small bolt (bg:167) kudha(y), kuɖha(y) Act: kudha: pile up (tr); pile, heap (n.) kuci small boil below the heel (bg:167) kudhe, kuɖhe Mid: kudhe: pile up (itr); kucʈaŋ rolled up < H. kuc- ‘be contracted’ kudha: gener of Act. Caus: ob-kudha, (hjpa:192,170) ku<Ɂb>dha; Doub Caus:ob-ku<Ɂb>dha < S. kudhā, kudh ‘heap (n.)’ kuch, kuchu See kuc kuhasa fog < S. kuhās ‘fog’, H. kuhāsā ‘mist, kuɖa the rose-apple true and its fruit (hjpa:239f. fog’ ‘Eugenia Jambolana, Lamk., a fruit tree’; bg hjp :167: ‘black berry’); a woman’s name kuhu1 kernel, (large) seed of fruit ( a:175,59) (hjpa:237: 75). Ɂ Ɂ kuɖa b See kunɖa b kuhu2 cuckoo, Endynamis honorata, a type of bird which lays its eggs in the nests of kuɖɽi, kudri a type of small hoe (< H. kudālī) crows (hjpa:224,43) < S. kuhu-kuhu kar- < S. koɽī, kudālī ‘hoe’. See also gaɁhwi. ‘(of a cuckoo) to call’ (onomatopoetic) kuɖu See konɖuɁ kuhuɽ dust < S. kuhuɽ ‘dust (in the air)’ kuhuɽ kuʈa dust, dust clouds (hjpa: kuɖuŋ Act:-; Mid: bow (in respect); Caus: 250,114) ku<Ɂb>ɖuŋ. See also birim. kui, kuy Act: find, get; Mid: be found, gotten; kuɖha See kudha(y) Caus (from Malhotra, 1982:166): ob-kui ‘cause to find’ kuɁɖhiŋ a fair (Malhotra, 1982:128: kuɖhiŋ ‘village’) kuɁj Act:-; Mid: dance; Caus: oɁb-kuj. See also kunuɁj. Ɂ Ɂ Ɂ kuda1 millet (grain) < S. kodo ‘little millet’. ku j-ku j masdar of ku j. ‘dance’ (n.) See also gaŋgay, lawa. kuda ɖaɳ millet field kukuɁj Act:-; Mid: be reserved or timid due to shyness kuda2 See kuday kul family < H. kul ‘tribe, community; sect; kudamba See kadam family (etc.)’

ct kuday, kuda2 A : chase someone; leap kulab wood-apple (bg:167;hjpa:173,46) (Malhotra,1982:186); make a horse run or jump (hjpa:220,29); Mid:-; gener; kulam sibling; brother; family. Used as a term Caus: oɁb-kuday, ku<Ɂb>ay ‘beat of address for men, especially in the someone badly for a long time’; Doub Pl. Perhaps related to H. kul (see above Caus: oɁb-ku<Ɂ>day < S. kudā- ‘chase’ under the entry kul)? kuda kudi, kuda no kudi hurriedly kulam ɖay (younger) sister; dear (f.) kudayga ol pursue, chase (hjpa:233,67); younger brother’s kudri See kuɖɽi wife (hjpa:245,99)

109 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon kulaŋ~kupuŋ

kulam kulam ɖay brothers and sisters; also a common means of addressing kuŋ Act:- (see Caus); for some speakers: a larger group of Kharia speakers. cause to swell; Mid: swell. Caus: oʔb- kuŋ kulaŋ Act:-; Mid: turn over; Caus: ku<Ɂb>laŋ, kuŋ-kuŋ masdar of kuŋ, ‘swollen’ oɁb-kulaŋ; Doub Caus: oɁb-ku<Ɂb>laŋ kuŋruɁ See konɖuɁ kulɖaɁ Act:-; Mid: get a fever; fever (bg: 167; kulɖuɁ) kuɲ Act: fold (a mat), cross (the legs); Mid: kulɖaɁ jaɁb conj.v. catch a fever become folded or crossed (kulɖaɁ is the grammatical subject, experiencer in the oblique case) kuɲji key < S. kũjī ‘key’ kulhu See kolhu kunɖa pot for rice-beer (golaŋ) < S. kūɽ, kūɽā ‘large earthen water pot, as used at the kulu turtle; name of one of the nine clans; used marriage feast of Cana’ as a family name. In one version of the kunɖaɁ, kũɽaɁ husk < S. kõɽhā ‘grain husk history of the Kharia, also the name of dust’ one of the original nine sons; a type of stringed instrument (hjpa: 250f.). Often kunɖaɁb, kuɖaʔb, kũɽaɁb back; behind (often spelled in Engl. or in H. reduplicated: kunɖaɁb kunɖaɁb) kulusor Kullu-Sor, ‘Turtle Stone’, place kunɖaɁbsiŋ behind name kunɖuɁ See konɖuɁ kuluɁtar cheek kuluɁtar lagay cumay kiss (s.o.) on the kunɖui basket cheek kunɖui ruŋ a basketful of rice, name of a ceremony described in hjpa:156. kumaŋ See komaŋ See also rumkuɁb. kumba thatched hut; tent kunɖum Act: carry a child in the arms; hug; Mid: (of children) be carried in the arms; kumbhar, kumhar potter < S. kumhār ‘potter’ be hugged; lap; hjpa:192,174 ‘bundle’. kumhar ʈoli name of a village section Related to konɖuʔ ? See also goʔ, ghõɽci, ʔ in Saldega (salɖaɁ) (lit.: “potters’ hintor, kaku j, paŋ, puŋ, sambhray2, ʔ village section”) ʈuɖaʔ, te j1, tuphaŋ, uɖum. kumhariya place name, no details (hjpa:232,63) kundri a kind of fruit (bg:167); Cephalandra indica, Naud, Cucurbitaceae, a kumle dry up (hjpb:48,11) cultivated climber whose fruit is edible. Cf. Mundari kunduri-naɳi (hjpa:174,53; kumoni, kumni a kind of fish trap. See also culu 198, 210). / culuɖoy, jhimori, lonɖra, mucu, soŋɖaɁ (hjpa:197,205; 226, 47, citing rr:105f. ‘a kunuɁj dance (n.) See kuj, -nV- little complicated self-acting trap made of bamboo strips’) kupuŋ mohua seed (bg:168; hjpa:174,55),

110 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 kũɽaɁ~kuʈum

perhaps related to jepuŋ, opuŋ, puŋ. (onomatopoetic). See also murum, murun; mohua fruit kurloɁ Kurlaga, name of a village. See also hjp ( a:247f.). See also pako. -loɁ1. kũɽaɁ See kunɖaɁ kuruɖ a type of mushroom, kuruɖ uɖ hjp ( a:176,69) See also uɖ2, puʈ uɖ, kũɽaɁb See kunɖaɁb puɖub. kuɽboɁ cited in hjpa:189,154 from fgd with a kurukuru dove; the sound made by this bird meaning similar to ‘rainhat’. See guŋgu. (hjpa:239,83) < H. kurkur ‘crunching or munching sound’? (onomatopoetic). See kuɽel having beautiful curves (e.g. the female also kurdur, kurkur. breast); smooth, shining (e.g. fruit) (hjpa:243,94) kurumuʈu Act: do with difficulty; Mid:-; gener; difficulty; with difficulty kuɽi Mundari (f.) See also koɽa. The name means ‘girl’ in Mundari. kusal able, capable, qualified h ( jpa:265, 17); well-being (hjpa: 276,35) < H. kuśal kuɽmuɽay Act:-; Mid: get angry ‘skilful, deft, expert; healthy; happy; kuɽmuɽe Act/Mid:-; gener < H. kuɽmuɽā-, well-being’ kuɽbuɽā-, kaɽmaɽā- ‘grumble, murmur unhappily’ kusar cocoon of the silk-worm (hjpa:184, 125) < S. koṣā ‘cocoon of jungle silk worm’ kũɽuɁ, kuʔɽu See konɖuɁ kusu See kosu kũɽuɁ sor See kunɖuɁsor under konɖuʔ. kuʈa echo-word for kuhuɽ kuɽhay Act: make s.o. angry or jealous kuʈasi hammer < S. kuʈāsī ‘small hammer’ kuɽhe Mid: become angry or jealous < H. kuɽh- kuʈasi luaŋ wrought-iron ‘become vexed, resentful, jealous’, kuɽhā- ‘irritate, make jealous’ kuʈi bit < S. kaʈik ‘bit, not a lot, a little’. See also kaʈiɁj. ct kur1, ghur A : close (animals) into a stall; Mid: become enclosed into a stall (of kuʈra See khuʈra animals) (bg:152 ghur ‘drive cattle back home’) < S. ghur- ‘return’? kuʈum Act: make someone family (e.g. through marriage); Mid: become family kur2 the month of (e.g. through marriage); family (in hjpb:34,19, this is given as ‘lap’ (Schoß), kurdur dove. See also kurukuru (onomatopoetic) apparently a misprint for kunɖum ‘lap’, which occurs in the preceding sentence) kurinthiyõ Letters to the Corinthians (Bible, < S. kuʈum(b) ‘family; relative’ New Testament) isiʈ kuʈum like one family. isiʈ appears to have no independent meaning. kurkur (turtle-)dove. See also kurukuru kuʈumgar, kuʈumgari the wife’s family,

111 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon kuʈuwã ɖaɳ~khandan

“the in-laws” kuʈumati of the [Kharia] tribe khãjh mãjh Act/Mid: lease. No apparent semantic difference < S. khãjh-mãjh-. kuʈuwã ɖaɳ Kutuwa Field, appears to be a See also bãdha. place-name (hjpa:243f.) khakhanɖapur Khakhandapur, place name kuwã, kũwa well (n.), broader and much deeper than a cumɖaɁ < S. kuā̃ ‘well’. khãkhaɽa, khãkhɽa, khaŋkɽa (big) crab < S. See also ɖãɽi. khakhrā ‘crab’ khãkhaɽajor ompay Crab River, place kũwãr (m.), kũwara unmarried (hjpa,155: name (hjpa:134, fn. 27). See also hjp 24;160:1), young man ( a:247,104) < jor2. S. kũvār chõɽā/chõ­ɽī ‘unmarried boy/ girl’. See also kuwãri. khali Act: empty (tr); Mid: become empty; kũwar saheɁb crown prince (hjpa: empty; only < S. khālī ‘empty’ 230,59); personal name (hjpa: 232f.) raja kũwar crown prince (hjpa: 260, 10) khama See chema kuwãri (f.) unmarried; girl (hjpa:219,27; khaŋkɽa See khãkɽa hjpb:60,82) < S. kũvār chõɽā / chõɽī­ ‘unmarried boy/girl’. See also kuwãr(a). khaɲjaloya Khanjaloya, name of a town, perhaps in Gumla district kuy See kui khaɳiɁj See kaɳiɁj kuyu pot. See also tomkui < S. kuhiyā ‘large earthen pot’? khanɖ, khand, khandha shoulder < S. khãdh ‘shoulder’. See also taran.

khanɖo, khãɽo Act: chop up, cut (saɁ, potatoes); Mid: be cut up < S. khā̃ɽā ‘piece’. See also khanɖa. *kh* ct id gener khabar, khabhair A : inform; M :-; ; khanɖa1, khãɽa section, piece, split < S. khā̃ɽā news < S. khabar ‘news’ ‘piece’. See also khanɖo. khabardar! beware!

khabar kayom news khanɖa2 sword < S. khãɖā ‘sword’ khabar laɁ conj.v. of news to spread khabhair ɖoɁɖ conj.v. inform, stay in khanda, khandha See khanɖ contact with s.o. khandhagar relative (?), hjpa:160:2. From khaibar See khaybar khandan? Unknown to speakers I consulted. khaja a kind of sweet. See also khawna. khandan family, house, clan (hjpb:47,8,3). See khajar gazelle, deer; Malhotra, 1982:237: also khandhagar. ‘rabbit’; hjpb:46, story 7: ‘antelope’

112 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 khanɖi~khatam

khanɖi basket which holds one seer (hjpa:179,95) something into ashes; Mid: become ashes; ash(es) < S. rākh ‘ashes’? khanʈa Sadri, name of ethnic groups which make use of Sadri (hjpa:126, fn. 29) kharpa shoe; sandal < S. kharpā ‘sandals whose sole is with a piece of car tire or khapa Act: lean against s.th. (e.g. when standing leather, of the cheap type (in opposition up); support (e.g. the head); Mid: be used to the better-quality caʈi)’ as a prop (e.g. when standing up) kharpaʈ buttocks khapay Act: cover, put a lid on khas See khaskhasa khape Mid: be covered < S. khāp- ‘close (door, lid, etc.)’ (itr) khasi Act: castrate (a male goat); Mid: become castrated; castrated male goat; Caus: khapra roof tile < S. khaprā ‘tile’ khasi (hjpa:182, 114). See also bakra < S. khasi ‘castrated’, khasiyā- khapu name of a bird (bg:168) ‘castrate’. khasi ɖaɁ, khasi mãs goat meat khaɽ, khaɽiɁ (small) river khaskhasa, khas Act: make s.th. rough, khãɽa See khanɖa roughen; Mid: become rough; rough, bristly < S. khaskhasā ‘rough’. See also khaɽiɁ See khaɽ khaskhaskha, khasra, khasraha. khaɽiya, kheɽiya Kharia, name of an ethnic khaskhaskha having scabies < S. khāsu group and their language, also used as a ‘scabies’. See also khasra, khasraha, family name. khaskhasa. khaɽiya ghaʈ, khaɽiya ghaʈo Kharia Ghat, place name. khasra itch; scabies < S. khāsu ‘scabies’. See khaɽiya jati the Kharia people also khasraha, khaskhaskha, khaskhasa. khaɽiya ʈoli Khariatoli, name of a city in Gumla district. khasraha having scabies < S. khāsu ‘scabies’. See also khasra, khas-khaskha, khaɽkhaɽi Meaning unclear. Occurs in [MS, khaskhasa. 1:14] in a popular etymology of the word “Kharia”. See also khaɽ. khaʈi, khatiya cot, bed, bedstead, with woven strings to support the weight < S. khāʈī, khãɽo See khanɖo khaʈiyā ‘bed’ khaɽu ox-cart khatir for the sake of, because of (with Gen) < S. khātir ‘because of’ kharab Act: make bad, sad, unhappy; Mid: become bad; bad; sad, unhappy < S. khaʈiya See khaʈi kharāp ‘bad’ khatam Act: bring to an end, finish; Mid: kharom Act: add ashes to something; turn come to an end; end (n.); Caus: oɁb-

113 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon khatara~khis

khatam, kha<Ɂb>tam; Doub Caus: oɁb- be bad, be naughty ka<Ɂb>tam < S. khatam ‘end’ khatam karay conj.v. end (tr); finish kheti Act / Mid: farm, cultivate (tr, e.g. a (tr) field); agriculture, farming, cultivation; field (?) < S.khetī ‘agriculture’ khatara, khatra danger < S. khatarā ‘danger’ kheti bari agriculture kheti karay conj.v. work the fields khawna a kind of sweets < S. khāwnā ‘a kind kheti usloɁ agricultural fields of sweets’. See also khaja. ct id gener khewa1 A : row a boat; M :-; ; oar < S. khayal Act: take care of someone; Mid:-; khevā ɖā̃g ‘oar’ gener; care (of people). See also khyal; ct bg both undoubtedly derive from the same khewa2 A : fathom ( :169); Not accepted by source < H. khayāl ‘thought, opinion; speakers I consulted. attention (to s.o. or s.th.); care’ khibiŋ See kibhiŋ khaybar, khaibar name of a village section in either Nawadicenpur or khijray Act: irritate s.o. (stem in -ay only) Katkahirajawal, both in Gumla district. khijre Mid: become irritated (both stems id See also kay1 and kaybar with respect to possible with M with no apparent a popular etymology of the name. difference in meaning). Caus: khijrway ‘irritate s.o.’ < S. khijr- ‘become angry’, kheɁɖ Act: bite; Mid:-; kheɁɖ-kheɁɖ: gener; Caus khijruvā- Caus: oɁb-kheɁɖ; Doub Caus: oɁb- kh<Ɂ>ɖ. See also akeɁɖ. khili See kili kheɁɖ jol bite, etc (echo-word formation). Passive marking is added to both khilpait need (n.) lexemes. E.g. kheɁɖɖuŋga jolɖuŋga ‘being bitten over and over’ khim Act: knead (bg:169: ‘press gently’); Mid:-; khim-khim gener khelawna doll < H. khelaunā / khilaunā ‘toy’ khiɽki window < S. khiɽkī ‘window’ kheliyay Act: scrape (skin) (bg:169: ‘peel skin of an animal’); khirom large river. Larger than either jhariya or kheliye Mid: kheliye be scraped (of skin); ompay. (hjpa:222,36 khirom joɖaɁ ‘Koel kheliyay: gener of Act. See also River’; hjpb:53,9 khirom ompay ‘Sankh ʔ ʔ chochray / chochre, gotaʔ, ge ɖ, gu ɖ2, River’) ʔ kay1, ko j, khokhray / khokhre. khirsom Act: kick (bg:169, who gives it as a khenɖo incomplete (hjpa:167,5) “transitive verb” (here: “Act”)). Known to speakers I questioned, although they kheɽiya See khaɽiya themselves do not use this term. Hence, no data on the use in the Mid voice are kheɽvel villainy, vice; naughty, wicked available. (hjpa:107, note 125) kheɽvel karay conj.v. do wicked things; khis, khisay Act:-; Mid: be(come) angry; Caus:

114 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 khiyal~khoɽay

oɁb-khisay, khi<Ɂ>say, khi<Ɂb>say, khoda cinha tatoo khisway; Doub Caus: ob-khi<Ɂ>say, oɁb-khi<Ɂb>say, oɁb-khisway. anger (khis khodiya type of loincloth worn by men only). The form khis is considered by khodiya toloŋ type of loincloth some to be non-standard in predicative Ɂ function. < S. khisā- ‘be angry’, khĩs kho j1 time. See also khõɽo. ‘anger’. See also ragom, raktay. khoɳoɁj, khoɳeɁj, khõɽeɁj, khiste ɖel conj.v. become angry khõɽeɁj mene little, somewhat (bg:170, ‘few minutes’); short time (hpja, khiyal See khyal 154, d:17; 157, fn. d:17). See also -nV-. khoɁ1 place khoɳej loɁɖhoyaɁ loɁɖho ‘(for) some khoɁtay, khoɁte up to (with Gen); near time; a little later. (with Gen or direct case)

khoj2 searching < S. khoj ‘search’

=khoɁ2 predicative marker denoting the simple khoj puchar searching past. Derives from sikh=oɁ [perf =pt], the past perfect. khokhray Act: scrape, scrub

id khoɁ3 meaning unclear. Found in the following khokhre M : be scrubbed < S. khokhrā- ‘get expressions: hokhoɁghayga ‘in that way’ scraped’, khokr- ‘scrape’ (sic!, Blain, ukhoɁghayga ‘this way’. This expression 1975:148). See also choch-ray/chochre, ʔ ʔ ʔ is found in my own texts and while gotaʔ, ge ɖ, gu ɖ2, kay1, ko j, kheliyay/ speakers understood the meanings, they kheliye. were unable to explain the meaning of khoɁ here. hjpa:274f. writes that this is to kholay, khulay Act: kholay: open (tr) be understood as ‘place’, although this seems unlikely to me. See also ukhoɁ. khole, khule Mid: khole: open (itr); kholay: gener of ative. Caus: ob-kholay, kho<Ɂb>lay; khob See khub Doub Caus: oɁb-kho<Ɂb>lay < S. khol- ‘open’ (tr) (Blain, 1975:117), khul- ‘be khõɁca a fold in the cloth of a loincloth or open’ (Jordan-Horstmann, 1969: 148) saree used as a pocket (hjpa:246,102) < kholɖaɁ leaf-plate, a plate made of leaves S. koẽcā ‘the pocket in front of the sari’ pressed together (Jordan-Horstmann, 1969:148) khomso long, thin hair-needles (hjpa:233, 67) khoɖ Act:-; Mid: get stuck; Caus: o-khoɖ ‘hang’ (tr) (bg:170) khoɳha, khõɽha group, part, section From khanɖa1? < S. (ādmī) gohɽā ‘crowd’? Ɂ Ɂ ʔ khõɖe j See khoɳe j under kho j1. khoɳo See khõɽo khoda Act: paint someone, tattoo someone; hjp id Ɂ Ɂ engrave in stone ( b: 60,87); M : khoɳo j See kho j1 paint oneself; be painted / tattooed, etc.; tatoo; Caus: oɁb-khoda < S. khodā khoɽay Act: overeat; Mid:-; gener < S. khoɽ-. (cinhā) ‘tattoo’ (n.) See also ʈeɽay.

115 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon khõɽeɁj~khur

Ɂ Ɂ ʔ khõɽe j See khoɳo j under kho j1. khriscan See kristan khoɽi part of a village; village (bg:170, ‘big khrisʈ, khrisʈi, khrisʈo See krisʈ village’). Often used interchangeably in actual speech with poɁda and ʈoli < S. khristaan, khristan See kriscan khoir ‘small village’. khuɁ Act: cough; Mid:-; khuɁ-khuɁ: gener khõɽi half a maund (bg:170) khub, khob, khoub very (much) < S. khūb Ɂ khõɽo, khõɽho time, turn. See also kho j1. ‘very (much)’ khõɽo + Infinitive just as, at the same moment as. See also seriyat khud Meaning unclear, found in hjpb:53,3. hin khõɽho at that time khukharagaɽh, khukhra the village of khõɽri, khoɽri hollow of a tree < H. khoɖar Khukharagarh, exact location unknown ‘hollow in a tree’ but in the general vicinity of Ranchi. Kharia name is ɖurunɖa (hjpa:124,81; khõɽha See khoɳha MS 1:214) khõɽho See khõɽo khũkhri mushroom < S. khokhɽī, khukhɽī, khõkhɽī, khũkhɽī ‘mushroom’. See also ʔ ʔ khor predicative marker denoting a prolonged puɖub, puʈ u ɖ, u ɖ2. continuation, similar to the Eng. ‘keep on’, ‘go on’, ‘continue’. Lexical base khulay, khule See kholay, khole of the predicate is usually the masdar, i.e., monosyllabic roots and stems are khun blood; killing < H. khūn ‘blood; killing’ often reduplicated, polysyllabic roots and stems always appear in their simple khunʈo (wooden or other) post, pole; stick; mast

forms. See also loɁ2 and kan3, which of a ship; echo-word for daru; tree-stem; have somewhat similar meanings. clan of the founders of the village (hjpa, 149, fn. i); generation (hjpa, 150, fn.i) < khora name of a herdsman ghost (hjpa:207, 9) S. khuʈā ‘post, pole’. See also khuʈay, khũʈo. khorkhoro a type of wild-cat khunʈo khunʈo from generation to generation. khoɁtaŋ guard over, tend. Not in current use. khunʈo purkhãwti boɽdā suŋ puja From hjpa:73, note 36: khoɁtaŋ ‘young ancestor worship (hjpa,149, fn. i) cattle’, used with the meaning ‘let graze, guard’. See also koŋtaŋ. khupay Act: sink (axe, plow, etc.) into (s.th.) (tr) khota1 nest < S. khotā ‘nest’. See also thoka. khupe Mid: sink into (of an axe, plow, etc.) (itr) khota2 extended family khur hoof < S. khur ‘hoof’ khoub See khub

116 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 khuray~laɁ2

khuray Act: shave (someone else); Mid: shave (oneself); gener of Act; Caus: oɁb-kuray, *l* ku<Ɂb>ray; Doub Caus: oɁb-ku<Ɂb>ray -l, -al participial suffix which some speakers < S. (daɽhī) khurā- ‘shave (a beard)’. use in conjunction with S. loan predicates

See also koy1. which end in -a or -ay, whereby the -y is dropped, resulting in the ending -al. khurji goods, possessions, property. Can also Used only with these S. loan words and be used in Pl < S. dhān khurjī ‘(grain) not accepted by other speakers as correct. property’.

la1 of course khus, khusi Act: make happy, pleased; Mid:

be(come) happy or pleased; pleased < S. la2 form of addressing friends and inferiors. khus, khusī ‘happy’ Used only for and generally by men, or

khus karay conj.v. please (tr), make for God. See also e, he, le, lo, re1, ri; no2. s.o. happy

khus un conj.v. like laɁ1, la3 then (conjunction) laɁ haɁniŋ then (conjunction) khuʈay Act: tie to a post; Mid: be tied to a post ct id < S. khuʈ- ‘tie up (an animal)’. See also laɁ2 A :-; M : seem; take (time); be khunʈo ‘post’, etc. attached; Most commonly used as a “light verb”, usually an emotive “light khũʈ (ɖãʈ) a certain kind of village spirit verb”, found in the “conjuct-verb” (hjpa:206,7, with reference to rr:347ff.) predicates given below. In emotive khũʈ baghiya a certain kind of spirit predicates, the experiencer appears (hjpa:206,7). See also baghiya. in the oblique case and the stimulus is the grammatical subject. Caus: oɁb-laɁ, khũʈo head of family. Almost certainly derives la<Ɂb>aɁ; Doub Caus: oɁb-la<Ɂb>aɁ < from khunʈo, if it is not in fact the same S. lag-, lāg- ‘start; attach’. word. See khunʈo. accha laɁ conj.v. like, find appealing alay balay laɁ conj.v. be(come) restless khuʈra, kuʈra a small forest, grove (hjpa:207,9, ansa laɁ conj.v. become annoyed, etc. noting that rr gives this form as kuʈra) baj-baj laɁ conj.v. like (hjpb:56,48; the form laɁnaɽ at the end of this khyal, khiyal attention; thought, idea < H. line appears to be a mistype for the khayāl ‘thought, opinion; attention (to question mark ‘?’) s.o. or s.th.); care’. See also khayal. baru laɁ conj.v. like, be(come) happy khyal ayij conj.v. be of the opinion bes laɁ conj.v. seem good, be pleasant khiyal ɖel conj.v. think of something; betoɁɖ laɁ conj.v. be(come) hungry have an idea (experiencer in oblique betoɁɖ ɖaɁ laɁ conj.v. be(come) thirsty case) botoŋ laɁ conj.v. be(come) afraid khyal un conj.v. pay attention to, attend caɁɖo laɁ conj.v. feel the desire to, want to or wish to (hjpb:61,8) ɖaɁ piyas laɁ conj.v. be(come) thirsty raŋga laɁ conj.v. feel cold saŋgo laɁ conj.v. become friends, of friendship to become

117 Ɂ Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon laɁ3~la ɖna

sog laɁ conj.v. fell pity laɁ5 try (with infinitive). Note: Not a true sukhoboɁ laɁ conj.v. like, be pleasant conative, as the action can also end up timsoŋ laɁ conj.v. of fire to break out being successful. Probably a secondary

urumɖaɁ laɁ conj.v. feel hot, sweat use of laɁ3. (hjpa:212,4) ct id laɁ6 A : cut (plants, wood); M :-; laɁ-laɁ: aux ct id mperfective gener laɁ3 iliary. A :-; M : I . This lexeme was not accepted by auxiliary: this is by far the most common all speakers I questioned but is found in use of this auxiliary, which appears with Pinnow’s texts, e.g. hjpa:39 < H. lag- ‘hit the infinitive form, e.g. ɲoɁna laɁkiɲ ‘I or strikte; be cut by a knife’ (McGregor, was eating.’ However, it can also appear 1997:879). with the infinitive with the meaning ct ‘begin; continue’. No Caus formations < laɁ7 A : peel wood with a small hand-axe, S. lag-, lāg- ‘start; attach’. whittle; Mid: be peeled with It seems to me that the fact that laɁ can a small hand-axe, whittled. Probably

mean both ‘imperfective’, often with related to laɁ6. a progressive interpretation, as well ct id as ‘begin’, can only be accounted for laɁ8 A :-; M : need, want, like, generally by the fact that this morpheme derives used in offering someone something, from the S. form meaning ‘begin’ but e.g. caha laɁtabar? ‘Would you like

originally with the meaning ‘begin and some tea?’. Note that, unlike laɁ1, the continue’. Note that there is a similar experiencer is here the subject. category (from a semantic point of view, although not related in terms of form) lacaɁ, leca Act:-; Mid: sprain one’s ankle in Mundari, the so-called “indefinite (bg:170: ‘limp’) past” in -jan, which signifies “that the Subject or Agent went to do a certain lachan behaviour, character; sign, characteristic work or began some action, and that he < S./H. lachan/lakṣaɳ ‘sign’ has not yet completed or discontinued it: …” (Hoffmann, 1905:183, emphasis lachmi Lakshmi, an important goddess in in original). As such, it is conceivable , wife of Viṣɳu < H. lakṣmī that laɁ in this function in Kharia has replaced another morpheme of Munda laɁɖ Act: bake (chapatis); roast (tr); Mid: origin, although this is pure speculation bake (chapatis) (tr) (seldom); laɁɖ-laɁɖ: at the moment. gener; Caus: oɁb-laɖ, la<Ɂ>ɖ; Doub Similarly, hel- in S. has a similar Caus: oɁb-la<Ɂ>ɖ distribution, which I assume is due to Munda influence. laɁɖa, laɖɖa, laɖa Act: laugh; Mid:-; gener; Caus: la<Ɂb>ɖa bg laɁ4 if ( :170f.). This would seem to be in reference to the use of laɁ in conditional laɖchõy vicinity (hjpa:132, 8; 134, fn. 8, sentences. It is, however, to my uncertain) knowledge only found in the apodosis, never in the protasis. laɖɖa See laɁɖa laɁkon if (bg:171) laɁɖna merchandise < H. ladnā ‘be loaded

118 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 laɖu~lakha1

(goods)’. See also ladna, laɁdha / la(i)j beso, la(i)Ɂj besu one’s fill, until laɁdhe. the stomach is full laɁj baɁ Mid: lie on belly. Meaning of laɖu round; ball < S. laɖu ‘ball’ baɁ unclear. laɁj ɖul Act: get diarrhoea, dysentary ladna loading. See also laɁdha / laɁdhe, laɁɖna (experiencer marked by =te); Mid:-; < H. ladnā ‘be loaded (goods)’ diarrhoea, dysentary laɁj kusu stomache ache laɁdha, Act: load onto s.th. See also ladna, laɁɖna laik worthy < S. laik ‘worthy’ laɁdhe Mid: be loaded onto s.th. laiʈ beam (of wood) (hjpa:169,20). See also ladhu a man’s name kaɳ, bhaɳiya.

Ɂ ct id lae See lay la j1 A : peel; M : be peeled

Ɂ ct lagam bridle < H. lagām ‘bridle’ la j2 A : dig and remove grass (with a hoe); Mid: be dug and removed (of grass, with lagay, lãghay Act: set, put, apply, plant a hoe) (seeds); throw (color on someone during Ɂ Ɂ Holi); bring across (e.g. a river) < H. la j3 See lai j lagā- ‘attach’ (tr) laɁjbaɁ See laiɁj lãge, lãghe Mid: cross (e.g. a river), jump across; gener of Act. Caus: oɁb-lagay, laɁjɖul See laiɁj la<Ɂ>gay; Doub Caus: oɁb-la<Ɂ>gay < S. (pār) lãghā-/lā̃gh- ‘cross (tr/itr)’ lain canal supplying water to a field; line < Eng. lagbhag approximately < S. laghbhag laine lain in a line < S. -e ‘foc’ ‘approximately’ lait shove < S. lāith, H. lāt lagle fixed, necessary. Participle of S. lāg- / lag- ‘be adjacent/fixed to’ + -e ‘foc’. lakar fat (bg:171) laghu a man’s name lakchya aim (bg:171) lahar pain (bg:171) < H. lahar ‘wave; delight; lakɽa leopard (bg:171) frenzy; fit, convulsion’ (?) laksman Lakṣmaɳ, the younger brother of Ram lahasuwa name of a rāg ‘musical melody’ (hjpb:61,10) lahsay Act: bend (tr); Mid: bend (itr) < S. lakh ‘100,000’ < H. lākh ‘100,000’ lahs- ‘bend’ ct lakha1 A : observe very carefully, watch Ɂ Ɂ ct id id gener lai j, la j3 A : make pregnant; M : become attentively; M :-; . Cf. Brajbhasa, pregnant; stomach, belly Awadhi lakh- ‘see, look at’.

119 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon lakha2~laɽe

questioned) lakha2 See dakha laŋgɽa, laŋɽa (m.), laŋɽi (f.) Act: make lame; lakha pati very many, too much/many < H. Mid: be lame; lame < S. lãgɽā (m.), lãgɽī lakhpati ‘millionaire’ (?) (f.) ‘lame’ lalac avarice, greed < H. lalac ‘desire, covet’. laŋghe overflow (hjpb:61,24) See also lalcay / lalce, lobh, lobhay / lobhe, lobhi. laŋɽa, laŋɽi See laŋgɽa lalcay Act: make s.o. covet; cause the mouth to laŋʈa Act: make naked; take off s.o.’s clothes; water Mid: become naked; naked < S. lagʈā (m.), lãgʈī (f.) ‘naked’ lalce Mid: become desirous; of the mouth to water (possessor of mouth is the subject) lan Act: of fire to burn something (fire is < S. lālac kar- ‘covet’. See also lalac, subject, tr); Mid: catch fire (burned lobh, lobhay / lobhe, lobhi. entity is subject, itr); Caus: oɁb-lan lalʈen lantern < S. lālʈen (< H < Eng.?) lanɖam gungu (a type of vine) (hjpa: 175,60: ‘a creeper yielding rope, Bauhinia lam Act: seek, look for; want; Mid:-; lam-lam scandens’) gener; hunt; Caus: oɁb-lam, la<Ɂ>m; lanɖam laraɁ the gungu vine Doub Caus: oɁb-la<Ɂ>m lam-lam hunt(ing) landar incorrect < H. lãd-phãd ‘deceit’ lam-lam eboɁ conj.v. hunt landar phandar incorrect; bull shit, garbage (of speech) lamɖom the lamdom tree laph a handful < S. lāph ‘open handful’ lam-lam See lam laphay Act: bend (s.th.) down < S. lapha-/laph- laŋ tongue; language. Perhaps originally the ‘bend (tr/itr)’ combining form of laŋab? See also aloŋ, laphe Mid: bend down (itr)

loŋ1. laphŋga cave. See also lata, manɖa. laŋab taste (v.) (hjpa:275,33: A); Pinnow gives this entry with the form laŋ-ab, which laɽai See laɽay would seem to indicate that he considers it to derive from laŋ ‘tongue’. The laɽaŋ See laɽhaŋ “suffix” -ab may then be the same as in absib ‘begin(ning)’ and perhaps other laɽay, laɽai Act: laɽay: fight someone < S. lexemes. It could also be that laŋ was laɽ- ‘fight’ once the combining form of laŋab which laɽe Mid: laɽe: fight buŋ ( ‘with’); laɽay: later became a separate lexeme. gener. Caus: la<Ɂb>ɽay, la<Ɂb>- ɽe; Doub Caus: oɁb-la<Ɂb>ɽay, oɁb- laŋgay Act: stomp (hjpa:72 (first word on la<Ɂb>ɽe page; 73, fn. 52; unknown to speakers I laɽai war

120 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 laɽhaŋ~leɁb

laɽai hoy conj.v. of war to break out laʈpaʈay Act: smear; Mid: 1. become smeared; laɽe bhiɽe fight 2. grow like a creeper (all the way up laɽai bhiɽai war the tree) < H. laʈpaʈ(ā) ‘tangled; not laɽai bhiɽai hoy conj.v. of war to take properly folded or wound’; laʈpaʈā- place ‘stagger, stumble’ laɽai jhagaɽa fight, argument

laʈh1 important person, e.g. laʈh saheb laɽhaŋ, luɽhuŋ, laɽaŋ luɽuŋ move with ‘important lord’ < H. laʈ ‘lord, governor dangling or swinging arms (hjpa:165:4); (in British India)’ dangling, swinging (especially of the ct genitals) laʈh2, laʈha A : make s.th. sticky (e.g. with sugar); Mid: become sticky < S. laʈaik laɽhoɽay Act: move things here and there; jā- ‘stick, cling’ Mid: move (itr) here and there. The stem laɽhoɽe is possible in the Mid, but laʈhi stick < S. lāʈhī ‘stick, cane, club’. See speakers I questioned said that it is not also laʈhiyay. generally used. laʈhiyay Act: beat with a stick; Mid: be beaten lar saliva < S. lar ‘saliva’ with a stick < S. lathiā- ‘kick’. See also laʈhi, lethiyay. laraɁ See laraŋ lata, latra Act: make a hole; Mid: of a hole to be dug; hole; cave < S. latra ‘rat hole’. laraɁj coal in a fire, flame < S. āig laharā See also laphŋga, manɖa. ‘flame’ (?) lauwa long gourd < S. lauwā ‘long gourd’ laraŋ, laraɁ creeper, vine < S. larãg ‘creeper, vine’ lawa puffed gaŋgay grain; parched or puffed dak laraŋ grape vine (hjpa:273,30) rice (hjpa:176,70). See also gaŋgay,

kuda1. lar jhar brother’s family; extended family, family network. Cf. Brajbhasa lār lawka lightning < H. laukā ‘lightning, flash’ ‘continuous line, row’ (?) lawlin engrossed, absorbed entirely (mentally) laroɁ date (fruit), date palm (hjpa:233,67: (hjpb:49,21) < H. lau-līn ‘engrossed, ‘Phoenix silvestris’) absorbed entirely’ las corpse < S. lāś ‘corpse’ lay, lae Act: dig, dig out; Mid: be dug lasa gum < S. lāsā ‘glue’ le, lei honorable form of address, similar in meaning to H. jī. Used only for and by ct tr laʈkay A : swing, sway ( ); crease; hang up men. See also e, he, la2, lo, no2, re1, ri. (a poster) See also jhuke, jhule. laʈke Mid: swing, sway (itr); become creased; =le marker of 1st person, Pl, Excl be hung up (a poster) < H. laʈak-/laʈkā- ‘hang, swing (itr/tr)’ leɁb Act/Mid: smear, plaster No apparent semantic difference < S. lip- ‘plaster’.

121 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon leɁbɖom~leŋ

See also jolom. lebʈo Act: smear; Caus: ob-lebʈo. lei See le The meaning of the element ʈo is unclear. Perhaps the same element leɁj Act: curse, abuse verbally; Mid: curse, as in toʔbɖaʔ ‘mud’? From hjpa, etc. (seldom); leɁj-leɁj: gener; Caus: oɁb- 155, 23f.; unknown to speakers I lej; Doub Caus: oɁb-le<Ɂb>j. See also questioned. koleɁj, leneɁj. leɁj lija, leɁj liya curse s.o. badly, entirely leɁbɖom boss. Appears to derive from a lexical root, leɁb, which is no longer used, and lekin, lekan but; other than, only (hjpa:276f.) < the 3rd person possessive marker ɖom. S. lekhi ‘but’ See also gomke, malik. lekoɁ bent, hunched (of the back) lebdha Act: throw; Mid:-; gener < S. lebdā, (hjpa:193,181). See also keʈoŋ. lebdhā- ‘throw’ lekhan, lekhe, lekhen, lekhuɁɖ kind, way; like lebeɁbɖel ascending slope (+ Gen / direct case, postposition) < S. ehe lekhe, i lekhe ‘in this way’ lebʈo See leʔb lelem become unconscious; fall asleep. See lebu person; man also lemeɁɖ, with partial reduplication. In lebu karay conj.v. make (s.o.) a „whole“ [MT, 1:198]. Unknown to other speakers or useful person (hjpb: 43,11) I consulted. lebu konol census. See also kol, konol- kol. lelgar loving(ly), very dear < S. lelgar ‘dear’ lebu lusuj people lebu pablik (the) people lembo lemon < S. lembu ‘lemon’ lebui Act: love (strongly); show mercy; Mid: lemeɁɖ Act: put someone to bed (not acceptable love (somewhat); sympathy, mercy, to all; for these speakers, the Caus must love, pity. See also lenebui. be used to obtain this meaning); Mid: lebui un conj.v. love go to bed, go to sleep; sleep (n.); Caus: oɁb-lemeɖ, le<Ɂ>meɖ; Doub Caus: oɁb- leca See lacaɁ le<Ɂ>meɖ. See also lelem. lemeɁɖ caʈke conj.v. wake up (itr) leɁɖ Act:-; Mid: hide (itr), be(come) hidden; lemeɁɖ ɖel conj.v. become tired Caus: oɁb-leɖ; Doub Caus: oɁb-le<Ɂ>ɖ. lemeɁɖ laɁ conj.v. become sleepy hjpa:255,130 has the form o-leɖ, which lemeɁɖ limiɁɖ fall asleep would seem to be a Caus form. See lemeɁɖ piɁj conj.v. wake up also dobray / dobre, japaʔ, lukay / luke, lemeɁɖ yar conj.v. wake up okuʔb, (lutui) raŋgoʔ, reprepay, somte. leɁɖ-leɁɖ masdar of leɁɖ lemu Act:-; Mid: become damp; Caus: le<Ɂ>mu. See also lomjim, salad. ledra rag < S. ledrā ‘rags, old clothes’ leŋ Act:-; Mid: leŋ fly; fly up;leŋ-leŋ : gener; lege Come on! < S. leg- ‘take, carry along’? Caus: oɁb-leŋ (Malhotra, 1982:165

122 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 leŋga~likha

gives the form o-leŋ); No Doub Caus happy, etc. formation, simple Caus is used lereɁ hoy conj.v. to be happy leŋga leŋga! ‘hurry! quick!’ (interjection) lereɁ kongher (m.), lereɁ konsel (f.) friend of the arts leŋga Act:-; Mid: be on the left (bg:173); lereɁna dino Sabbath, feast day Caus: le<Ɂb>ŋga (hjpa:263,14) leŋge Act:-; Mid: flow, float; Caus: leru Act:-; Mid: rest (of people); Caus: ob- le<Ɂb>ŋgay, le<Ɂb>ŋge; Doub Caus: ob- leru, le<Ɂ>ru; Doub Caus: ob-le<Ɂ>ru leŋge (hjpb:49,22 leɲge, probably a typing mistake) leʈay Act: lay s.th./s.o. down < S. leʈ- ‘lie down (of people)’ leɲj leɲje unattentive; slovenly (hjpa:243,94, onomatopoetic) leʈe Mid: lie down leɳi droppings of certain four-legged animals leʈeɁ dried gadh used as gum (bg:173) (hjpa:182,112) leʈo a dish of rice and pulse boiled together lenebui love, mercy. See also lebui, -nV-. with ghee and spices (Confer e.g. hjpa:92, no. 21, line 10. Interestingly, however, hjpa:93, fn. 47 leʈhe wet, soaked (of e.g. rice) notes that all of the speakers he worked with left out the “nominalizing” -nV- lete ablative postposition, < S. Found only in infix when reading the text alound, bĩg lete ‘quickly’, see there. saying lebui instead, suggesting that lenebui is either a dialectal or idiolectal lethiyay Act: kick (tr); Mid:-; gener < S. form.) lathiā- ‘kick’. See also laʈhiyay. leneɁj cursing, scolding. See also leɁj, -nV-. lewa Act: sow seeds; Mid: gener leɽo Act: make someone drunk (Caus li interjerjection used to drive pigs or goats preferred); Mid: get very drunk; very (bg:173) drunk; Caus: le<Ɂb>ɽo ‘make s.o. very drunk’. See also bulbul. lib Act: howl or yell at someone (tr); Mid: howl, yell; lib-lib: gener. See also libre, leraŋ, loreŋ2 moon; month. Combining form from which lib probably derives. rel. See also -rel, muɁrel, ɖheɖhrel. leraŋ toɁ moonlit night (Malhotra, libre Act: cry out; call (tr); Mid: gener. See 1982:74) also lib. lereɁ Act:-; Mid: rejoice, become happy; likha Act: write; Mid: gener; Caus: ob-likha Caus: oɁb-lereɁ, le<Ɂb>reɁ; Doub Caus: (from Malhotra, 1982:166); masdar of oɁb-le<Ɂb>reɁ; happy; joy likha < S. likh- ‘write’. See also belay. lereɁ ayij conj.v. to be happy. likha kaɽ author Experiencer in oblique case. likha likhi write out lereɁson, lereɁɖaɁson (very) happily, likhe written. Found in paɽhe likhe

123 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon lil~lodro

Malhotra (1982:133, fn. 8) derives it lil Act: make s.th. blue (e.g. by painting); from usloɁ. Mid: become blue; blue < S. nīlā ‘blue’.

See also nila. loɁ2 predicate marker, semeliterative, denoting that an event occurred over and lila yellow-brown (hjpa:223f., citing over but generally only on one occasion. rr:504, no. 30 ‘spotted’); yellow-red Now used almost exclusively by the hjp ( a:224,42). older generation. See also kan3, khor. lila khajar yellow-brown or spotted

deer -loɁ3 meaning unclear, found in jarjarayloɁ

hjp lili Lili, name of a mythological dog loɁ4 with (?). See a, 157, fn. 24 and sudha. (hjpa:141, 6) loɁb Act:-; Mid: burn oneself (of people only) liŋg linga, the phallic symbol used to boil; become warm (of water); loɁb-loɁb: represent Siva < H. lĩg ‘lingam’ gener; Caus: oɁb-loɁb. See also garam, giriŋ / giɽiŋ, ɲem, oɲem, oɽe, pogim, lip lipi, lipi ‘lark, spec. sky-lark, Alauda ruŋum, sului, ʈheker, tapay / tape, urum gulgula’. Cf. Mundari lipi (hjpa:201, / udum, usum. 232) < S. lepī/lipī carāi ‘lark’. lipi kontheɁɖ the lark loban frankincense < S. loban ‘frankincense’ lipi letter (as in ‘post, mail’). See also ciʈʈhi, lobh avarice, greed < S. lobh ‘greed’. See ulaɁ < H. lipi ‘(hand)writing’ also lalac, lalcay / lalce, lobhay / lobhe, lobhi. lipiɖɖaɁ water-source, given in hjpb:49,18 with what Pinnow considers a popular lobhay Act: covet, desire. See also lalac, lalcay etymology of its name: water which / lalce, lobhe. comes out of a spring through narrow lobhe Mid: be filled with desire < S. lobhā- spaces or slits in stone. ‘covet’ lobhi greedy lisoy swing, sway (hjpa:217,16); flap, flutter (hjpa:219,25) loɖo Act: see; look and see; stare at, spy on; lisoy losoy swinging, swaying Mid:-; gener (hjpa:254,126) loɁɖho Act: move someone/something farther lita leftovers (hjpa:124,87; 128,fn. 87) back; make s.o. late; Mid: be later; gener lita ɖhãkɽi dirty dishes of Act; late; later; last; after (with Gen / direct case, may also follow the lexical lo! Oh! Vocative particle. See also e, he, la2, base of a predicate, e.g. bite loɁɖho ‘after aus Ɂ Ɂ le, no2, re1, ri. Similar to e! but friendlier passing’). C : o b-loɁɖho, lo< b>ɖho; in tone (hjpa:271f). Doub Caus: oɁb-lo<Ɂb>ɖho

-loɁ1 dirt, area, field, etc. Used in compounds: lodro a type of bird (H. tõdū); Man’s name, ghurloɁ, kurloɁ, ɲeloɁ, sorloɁ, usloɁ, connected to Sarna religion possibly derives from loɁkha, although

124 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 loha~loʈo loha iron < S. lohā ‘iron’. See also luwaŋ. shade; shadow; shady lohra, lohara blacksmith lonɖra a kind of fish-trap. See alsoculu, jhimori, loharʈoli name of a khoɽi or ‘village section’ in kumoni, mucu, soŋɖaɁ (hjpa: 197,205). Saldega (salɖaɁ) lorem See loreŋ lohardaga, lohordaga Lohardaga, name of a ct city and district in Jharkhand loreŋ1, lorem A : make something pure, holy; Mid: be clean, pure (water), holy; clean, lojoɁ loose; empty (of mora) (hjpa:83; 85, beautiful, pure fn. 23, “The grain containers are tied. loreŋboɁ beautiful, pure, perfect; full, By taking out the bundles they become satisfied (e.g. stomach) (hjpa: loose, i.e., they have fewer contents.” 247,105) (my translation) loreŋboɁ laɁ conj.v. feel fine, satisfied

lojoɁ col conj.v. become loose loreŋɖaɁ1 pure, correct, good; correctly, purely, well lohordaga See lohardaga loreŋɖaɁ2 Himalayas (Malhotra, 1982:280) lohra See loha loreŋgob, lorŋgob holy loreŋgobɖaɁ good, pure loka(y) Act: catch; Mid: gener < S. lok­- lorŋgobɖaɁ in a holy way loreŋ jatom the loku See luku

loreŋ2 See leraŋ loɁkha dirt, earth, soil; kos, about 1 kilometer (measure of distance, hpja:233f.); lori truck, lorry < Eng.

earthly, worldly. See also -loɁ1. hjp loɁkhate mesa conj.v. destroy ( b: lorŋgob See under loreŋ1 53,14) loɁkha ʈhoɁ conj.v. become dirty loroɁ Act:-; Mid: decay; decayed; Caus: lo<Ɂb>roɁ ‘let (s.th.) decay (e.g. by lola ear-ring forgetting it)’ lomjim Act: moisten (tr) slightly; Mid: become lorhiyay Act: flatter; Mid: be flattered; flattery slightly moist. See also lemu, salad. < S. lorhiya- ‘flatter’

loŋ1 speak; language. Combining form of loʈa a vase-shaped pot, generally of metal aloŋ? See also aloŋ, laŋ, laŋab, sunloŋ (generally copper) used to hold water <

(under sun1). Unknown to speakers I S. loʈā ‘small metal tumbler’ questioned. From hjpa:118,1; 121,39, 40; 132,1,7; 135, title. loʈay, loʈe Act: smear (tr); Mid: gener; stain

ct tr id loŋ2 A : sharpen ( ); M : become sharp loʈo name of a king (Malhotra, 1982:315). Judging from the example in Malhotra’s loŋgoy Act: make shade; Mid: take shelter in work, this king, who had nine sons, was the shade; be(come) shady’; reflection; identical to Sembho (see text [AK, 1]) or

125 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon lotem~lur1

Hondo (see texts [MS, 1] and [MS, 2]). (itr) lotem Act: make something soft; Mid: luka Luke, man’s name (Christian) be(come) soft; soft. See also koɽom, mulayam, naram. lukay Act: hide (tr) < S. lukā-, luke ‘hide’ (tr, itr) lotui See lutui luke Mid: become hidden. See also dobray / dobre, japaʔ, leʔɖ, okuʔb, (lutui) raŋgoʔ, lowɽi meaning unclear, found in bandar lowɽi reprepay, somte. loyo(Ɂ) Act: bore someone; Mid: become tired; gener of Act; Caus: oɁb- luku, loku Act:-; Mid: bear fruit; fruit; Caus: loyo(Ɂ), lo<Ɂb>yo(Ɂ); Doub Caus: oɁb- lu<Ɂb>ku ‘cause to bear frit (e.g. of God) lo<Ɂb>yo(Ɂ) luku daru fruit-tree loyoɖ Mid: become light; give birth; Caus: lukui a kind of grass (hjpa:143,4) loyoɖ ‘lighten’ (tr). bb:174; lukui jonoɁ grass broom. See also jonoɁ,

hjpa:274,32 (in Caus). Unknown to joɁ1, -nV-. speakers I consulted. luluŋ Act/Mid: hold out s.th. in offering. See luɁ Act: receive; Mid:-; gener; luɁ-luɁ also hathlay. gener; bg:174: ‘spread with the palm’ lulhuwa wrist (bg:174) lua See luwa luŋkoy written text, writing luaŋ See luwaŋ lunɖa Act: clean with cowdung using a straw luɁbsab Act: repeat; echo; Mid:-; echo (n.) bundle as a broom, but only where necessary, not the entire floor as with hjp id lucpan lechery < H. luc(cā)pan ‘depravity’ joɁɖaɁ1 ( a:71; 73, fn. 46); M :-; gener; rag used for washing floors with lucur, luchur lip (bg:174). See also thuthu. cow dung (hjpa:195,195). (bg:174 ‘wash floor with cow dung after meals’). See luɖ Mid: deny (hjpa:87,20), not known to also joɁɖaɁ1. speakers I questioned. lunki a small scoop made of a folded mango ludhom a type of drum; a type of tree leaf which is used for eating rice, etc., as (hjpa:251,119) a kind of spoon luhur cool or soft (breeze) < H. lahar ‘wave; luɽuŋ, luɽhuŋ See laɽhaŋ breath (of soft wind)’? ct id lur1 A : use one’s common sense; M :- lui Act:-; Mid: fall down (of things, not of ; lur-lur: gener; reasoning < S. lur people, e.g. of something through a hole ‘common sense’ in a pocket) lur akil ɖel conj.v. realize s.th., come to understand s.th., become smarter luɁj Act: rip (tr); break fruit open; Mid: rip (hjpb:50,28)

126 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 lur2~magar

*m* ct id lur2 A : remove coals from a fire; M : of -mV- See -nV- coals to be removed from a fire =m marker of the 2nd person Sg subject bg lur3 a kind of snake ( :174) marking on predicates or possessor marking on complements lusi See lusu ma, mã mother (Gen: mayaɁ, magaɁ) < H. mā̃, ct lusu, lusi, lusui A : plunder, grab, wrench S. māẽ ‘mother’. See also mai1 away; Mid: gener mã bap mother and father, parents lusuj echo-word for lebu (hjpa:259,4) mabtri See turi luʈa luʈi scrambling, scrambling, hurrying here maca, macha haystack, placed on an elevated and there < H. luʈā- ‘cause to be looted; wooden platform ca. 2 meters above the squander’? ground (hjpa:213,6: Cf. Mundari maca ‘a raised platform’). < S. porāmacā lutui, lotui Act: make (thread, etc.) into cloth ‘haystack (on platform)’ from porā ‘hay’; (bg:174: ‘wear cloth’); Mid: become macā ‘hut on platform for watching

cloth; clothing; dress. See also tui2. crops’ lutui phaʈa clothes < S. lugā-phaʈā ‘clothes’ maciya, maicla chair < S. maciyā ‘stool with lutui raŋgoɁ wrap the end of a saree rope woven seat, but no back’ over the head to hide one’s face macha See maca lutur Act: turn s.th. into an ear (i.e., in ); Mid: become an ear (i.e., in myths); ear madad See madet luthar Luther; Lutheran (hjpa:280,44) < Eng. / mãɖal See manɖal German Luther luthar manɖli the Lutheran community maɖe, maɽe meaning unclear, hjpa, 146, f:8 and 149, fn. f, perhaps ‘rich’ luwa, lua fig (hjpa:206,7; 234,69: ‘Ficus glomerata) madet, madat, madit Act: help; person helped luwa daru fig tree usually appears in the Gen alone, which luwa jaraɁ all types of figs h( jpa: 234,69; may optionally be followed by the 247,105) postpositions thoŋ or ghaɁɖ. E.g. hokaɽ iɲaɁ (thoŋ/ghaɁɖ) madetyoɁ ‘S/he helped luwaŋ iron; (hjpa:186,135 ‘ploughshare’); me.’; Mid: gener < S. madait ‘help.’ plough-share (bg:174). See also loha? madhya prades the state of luy See lui magaj brain < S. magaj ‘brain’

magar but < S. magar ‘but’

127 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon magna~mai1 magna immersed, sunk; engrossed (in thought) puffed rice; shepherd; Ahir (name of < H. magna ‘immersed, etc.’ an ethnic group which makes its living by tending livestock); the herdsman mãgni a ceremony in which cups of water are ghost (hjpa:207,9, citing rr:318f.) < H. exchanged between a man and woman maharā ‘domestic servant’? as a symbol of the acceptance of the ɖaŋra mahara other person in marriage; engagement < H. mãgnī ‘asking (in marriage); maharastar the state of engagement’ mahatam fame, renown (hjpa:61, story 10). mãgta a man’s name Cf. Brajbhasha, Awadhi mahātam ‘greatness, majesty’. mãgu Mangu, one of the original nine brothers of Kharia mythology in one version of mahatma noble, venerable < H. mahātmā the story. The third-oldest son. ‘high-souled, of noble nature’

hjp magha name of a herdsman ghost ( a: 207,9) mahatoɁ Thursday. See toɁ1, maha? maɁgho the month of Magh, January-February mahenjodaɽo Mohenjodaro (hjpa:253,124) < H. māgh harpa mahenjodaɽo Harrappa and maɁghrel ca. January, the first month of Mohenjodaro the year. See -rel mahima greatness < H. mahimā ‘greatness, maha, mahã, mãhã Act: enlarge; help (a plant) grandeur’ grow (tr) (not acceptable to all); Mid: be(come) big, grow (itr); big; very; mahina, mohina month < S. mahinā ‘month’ Caus: oɁb-maha, ma<Ɂ>ha, ma<Ɂm>ha from *ma<Ɂb>ha (hjpa:266,17); Doub mahka / mahke See mohka / mohke Caus: oɁb-maha < Skt. mahān ‘big’ (nominative, masculine, Sg) from mahra See mahara mahat- ‘big’. The form mahā- is found in compounds. mahraŋ Act: make (s.th.) expensive; Mid: maharaja king, “maharaja” become expensive; expensive < S. maharani queen, “maharani” mahraŋ ‘expensive’ mahto, mohto title used for an official wielding mahabir brave < H. mahāvīr ‘very brave’ a large amount of authority; “chief”; family name < H. mahato ‘village mahabuwaŋ Mahabuang, name of a city in headman’ Gumla district. Literally: ‘great snake’. mahura poison < S. mahurā ‘poison, taken by mahadew Mahadeva or Shiva, an important mouth, not snake or scorpion poison’ god in Hinduism < H. mahādev

mai1 mother, used in connection with Hindu mahaŋga expensive < S. mahãgā ‘expensive’ goddesses < H. māī ‘mother’. See also ma, mã. mahara, mahãra, mahra, mohora maker of

128 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 =mai2~malum

=mai2 See may familiar with this word. maicla See maciya mal tribute, tax; freight, merchandise (hjpb:37,31) < S. māl ‘goods, freight’ maĩd, maind compost; manure < S. māĩd ‘cowdung, manure’ mala garland, necklace; neck-ring of a rooster or chicken < S. (phul) mālā, H. mālā main Act: honor (object marked by Gen, ‘garland’ with no postposition, or =te); Mid: be honored; honor < H. mān ‘pride, honor’ malaɁ Act: attract s.o.; tempt; Mid: like s.o.; main karay conj.v. honor like s.o.; (hjpa:234f.) be attracted, main marjad honor tempted, charmed; temptation; tempted; mainson honorably covetous main sumray praise malaɁ moɖ boŋ covetously (literally: main susray conj. v. honor with covetous eyes) maina See mayna maladoin Maladoin, name of a village maind See maĩd malaŋ choice, very good. See malaɁ? main mainsaɁ various malar a male member of the (Hindu) coppersmith caste, which also majarbhaɲj Majarbhung, name of a town in occasionally fishes. Pinnow notes that Orissa this caste is considered especially dirty and lazy and that the name is used as an mãjay See maɲjay insult (hjpa:243,95). See also malarin. majur Act: approve (object marked by =te); malarin a female member of the (Hindu) Mid: be approved; acceptance < S. mãjur coppersmith case (hjpa:243,95). See also kar- ‘approve’ malar. majur ayiɁj conj.v. like majur laɁ conj.v. like mali gardner < S. mālī ‘gardner’ majhaʈoli Majhatoli, name of a town in Gumla malik boss < S. mālik ‘boss’. See also gomke, district leɁbɖom. majhila Mid. Used with beʈa and beʈi to denote malis massage < S. mālis kar- ‘massage’ the Mid of three (or more) male or female siblings < S. maijhalā beʈā/maijhalī beʈī mãliya for example ‘second child who is a son/daughter’. See also majhli. malum Act: find out (through searching);M id: come to know (accidentally); known < majhli younger sister (bg:175). See also majhla. S. mālum ‘apparent, evident, known’ malum ayij conj.v. be known make Meaning unknown. Occurs once in MS, (experiencer in oblique case) 1:12. Other native speakers were not

129 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon mamaoji~mana2 mamaoji free < S. manmaujī ‘free (character blossom’ trait of person)’ maɲoŋ breast; chest mami 1. father’s sister; 2. mother’s brother’s wife (bg:157) < S. māmī ‘mother’s maɳa See manɖa brother’s wife’. See also mamu. manɖa, maɳa, maɽa cave < S. māɽā, mā̃ɽā mamu 1. mother’s brother; 2. father’s sister’s ‘cave’. See also laphŋga, lata. husband (bg:157) < S. māmu, māmũ ‘father’s sister’s husband; mother’s elder manɖaɁ, mãɽaɁ the water which has been used or younger brother’. See also mami. for cooking rice. See also baɁɖaɁ (under baʔ), beisɖaɁ, ɖaɁ. maŋ lift the head (e.g. to look upwards) (hjpb:37,35) manɖay See maɽay

ct maŋ parting (n.) of the hair < H. mā̃g ‘parting manɖe1 A : come to a stop (of the hair)’ maɽe, mãɽe Mid: come to a stop − No apparent difference. Caus: ob-maɽe, ma<Ɂ>ɽe; maŋgar crocodile; alligator, Crocodilus palustris Doub Caus: ob-ma<Ɂ>ɽe. Perhaps (hjpa:223,38) < H. magar ‘crocodile’ related to ­maɽay, if not merely the intransitive correspondence of maɽay maŋra a man’s name (hjpb:41, n.2, who notes ct that it means ‘one born on Tuesday’). manɖe2, mãɽe, maɽe A : begin (neutral). Used See also somra, sukra. with infinitive in-na ; Mid:-; gener; same as Act but for a longer time, e.g. ‘begin maŋtoɁ Tuesday. See also toɁ1. and keep on’. This difference between Act and Mid is apparently only valid for maɲjar blossom < H. mãjar, mãjarī ‘cluster the past and does not hold for the irrealis. of flowers; blossom’. See also maɲjray, maɳɖal, mãɖal committee < H. mãɖal maɲjre. ‘committee’ sampadak maɳɖal editorial committee maɲjay, mãjay Act: clean (pot, etc.); Mid:- ; gener < S. mãj- ‘clean (dishes) with manɖli (Christian) community (hjpa:120, ln. 28; ashes’. Note: There is no form maɲje, 125, fn. 28) < H. mãɖlī ‘circle, group, as speakers indicated that this would party; society’ mean that a pot, plate, etc. cleans itself. If this is embedded in a fairy tale or a manɖowa See maɽwa similar story where eating utensils clean mandɽi a type of drum (hjpa:172,43; 199,218; themselves, then the form maɲje is 250f.) < S. māndar ‘a type of drum’ appropriate (in the Mid only). maɳipur maɲjray Act: cause to bloom (e.g. of God). See

also maɲjar. mana1 small

id maɲjre M : blossom (of fruit, e.g. mango) mana2 forbidden < S. manā ‘forbidden’ < H. mãjar, mãjarī ‘cluster of flowers; mana karay conj.v. forbid

130 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 manay~maraʈha

manus person < S. manus ‘man, human being’ manay Act: manay: flatter someone; console manus jati humanity mane Mid: 1. mane: be(come) flattered; agree; manwa See manowa believe; accept; consider; obey, respect; celebrate; honor; 2. manay: flatter maɽa See manɖa (gener). Caus: oɁ-manay, ma<Ɂb>mnay ‘make someone flatter’; ma<Ɂb>mne mãɽaɁ See manɖaɁ ‘make someone agree’; Doub Caus: oɁ-ma<Ɂb>mnay; oɁ-ma<Ɂb>mne < S. maɽay, manɖay Act: put down, place; Mid: mān- ‘pay attention, regard’ put down, place over and over; Caus: manekon like, as (hjpa:254,126). oɁ-maɽay, ma<Ɂb>ɽay; Doub Caus: Converbal form of mane oɁb-ma<Ɂ(b)>ɽay < S. maɖā- ‘put down’. Perhaps related to manɖe, if not merely manbhuŋ Manbhung, name of a town in the transitive correspondence of manɖe. southern Jharkhand.

maɽe, mãɽe See manɖe1/2 mandɽi, mãdɽi mandri drum According to hjpa:78, fn. 61 made of clay and beaten maɽi masan house-spirits, ancestor-spirits on both sides with the hand < S. māndar (hjpa:205,5, citing Roy & Roy, ‘a type of drum’ 1937,636). The meaning of both parts is unclear, unless maɽi is related to mari manda cold (as in sickness) < H. mā̃dā ‘unwell; ‘small pox’, which seems unlikely. tired’ maɽowa See maɽwa mandir temple (place of worship) < S. mãdir ‘temple’ maɽu a man’s name

mane1 umh, well, i.e., that is (general pause maɽwa, maɽowa, manɖowa canopy, pavillion word) < S. māne ‘for example’ < H. maɳɖap ‘pavillion’

mar1, mawr beating < H. mār ‘beating’ mane2, mone meaning < S. māne ‘meaning’ mawr ɲoɁ conj.v. take a beating, be mane ɖoɁɖ conj.v. admit beaten mar piʈ beating and killing mane3 See manay mar piʈ karay conj.v. beat and kill kaʈ mar killing and slaying manowa, manwa, manoa person; mankind <

S. manvā ‘mankind’ mar2 dead < S. maral ‘dead’, mar- ‘die’; H. mar ‘dying; death’ mantri (government) minister < S. mãtrī ‘minister’ maraɁ peacock manu , name of a prominent Kharia maraɁ jhail peacock whisk ancestor. Probably fashioned after the famous Hindu figure Manu. maraʈha Maratha, name of an ethnic group

131 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon marc~mawke marc the month of March < Eng.

marc mahina the month of March mãs1, mas1 meat < H. mā̃s ‘meat’. See also

-ɖaɁ5, ghos, komaŋ. marca1 fallow land < S. marcā ‘fallow’

mas2, mãs2 month < H. mās ‘month’. See also marca2 shed (Malhotra, 1982:294, perhaps a amas. misprint for maca, see there) masi, masih Messiah (< Eng. / German?) marci red pepper, chili < S. marcai, marcei masihi Christian ‘chilli’ masmasay Act: stretch one’s body after getting marda horse up from sleep; relax; Mid:-; gener < S. masmasa-, samsā- ‘stretch’ en mare1 because of (postposition with the G ) < H. (ke) māre ‘because of’ maso pulse, black gram

mare2 very much masʈar teacher < Eng. master mareda Mareda, name of a field h( jpa: 232,63) maʈiɁj echo-word for kaʈiɁj margretha Margareta, woman’s name (from maʈmaila grey, brown, grey-brown (hjpb: 47,6) the Bible?) < H. maʈmailā ‘earth-coloured; dirtied, dusty; dull’ mari smallpox (bg:176) < S. (mahā)mārī

‘epidemic’. See also mata1. mata1 smallpox < H. mātā ‘mother; the goddess Devī, especially as supposed to mariyam, mariya Mary, a woman’s name inflict smallox; smallpox. See alsomari. (from the Bible) ct id mariyam magdali Maria Magdalena mata2, mate A :-; M : become over-ripe, over-ripen; Caus: ma<Ɂb>ta, ma<Ɂb>te. mariyanus a man’s name (from Eng., German?) According to speakers I questioned, the use of the stem mate as opposed to mata marjad Act/Mid:?? honor (v.); honor, also an implies that the process of over-ripening echo-word for main < S. marjadī had continued even longer. main marjad honor marjadi (respectful) hospitality matti Matthew, man’s name in the Bible, Book of Matthew in the Bible markus a man’s name (from German?) matwar drunken person, drunkard < S. matvār mar piʈ See mar1 ‚drunk; drunkard‘ matwari drunken state; drunken marʈin luthar Martin Luther, man’s name, founder of the Lutheran Church, to which mathura Mathura, city in Uttar Pradesh a number of (Dudh) Kharia belong mawke See moka martul hammer (bg: 176) < S. mārtul ‘hammer’

132 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 mawr~memon

mawr See mar1 mayna, maina the mynah bird < H. mainā ‘mynah (a kind of starling)’ mawsam weather < H. mausam ‘weather’ mayoŋ, mayumdaɁ chest (anatomical) mãy, may4, maĩ mother < S. māẽ ‘mother’. See also ayo, yo. maysari cloth given to the bride’s mother by the may chowa, may chuwa mother and bridegroom (bg:176) child, the whole family mãy bapa mother and father, parents mayumɖaʔ See mayoŋ

ct id may1 A : mix in; M : be mixed into (s.th.); me- Combining form of moɲ. See also may-may: gener; Caus: oɁb-may; Doub memon, meson. Caus: ma<Ɂb>-may, oɁb-ma<Ɂb>may mecha moustache < S. mechā ‘moustache’ l =may2, =moy marker of 3rd person P on predicate, where it is comletely meghalay Meghalaya interchangeable with =ki (except in negation, see umay under um) mehneit labour, hard work < H. mehnat ‘labour, work’ may3, moy predicate marker which denotes that mehneit karay conj.v. do hard labor the entity it refers to is entirely affected by the action, usually one by one and mej table < H. mez ‘table’ little by little, “totality” marker. mel friendship; agreed < H. mel ‘meeting; may4 See mãy association; harmony; union’ mel prem se in peace and harmony, in maya1 filter (e.g. for straining rice beer) (≠ S. friendship and love merā ‘filter’) melay Act: leave (itr/tr), miss (a train, etc.); id aus Ɂ maya2 deception, dillusion, illusion < H. māyā M :-; from (postposition); C : o b- ‘illusion’. See also moh. melay ‘cause someone to miss (a train, etc.); Doub Caus: ob-me<Ɂ>lay ‘ask mayaŋaɁ See meyaŋaɁ someone to quit (a job, etc.)’ melaykon excepting, except for mayaŋʈha thumb (bg:176) (converbal form of melay ‘having left’ (tr)) may chuwa See mãy melayʈu leave behind meli melay leave behind mayda , mãyda flour < S. maydā ‘(fine) flour’ melki sedek Melchizedek, name of a Biblical mãygaɁ See meyaŋaɁ personage

mayki swear; confirm; true, actual; I swear, meltoɁ Wednesday. See also toɁ1. that … (hjpa:243,94) mayki la! interj. Oh no! Oh shit! memon year; age. Alternative: nemom (bg: 180). Originally ‘one (me-) year (mon)’.

133 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon meɲaʔ~metiɖ

See also me-, mon, mon suɁɖhaɁ merom leɳi goat droppings meɲaʔ See meyaʔ mesa Act: mix something into something else; Mid:-; gener < S. mesa- ‘mix (tr)’ menɖ(a)ray, menɖ(a)re Act:-; Mid: to circle loɁkhate mesa conj.v. destroy (hjpb: (of birds) < S. mãdar-, mẽdar- ‘circle (of 53,14) birds, as hawks)’. No apparent difference mesa kabra mix in meaning between the two stems. mesa kosa mix, mingle

mene1 general classifier. Appears to be equal mese, mẽse among, through ( p o s t p o s i t i o n to the classifiers (a)ʈho, =o, which have with Gen or direct case) < H. mẽ se ‘from been borrowed from Nagpuri. Unlike amoung; out of’ the other classifiers, mene may appear with demonstratives and even with meson, mensoŋ, menson Act: do once; Mid:-; en G attributes and certain quantifying one day, once. See also -son2; for me- ‘1’ adverbials, such as khoɳoɁj ‘a while’. As see also memon. such, its status as a classifier is unclear. meson meson sometimes mesonaɁ meson all of a sudden hjp mene2 as much as. Postposition with the ( b:48,12); sometimes (Malhotra, Gen. Example: umboɁ laɁ jahã bhere 1982:128) konselɖuɁkiyaɁ menejo umay buɁjhi meson tuŋga once (?), meaning unclear, bhaɁta. ‘But otherwise, at any time, they hjpa, 153, c:3; 156, fn.c:3 (= men) do not understand as much as oɖoɁ meson once again women.’ meʈ mediator. Etymology uncertain, speakers mensoŋ, menson See meson indicated though that it is a loan word and not of Kharia origin < H. meʈ meram Variant of merom in northern Orissa ‘mate; foreman’ (< Eng.)? mergheray Act: encircle in dance (said of the meʈay Act: eliminate, wipe off (e.g. cuɁʈka bride’s family at the wedding when, ‘(ritual) impurity’); end during the dance, it surrounds the family of the groom, which dances in the meʈe Mid: be eliminated, wiped off < S. meʈā- middle); Mid: be encircled in the same ‘erase’ dance (said of the groom’s family) < S. mergherā- metiɁb Act: call someone to come meet with merhay Act: steer; wrap around < S. merh- the subject; Mid: go and meet someone; ‘wrap around’ assemble, come together; meeting; merhe Mid: be steered; be wrapped around Caus: oɁb-metiɁb, me<Ɂb>-tiɁb; Doub Caus: oɁb-me<Ɂb>tiɁb. See also metiɖ. merom, meram goat metiɁbte together

meromɖaɁ goat meat. See ɖaɁ5. meromɖaɁ biru “Goatmeat Mountain”, metiɖ together. See also metiɁb. place-name, mentioned in metiɖ un conj.v. include, assemble, (hjpb:49,16, not ‘goat water’, as keep together Pinnow translates it here)

134 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 metoŋ~mohka metoŋ thin (e.g., clothing) someone else, namesake < S. mitā ‘namesake’. See also buɲim. meyaɁ, meɲaɁ, meyaɁ̃, mẽyaɁ Act: make morning (e.g. by God); Mid: become moɁ Act: cause smoke to emerge; Mid: of morning; morning. See also goreɁj. smoke to emerge; smoke (n.) (Gen: goreɁj meyaɁ, mẽyaɁ goreɁj early mogaɁ) morning Ɂ Ɂ iɖib meyaɁ always, day and night moɁɖ1, mõ ɖ, mu ɖ eye moɁɖ / muɁɖ gune yo conj.v. cast an evil meyaŋaɁ, mayaŋaɁ, mãygaɁ the day after or covetous eye on someone tomorrow. See also tuɁɖloŋ. moɁɖɖaɁ Act: give someone a cold; Mid: have / get a cold; gener of Act; miɁɖ Act: compose (music, literature); Mid: cold be comoposed; miɁɖ-miɁɖ gener of Act moɁɖɖaɁ dhoɁ conj.v. of the eyes to water (experiencer marked by =te) miɁj, mĩj father’s younger brother’s wife; Ɂ mother’s sister mo ɖ2 puss mijoram the state of Mizoram in northeastern moɖa knot (cited in hjpa:187,140 after Roy & India Roy, 1937,450,15). See also gaĩʈ(h).

Ɂ ʔ mil mile (Eng.) mo ɖɖaɁ See mo ɖ1 milay Act: bring together < S. mil- ‘receive’ mõɖi big clay pot mile Mid: meet with, come across (buŋ); moɖhe, modhe type, kind; menas; with the receive (recipient marked by =te, theme meaning ‘relative’ in hjpa:124,83; 128, (= thing received) is subject) fn. 83 (uncertain) modhe buŋ by means of, instrumental mirjay a type of weapon. Speakers I questioned < H. madhya ‘middle, central’?; could not identify what type of weapon madhe ‘in’? it is. From Kerkeʈʈā (1990:5). moɁdhi, muɁdhi ring mis Miss < Eng. mogher(e) Act: blacken, paint black; Mid: be misan Act: christianize; Mid: become Christian black; Caus: mo<Ɂb>gher; black, dark < Eng.: mission(ary) (of clouds) misnari missionary misnari bohin female missionary moh confusion (hjpa:271,26) < H. moh ‘delusion’. See also maya. misar < S. misar deś ‘Egypt’ misar raij the Kingdom of Egypt mohanjodoɽo Mohenjodaro miʈhai sweets < S. miʈhāī ‘sweet(Sg)’ mohina See mahina mita a person who has the same name as mohka, Act: make fragrant < S. mahak

135 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon mohke~mon2

‘fragrance’ moloy 5. No longer in general use. Combining form mol. See also pãc. mohke, mahka, mahke Mid: become fragrant moloy ekɽi 100 moloyson five times mohol castle, palace < S. mahal ‘palace’ mohol ro kaɁbʈo home mom wax < S. mom ‘wax’ mohora See mahara moɲ, mõɲ, muɲ Act: join two or more things together, unite, make one; Mid: become mohra window < H. mohrā ‘opening (as of a (as, guɖ) one; gener of Act; one, used pot, or a pipe)’ in counting, with inanimate entities and occasionally with animates. Combining mohti name of a non-Kharia priest in MS, form me-, e.g. memon, meson Caus: 1:116. oɁb-moɲ, mo<Ɂ>ɲ; Doub Caus: oɁb- mo<Ɂ>ɲ. See also muɖu. mohto See mahto moɲ ekɽi 20 moɲ ekɽi ghol 30 moɁjhi Act: meet someone in the middle; Mid: moɲ moɲ one-by-one go into the middle; middle; circle < H. moɲ sori together, as one madhi, maddhya ‘middle’ moneɲ, moniŋ one each; completely moɁjhi moɁjhi at regular intervals full (hjpa, 146, h:2). See also nV moɁjhite between, used with Gen or moniŋ sitil each on one side. moniŋ is direct case only found in this use, also with moɁjhi toɁ midnight ʈhãɽo and boɁ, both of which mean ‘place’. moka, mawke occasion, opportunity; situation < S. maukā ‘opportunity’ musaŋ one side moka soka sometimes moɲsiŋ Asia Minor (from Malhotra, 1982: 191) mokori important

mon1 year. See also memon. mokum See mukum mon su­ɁɖhaɁ the year before last

mol Combining form of moloy. See also mon2 mind, thought, will, desire < S. man

moloy, molɖaɁ. ‘mind’. See also mone1. mon cahe desired, wished for (hjpb: molɖaɁ the Panjab (from Malhotra, 1982: 219), 61,8) literally ‘five-water’. See also moloy, mon ɖel conj.v. be intent on

ɖaɁ1. moɲ ɖiɲ conj.v. enchant, fascinate (hjpb:66,60) moliɁb, moliɁɖ Act:-; Mid: go out (of fire);C aus: mon karay conj.v. enjoy, want to (with mo<Ɂb>liɁb, mo<Ɂb>-liɁɖ ‘extinguish, infinitive in theG en) put out (a fire)’ h ( jpa:268,20, notes mon suɁkho according to one’s pleasure, that the b may be due to a secondary as one pleases assimilation to the preceeding m) mon ʈhanay conj.v. decide ɲoɁ mon appetite

136 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 mone1~muɁdhi

soɁj mon + ayiʔj willing to learn moti pearl; dog’s name < S. motī ‘pearl’

mone1 spirit. See also mon2. motlob intention < S. matlab ‘intention’ Root + mon laɁ conj.v. intend to, wish,

want to =moy See =may2 mone ɖoɖ conj.v. acknowledge mone karay conj.v. decide moyla Act: make dirty; Mid: be dirty < S. moila mone mon secretly < S. -e ‘foc’ ‘dirty’

ct id gener mone2 See mane muɁ A :-; M : emerge; muɁ-muɁ: ; Caus: oɁ-muɁ (possible but not used); moneɲ, moniŋ See moɲ Doub Caus: ob-mu<Ɂ>uɁ. See also muɁrel, muɁsiŋ, munuɁsiŋ. monkan face (bg:178). See also rumaŋ. muɁɖaɁ Act: make s.o. originate (from somewhere) (e.g. God); Mid: monon echo-word for konon originate (from somewhere); origin muɁ-muɁɖaɁ origin montun thought (hjpa:84, who gives it as mon- tun. mon is clearly ‘mind’, tun unclear) mucu a kind of fish trap. See alsoculu, jhimori, montun dhãy conj.v. (of a thought) kumoni, lonɖra, soŋɖa (hjpa: 197,205). to occur; experiencer in the Gen, Ɂ Ɂ montun as subject mu ɖ See mo ɖ1 moreŋ freckle; name of a Kharia king in muɁɖaɁ See muɁ mythology moreŋaɁ ɖaɳ Moreng’s Field, place- muɖu, muɖuɁ, muɽu one. Restricted to name (whereabouts unknown) animates, especially people. See also (hjpa:124, 96; 128, fn. 96) moɲ. muɖuɁ kaɽ one (animate) mosi mother’s younger sister < S. musī, mosī, muɖuɁ muɖuɁ one-by-one mõsī ‘mother’s younger sister’ muɖhi puffed rice (bg:178) < S. murhī ‘puffed moskil See muskil rice’ moʈor motor, used in moʈor gaɽi < Eng. muda but < S. mulā, mudā ‘but’ moɁʈho Act: make fat, fatten (Caus preferred); mudui, mudoy, muday enemy Mid: become fat, thick; fat; Caus: moɁʈho, said by speakers I mudh special < S. mūdh ‘special’. See also questioned to denote that the person mudha. who was fattened is fatter than with the mudh lebu leader (hjpb:53,10). simple Act < S. moʈ, moʈā ‘fat’ mudha, mũdha village headman, leader < S. motabik according to, postposition with Gen or mudhyā ‘head, chief’ See also mudh. direct case < S. motābik ‘according to’ muɁdhi See moɁdhi

137 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon mugam~mura

mundra ear-ring < H. mũdrā ‘ear-ring’ mugam, mugom, muŋgam Act: proceed (tr); Mid: go first; front; forward; origin mundhɽi ridge (of a roof or hill), hjpa, 149, fn. i (hjpa:226f.) mundhɽi teloŋ ridge of the roof mugamte in front of, before (with Gen) (also used temporally) munga a type of tree. See also joki. munga daru the munga tree muɁjɖaɁ black ant. See also biɽim, cimʈã, Ɂ demta, kãy, seʈa, ʈo bɖir, ʈoʈo2, umphya, muni a woman’s name also bhunɖu ‘ant-hill’.

munu1 . See also muy, -nV-. mukti salvation (hjpa:258,5; hjpb:67,82) < Skt. munu golaŋ rice beer which intoxicates / H. mukti ‘salvation’ gently (Malhotra, 1982: 87) mukti data , one who frees munu ter, munu buŋ ter conj.v. dream munu yo conj.v. dream mukum, mokum Act:-; Mid: fall asleep, doze hjp off; to begin to fall asleep repeatedly munu2, munuɁ beginning ( b:54, n. 3) (when one is trying to stay awake). munu bhere a very long time ago Caus: mu<Ɂb>kum. Not from S. (hjpb:53,2) mulayam Act: make soft, soften; Mid: be munuɁsiŋ, munusiŋ, musaŋ east. See muɁ, soft; soft < H. mulāyam ‘soft’. See also muɁsiŋ. See also musaŋ, purab. koɽom, lotem, naram.

munutoɁ Friday. See toɁ1, munu, munuɁ, muɁmuɁɖaɁ See muɁ munuɁsiŋ? muŋ green gram (bg:179) muɽi head; statue < S. mũɽ ‘head’ muŋbati candle < S. mombattī ‚wax candle‘ muɽsirwa pillow < S. mũ­ɽ siruvā ‘pillow’ muŋgam See mugam muɽu See muɖu muɲ See moɲ muɽgu See murgu munɖi bald, having a shaved head (f.); name of muɽhi a certain type of rice dish made with a Kharia (?) queen (hjpb:60,81; note 81) fried rice (hjpa:182,112) < H. mũɖā/mũɖī ‘having the had shaven; bald’ mur capital (bg:179) munɖibaɁ the day before yesterday mura Munda, used especially for the Mundari, but also applied to speakers of all munday Act: stuff, close up (e.g. a mouse hole) Kherwarian languages. mura ʈoli name of a khoɽi or ‘village munde Mid: become stuffed or closed up < H. section’ in Saldega (salɖaɁ) on the mũdnā ‘be filled (as a hole)’ outskirts of Simdega (simɖaɁ) in southwestern Jharkhand

138 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 murabba~muʈh

raja murut the portrait of a king (on a murabba preserves, jelly < H. murabbā coin) (hjpa:201:233) ‘preserved fruit; jam’ en musa1 today. G : musgaɁ murɖaɁ rainfall; rainy season. See also ɖaɁ1.

musa2 (from the Bible) murdar dead < H. murdār ‘corpse; dead’ musa ain the Law of Moses muɁrel Act: cause a star / the moon to emerge musalman Muslim < S. musalmān ‘Moslem’ (e.g. God); Mid: rise (of a star / the moon); Caus: mu<Ɂb>rel. See also muɁ, musaŋ one side; alternative of munuɁsiŋ, given ɖheɖhrel; -rel. in Malhotra, 1982:240. See munuɁsiŋ. murgu, muɽgu Murgu, name of a city in Gumla musgaɁ Gen of musa district mũsi clerk < S. munśī ‘clerk’ murjhay Act: murjhay: cause to hang one’s head low; murjhe: same as Mid muɁsiŋ Act: possible, Caus preferred; Mid: rise (of the sun); Caus: ob-muɁsiŋ, murjhe Mid: murjhe: hang one’s head low (e.g. mu<Ɂb>siŋ; east; dawn (bg:178, in despair, or of a flower in the sun) < S. otherwise munuɁsiŋ, with the -nV- infix). murjhā-, murjh- ‘wither’ See also muɁ, -siŋ, munuɁsiŋ. murkh fool < H. mūrkh ‘stupid, foolish muskil, moskil Act: make difficult; Mid: (person)’. See also murkhāī. become difficult; difficult < S. muskil ‘difficult’ murkhai stubbornness < S. murukhāī moskil se with difficulty, difficultly ‘stubbornness’. See also murkh. muskay Act: make (s.o.) smile. See also muroy radish < S. murei, murāi ‘radish’ muskuray / muskure. murti statue < S. murtī ‘statue’. See also murut. muske Mid: smile < S. musk- ‘smile’ muruk Act: do one’s best; Mid: of a to muskuray Act: smile (more sudden) < S. happen; very muskurā- ‘smile’ murum, murun Mohua tree, Bassia latifolia muskure Mid: smile (less sudden). See also (bg:179; hjpa:174,54; 206, 7; 239,82; muskay/muske. No apparent difference 248,107). See also kupuŋ. in meaning between the two stems murut statue, idol < S. murtī ‘statue’. See also musniŋ, musniɲ one day, once murti. murut loɁkha earthen statue (note musurdhum Act: make fat, fatten; Mid: order of components) become fat < S. musurdhum ‘fat’ murut sãca molded statue (note order of components) muʈh, muɁʈha, muɁʈhi fist; handfull < S.muʈkā

139 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon muʈhiyay~ɲonloɁ

‚fist‘ ɲimi doɁɖ conj.v. invoke s.o.’s name ɲimi karay conj.v. invoke the name of muʈhiyay Act: hold, grab; Mid: be grabbed, s.o. in a sacrifice held ɲiri, ɲeri, yẽri, yeɲari Act: possible, Caus muy Act: dream; Mid: Gener of Act. See preferred; Mid: become pregnant also munu. (bg:181, “be pregnant (three months)”); body; Caus: ɲe<Ɂb>ri ɲiri dhoɁ conj.v. take form, take shape ɲiri ɲara body, etc.

*ɲ* ɲoɁ Act: eat; Mid:-; ɲoɁ-ɲoɁ: gener. Caus: =ɲ suffix marking the 1st person, Sg ob-ɲoɁ. See also ɲomoɁ, arɲoɁ. ɲoɁ mon appetite ɲam Act: pluck (i.e., the stem from a flower); ɲoɁ ɲiga, ɲoɁ ɲiya eat up take (hjpa, 145; c:10); Mid: be plucked; ɲoɁ-ɲoɁ masdar of ɲoɁ; right(-hand ɲam-ɲam: gener of Act side) ɲara echo-word for ɲiri ɲoɁna food. Infinitive ofɲoɁ

ct id ɲayam Alternative for iɲam, found in songs. ɲol, ɲoloɁ1 A : swallow; M : be swallowed

See iɲam1. ɲole chata honeycomb (hjpa:183:119). Meaning ɲeloɁ, ɲeloɲ, yeloŋ, ɲeloŋ, ɲonloɁ, eyonloɁ of ɲole unclear. See also chatna. Act: make dark, darken (tr); Mid: aus become dark; darkness; dark. C : ɲoloɁ1 See ɲol

ɲeloŋ. See also ɲoloɁ2. ct ɲeloŋ rupi dark ɲoloɁ2, yoloɁ2, ɲoloŋ, ɲonloɁ A : make the sun set (e.g. of God); Mid: set (of the ɲelwa, ɲeluwa leech, blood-sucker. See also sun); west. See also ɲeloɁ. jõk. ɲeloɁsiŋ, ɲoloɁsiŋ, ɲonloɁ, yoloʔ-siŋ west ɲem Act: warm (of a fire, e.g. a person as object); Mid: become warm; heat. Caus: ɲom Act: bask in the sun (bg:182; unknown oɁb-ɲem ‘warm someone else’. See also to speakers I consulted) garam, giriŋ/giɽiŋ, loɁb, oɲem, oɽe, pogim, ruŋum, sului, ʈheker, tapay/tape, ɲomoɁ From Sāhu, 1979/80:44, with no urum / udum, usum. meaning given. Most speakers I questioned rejected this form, but one ɲeri See ɲiri accepted it with the meaning ‘capable of eating’, adding that it is not used. See ɲim Act: thatch; Mid: become thatched also ɲoɁ, -nV-.

ɲimi, yĩmi, iyĩmi, iɲimi Act: call, name (Caus ɲon, iɲon Act: drive (an ox-cart); Mid:-; ɲon- preferred); Mid: be called, be named; ɲon: gener name, fame; Caus: ɲi<Ɂ>mi call, name (tr) ɲonloɁ See ɲoloɁ, ɲeloɁ

140 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 ɲuɖum~-nV-

ɲuɖum early morning, before dawn (bg:182)

ɲuŋ Act: stretch out the legs (tr); Mid: strectch out (of legs) (itr); gener. See also pasray / pasre. ikuɁɖ ɲuŋte proper, correct (of behaviour)

*n* -nV-, -mV- “nominalizing” infix. -V- is almost always the same vowel as the vowel preceding -n-/-m-, less seldom -e. No longer productive. Note that many of the following forms are no longer in use: All which are not in current use have been found in texts or in Sāhu (1979/80:44). Note also that four forms, ɖenem-ɖel, gonom-goɁj, konol-kol and ranab-rab, involve not only the -nV- infix but also reduplication of the simple root:

141 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon -nV-~-nV- bel ‘spread out (a mat)’ bel ‘bedding’ biɽay ‘test’ (pred.) biɽay ‘test’ (n.) − Not in common use bui ‘keep, raise (an animal)’ bui ‘pig’ col ‘go’ col ‘one who is going to go’ (from Sāhu; not acceptable to most speakers, but one younger speaker accepted it somewhat reluctantly) ɖal ‘cover’ (n.) ɖal ‘cover’ (v.) ɖeɁb ‘incline, rise (n.)’ (from Sāhu); ‘ascent’ ɖeɁb ‘ascend’ (Malhotra, 1982:68) ɖeɁj ‘medium-sized or large hatchet’ ɖeɁj ‘chop’ ɖel ‘one who is going to come; arrival’ (from Sāhu, ɖel ‘come’ 1979/80:44, with no meaning given; Malhotra (1982:68) also glosses it as ‘arrival’, similar to the information I obtained in interviews) ɖem-ɖel ‘going to come’; ‘having come’; ‘arrival’ gaɁɖ ‘sickle’ *gaɁɖ ‘reap’ (cf. Sora ‘cut’) gil ‘beating; beat (v.)’ gil ‘beat (v.)’ goɁj ‘death’ goɁj ‘die’ gom-goɁj ‘deceased’ guɖ ‘scratch a hole (as a mouse, etc.)’ guɖ ‘earth scratched out by a mouse or rat when digging a hole’ jaɁb ‘meet, catch up with’ jaɁbɖiɁb ‘all day long until evening (‘catching up with/meeting the evening’) jiɁb ‘touch’ (v.) jiɁb ‘touch’ (n.) joɁ ‘sweep’ jooɁ ‘broom’ joɁb ‘suck’ joɁb no meaning given. From Sāhu, 1979/80:44. Most speakers I questioned rejected the form, one however accepted it with the meaning ‘capable of sucking’, adding that it is not used. Malhotra (1982:68) glosses it ‘sucking’. juŋ ‘ask’ juuŋ ‘question’ kaɁ ‘comb’ (v.) kaɁsi (from seɁ ‘louse’?) *kir ‘forest’ (cf. Pinnow, 1959: 156f.) kir ‘forest’ *koɁɖ ‘think up’ (cf. Sora kod- / kud- koɁɖ ‘think up’ ‘bring forth’?) kol ‘count’ kol ‘counting’ kolkol ‘population’; lebu kol ‘census’ *kon ‘be small’ kon ‘small’ koy ‘shave’ (bg:166) koy ‘razor’ (bg:165, my analysis) kuɁj ‘dance’ (v.) kuɁj ‘dance’ (n.) khoɁj ‘time’ kho<ɳo>Ɂj, kho<ɳe>Ɂj ‘short time’ lebui ‘love’ lebui ‘love’ − Not in common use leɁj ‘curse (v.), scold’ leɁj ‘cursing, scolding’ (n.) moɲ ‘one’ moɲ ‘one each; completely full’ muɁsiŋ ‘rise (of the sun)’ muɁ-siŋ ‘east’ (i.e., where the sun rises) − Not in common use mu ‘dream’ muy ‘dream’ ɲoɁ no meaning given. From Sāhu, 1979/80:44. ɲoɁ ‘eat’ Most speakers I questioned rejected the form, but one accepted it with the meaning ‘capable of eating’, adding that it is not used. peɁɖ ‘blow pipe’ pe<ɳe>Ɂɖ ‘large fife or flute’ *per ‘fly’ per ‘wing’ raɁb ‘bury’ raɁb ‘burial ground’ − Not in common use raɁb-raɁb ‘burial ground’ (See hjpa:161, notes)

142 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 na1~nag roɁ ‘drop, spill’ roɁ ‘the act of dropping or spilling’ − Not in common use roɁɖ ‘make sad’; (< *Skt. rud-?) roɁɖ-ɖaɁ ‘tear’ (lit.: ‘sad-water’) (??) toroɁɖ ‘cry’ seɁj ‘cut’ seɁj ‘knife’ sel ‘pray’. Not in common use sel ‘prayer; pray’ si ‘plow’ (v.) si ‘plow’ (n.) *siŋ ‘side; move to the side’ (?). Now siŋ ‘side’ the compounding form of siniŋ, cf. munuɁsiŋ ‘east’, kun-ɖaɁbsiŋ ‘back’, etc. suɁb ‘reach the hand into’ suɁb no meaning given. From Sāhu, 1979/80:44. Most speakers I questioned rejected the form, but one accepted it with the meaning ‘capable of reaching the hand into’, adding that it is not used. ter ‘give’ ter ‘gift; grace’ til ‘bury’ til ‘grave’ til-jaŋ ‘bury (the bones)’ tiil-jaŋ ‘burial’ *toɁɖ ‘eat’ (?), tomoɁɖ ‘mouth’ cf. betoɁɖ ‘hunger’ tol ‘tie’ tol ‘string, shoe-lace; (re-)tie’ uɁphe ‘three’ uɁphe ‘three each’ yo ‘see’ yo no meaning given. From Sāhu, 1979/80:44. Most speakers I questioned rejected the form, but one accepted it with the meaning ‘capable of seeing’, adding that it is not used. Other possible candidates (from a purely diachronic perspective): bor-??? bor ‘luxuriant green; dense (forest)’ gaj??? ganaj ‘hate’ jhur-??? jhur ‘anklet with tiny bells’ em-??? em ‘without’ soŋ??? sonoŋ ‘door, gate’ na1 Variant of no1, typical of northern Orissa nabab Navab, Lord (hjpa:180,98) < H. navāb na!2 No! Oh no! negative marker in ‘nabob; lord, prince’ imperatives (seldom): do not! < S. nā ‘negative modal marker’ naca dance, in the S. name dhaŋgair naca na … na, na … no neither … nor < maɽa (hjpa:132, ln. 10) < S. nāc ‘dance’ S. nā to … nā to ‘neither … nor’ nãdani See nandani na3 pause word: umh nadiya See nagya

=na4 makrer of 1st person possessive nadhnadhay Act:-; Mid: eat one’s fill, get aus =na5 infinitive marker enough to eat; C : nadhnadhway < S. nadh-nadha- ‘eat one’s fill’ id =na6 marker of M , irrealis nag, nagh snake < H. nāg ‘snake, cobra’ na7 See no2 nag pheni snake hood; Nagpheni (name of a River − nagpheni khirom) =naɁ See =yaɁ

143 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon nagalyanɖ~namuna nagalyanɖ the state of Nagaland in northeast nagh See nag India nahemyah in the Bible nagapur See nagpur nahiyar See nehiyar nagar city < S. nagar ‘city’ nahĩyar See nehiyar nagarci designation for the person in a village who is responsible for warning the naiɁ meaning unclear. Found in MS, 1:66. inhabitants of the village and surrounding Other speakers I consulted could not areas of danger by playing the nagera identify this lexeme. drums loudly. Cf. nagera, see there naigom See naygom nagbansi Nagbansi, the dynasty of kings of Chotanagpur, originally Mundari but naihar See nehiyar later expelled from the ethnic group naina eye < H. nayan (hjpa:255,129) nagera, nagra a type of drum, accordingo to hjpa:78, fn. 61 made of metal and beaten nairitiya southwestern (hjpb:61,21) on one side with two sticks < S. nagrā ‘a type of drum’. See also nagarci. najair, najeir, najer look, glance, sight; the evil eye < S. najeir ‘look (n.)’. See also nagiya See nagya najrahi. najair karay conj.v. look at, have a nagpur, nagapur (second variant in songs only) glance Commonly used name for Chotanagpur, i.e., Jharkhand. See also cuʈaʔɖɖaʔpur, najaret Nazareth (place name in Israel, from cuʈiyapur, choʈanag-pur. the Bible) nagpuri the S. language, often considered a dialect of Bhojpuri. Traditional najrahi the evil eye. See also najair, from lingua franca of Chotanagpur. Also which it undoubtedly derives. known as sadani and sadri. nagpuriya an inhabitant of the Nagpur naksa map < S. naksā ‘map’ region nal pipe < H. nal ‘pipe’. See also nali. nagpheni See nag nal pẽce water-spout

nagra1 See nagera nalage negative nonpast qualitative predicate marker, used with more or less permanent nagra2 Nagra, name of a village predicates. Negative of heke. < S. nalāg- ‘negative copula’ nagya, nagiya, nandiya Nagiya, prominent person in Kharia mythology. Husband of nali small channel < S. nalī ‘pipe’. See also Jhariyo. Derived in popular etymology nal. from IA nadī ‘river’. namuna example < S. namunā ‘example’

144 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 =naŋ~nawka

destruction < S. nāś kar- ‘destroy’. See =naŋ marker for the first person, Du, Incl also nasay/nase. nas karay conj.v. destroy naŋ-naŋ ancient (Malhotra, 1982:82 and elsewhere) nasarat Nazareth, name of a city in Palestine (from the Bible) nana 1. maternal grandfather; 2. elder sister nasarat poɁda the village of Nazareth (bg:180) < S. nānā ‚grandfather‘. See also nani. nasay Act: finish, destroy < S. nāś kar- ‘destroy’. See also nas. nandani, nãdani history nase Mid: nasay: gener of Act; nase: be destroyed nandiya See nagiya nasib luck, fortune, fate < S. nasīb ‘good nani maternal grandmother < S. nānī fortune’ ‘grandmother. See also nana. nana nani(kiyar) mother’s parents nasta Act: eat breakfast; Mid:-; gener; breakfast < H. nāśtā ‘breakfast; light naoka See nawka snack’ napha result, outcome (bg:180) < H. naphā naʈak drama, play < S. nāʈak ‘drama, play’ ‘profit, gain, advantage’ (?) natgot Act: make s.o. a member of one’s family naraɁj, naraj Act: anger (tr), make angry; or clan; Mid: become a member of a Mid: become angry; angry, unsatisfied < family or clan; (family) relationship < S. narāj ‘discontent, dejected, cross’ H. nāz ‘relationship’ and got ‘family’ narak Hell < H. narak (hjpb:67,81) nati grandson < S. nāti ‘grandson’ naram Act: soften (tr) (Caus preferred); Mid: become soft; soft; Caus: naram < natija reason < S. natījā ‘consequence’ S. naram ‘soft’. See also koɽom, lotem, mulayam. natin granddaughter < S. natin ‘granddaughter’ naraŋgi orange (fruit) < H. nārãgī ‘orange (tree nathanael Nathanael, man’s name from the and its fruit)’ Bible nares king (hjpb:66,61) < H. nareś ‘king’. See naw, nãw 9, with the form nawa before ɖom <

also koleŋ1, raja. S. nau ‘9’. See also thomsiŋ. naw ratan Nao Ratan, a nine storied narsiŋga trumpet, a brass or copper trumpet of house from the Asuri Age long size (hjpa:275,34) < S. narsĩghā ‘trumpet (of wild buffalo’s horn)’ nawaɖicenpur Nawadichenpur, name of a city naryal coconut < S. nariyar ‘coconut (whole)’ nawgaɽh Nawgarh, name of a town nas Act: destroy; Mid: become destroyed; nawka, naoka ship < H. nāw ‘ship, boat’

145 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon nãwkod~niraŋ

nibhor (a) certain nãwkod najor King Nowkod Najor (?) of Babylon nicoɽ conclusion < H. nicoɽ ‘juice, extract; essence, gist’ naygom, naigom blacksmith; name of the niɖar brave < S. niɖar ‘brave’. See also Sadri-speaking caste which traditionally ɖiɽhgar. has this occupation niga Kurukh, or “Oraon”, name of a North naypal See nepal Dravidian ethnic group and its language neɖa time, hour; the correct or proper time nĩgul knowledgeable, wise. Used in Kullū’s (hjpa, 153, c:6; 258,6; 279,42) translation of the New Testament in the phrase nĩgul newanaɁ lebuki, given nehiyar, nahiyar, nahĩyar, naihar wife‘s as ‘astrologers’ in Eng. translations. parent‘s house < S. nahiyār, H. nanihāl Although this lexeme was unknown to ‘house and family of a maternal speakers I consulted, they judged from gradfather’ context that it must mean ‘knowledgeable, wise’, so that this phrase translates as nek compassionate; pure < H. nek ‘good, ‘men of wise character’. Not of S. origin. virtuous, excellent’ nij own, refl < S. nīj ‘(one’s) own’ nemon Given by Biligiri (1965:180) as an

alternate form of memon. See there. nikin, ni2, nokin ‘perhaps’, sentence-final particle expressing doubt. Speakers I nepal, naypal the Kingdom of Nepal consulted said that this is not a loan word from S. or any other language. Perhaps bg nẽwa a kind of fruit ( :181) related to ni1. newan character < S. newan ‘character’ nila blue < S. nīlā ‘blue’. See also lil, which is more common. neway Act: bend (tr) < S. nẽv- ‘bend (itr)’ nim, nimo Melia Azadirachta, the neem tree < newe Mid: bend (itr) H. nīm’the neem tree, Melia azadirachta’ newra mungo, Ichneumon (hjpa:222,35) nimar correct manner gay newra presumably a certain type of mungo (hjpa:222,35) nimo See nim newta Act: invite; Mid:-; gener < S. nevtā =niŋ, =niɲ marker of 1st person, Pl, Incl ‘invitation’ niphikir without worry, carefree < H. ni- ni1 sentence-final tag-question seeking ‘without’ and fikar ‘care’. See also confirmation, ‘Right?’ phikir.

ni2 See nikin. Perhaps related to ni1 niraŋ pure, without color < H. ni- ‘without’ and rãg ‘color’

146 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 nirbãs~oɁ3

Generally restricted to a Sg possessor, nirbãs Act: make s.o. childless; Mid: be(come) but occasionally found for the Du and Pl childless < S. nirbãs ‘childless person’ as well. nirmal pure < H. nirmal ‘clear, pure’ nuh Noah, man’s name (from the Bible) nisʈa determination; firm < H. niṣʈhā ‘firm numboɁ or not (= no umboɁ) position; devotion; devout’ nisʈa hoy conj.v. be(come) determined nuksan See noksan nitibacan proverb; Book of Psalms nunu female breast; nipple; (mother’s) milk niyam rule, custom < S. niyam ‘rule’ nuwa, nũwa barber < S. nāuvā̃ ‘barber’

complementizer no1, na1 ‘that’; or; and (conjunction); sentence-final particle, used to denote a non-leading tag question (i.e., neither “yes” nor “no” is expected). See also haɁna. *o* no … no either … or =o general numeral classifier, can be used with all nominals. It has the same hjp no2, na7 Hello! ( a:245,101). See also e, he, meaning as ʈho but is much more

la2, le, re1, ri. common. no!, no la! Hey! no hontay Well then! So! o!, oh! See oh!

Ɂ ct no3 found in the form gur no go ɖ=ki ‘(s/ =oɁ1 A , past. Before this enclitic the final he) fell’ in (hjpa:220,39, from aa:133), plosive is obligatorily devoiced and meaning unclear aspirated. /Ɂ/ becomes /kh/, except in ga no focus marker (hjpa:268,21) derived forms, where the glide /y/ is inserted. After vowels /y/ is regularly noga quickly; as soon as, just as; while …ing. inserted to avoid the hiatus. /y/ may,

Probably derives from no1, =ga however, always be inserted, at least in the speech of younger speakers. nogro Nogro, name of a village en oɁ2, hoɁ house. G : generally ogaɁ, also nokari service, work < S. nokarī ‘work, oɁyaɁ employment’ oɁ duar, oɁ dura house and home nokari kamu work oɁ yona name of a ceremony, described in hjpa:156 nokin See nikin ogaɁki the members of a household (Pl form of ogaɁ, the Gen of oɁ, i.e., noksan, nuksan damage, harm, destruction < S. ‘those [people] of the house’) noksān ‘destruction’

oɁ3 See hoɖom =nom 2nd person, possessive marker.

147 Ɂ Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon =o b1~ol

Ɂ ct g id Ɂ Ɂ =o b1, =ob1 A , past, 2nd person, S get rid of; draw (water); M :-; o j-o j: gener; Caus: oɁb-oɁj; No Doub Caus Ɂ aus o b2, ob2 C marker. Generally a prefix with formation monosyllabic roots, otherwise generally sonbira oɁjna name of a religious an infix, although there are some ceremony irregularities. Doub Causs have this Ɂ ct id affix twice, once as a prefix and once as o j2 A : drive (e.g. oxen); M : possible an infix. Depending on the phonological with an intransitive sense (be driven) but environment, it can have any one of the not in general use. Probably the same Ɂ Ɂ following forms, among others: /o b/, / lexeme as o j1. ob/, /o/, /-Ɂ-/, /-Ɂb-/, /b/. Ɂ o j3 used as a telicizer with the sequential Ɂ ct id gener o bɖil A : make shade; M :-, . See also converb in =kon1. I have found only one ɖal ‘cover’, ɖil ‘become covered’. oɁbɖil such example found to date: hjpa:38, line probably derives from the Caus of this 4 from top: hokaɽ moɲ upay socaykon lexeme. ochoɁ ‘He thought up a means’. Exact meaning unclear. Also used with the oboɁ See eboɁ lexical stem only (also one example): e.g. hjpa, 155, 21. oɖoɁ, eɖoɁ Act: increase (tr); Mid: increase itr ( ); and; also; other; more (can also be okon See ikon2 used in the Pl); again oɖoɁ ghari usually okuɁb, ukuɁb Act: hide (tr); Mid:-; gener; eɖoɁ iɖoɁ many other Caus: oɁb-okuɁb; Doub Caus: oɁb- oɖoɁ i what else? o<Ɂ>kuɁb. See also dobray / dobre, oɖoɁ meson once again japaʔ, leʔɖ, lukay / luke, (lutui) raŋgoʔ, oɖoɁ oɖoɁ many other reprepay, somte. oɖoyoɁ no and okhɽi small mortar < H. okhlī ‘small mortar’ oɖol koynar tree (bg:182) okhuwa See akhuwa oɖoyoɁ no See oɖoɁ ol Act: bring; Mid:-; ol-ol: gener oẽɁj the sound made by buffalo (hjpa: 228,51) ol-ol masdar of ol (onomatopoetic). See also ʈoẽʔj. olʈu Act: drop off - Derives from ol and the departive marker ʈu but must be ogeb, ogebna See geɁb considered a separate lexeme as it can also combine with the departive oh!, o! Oh! (hjpa:268,21) marker ʈu, producing olʈuʈu; Mid: be left ohenega at that time < S. ohe samay ‘at that time’, ne? See also =ga. -ol “v2” or “explicator / vector verb”, exact meaning not clear. Occurs in MS, 1:136; ohore!, ohre! Ah!; Oh! (vocative) 1:153

Ɂ ct ct tr id gener o j1 A : take out, remove weeds; develop; olɖay A : marry ( ); M :-; ; wedding;

148 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 olem~opuŋ

masdar of olɖay. < ol, ɖay, literally ‘take udum, usum. a wife’. See also biha, kersoŋ, sadi. olɖayaɁ virgin (hjpa:257,4) oɲeŋ Act: return (tr), give back (bg:183: ‘draw back’); Mid: draw back (itr). Biligiri olem a woman‘s name, literally „you will (1965:183) derives this from oɲ ‘twist’ bring“ and eŋ ‘return’. Another possibility is oloŋ a kind of grass used for thatching rooves; that this form is a lexicalized form of thatch; also used in determining a an earlier (irregular) Caus of eŋ ‘return’ sickness by a traditional dẽwɽa (Ḍuŋɖuŋ, (itr), although this now has the (regular) 1999: 306) form oɁb-eŋ. olsoɁol Act: bring This root is obviously related on Act: plant; place; Mid:-; on-on: gener.

to ol ‘bring’, although it is not quite clear See also un1, for which on is sometimes how. One speaker noted that this form is found. The two are probably dialectal most commonly used by older speakers. variants. Very seldom; found only once in my texts (in MS, 1:159). Other speakers I oncar news < S. oncar ‘news’ questioned were not familiar with this lexeme. onɖor, onɖro Act: hear; Mid: be heard; hear accidentally; gener; listening (masdar) olta, oltha hiding place < H. olaʈ / oʈ ‘shelter; Caus: o<Ɂb>nɖor, oɁb-onɖor; Doub place of concealment’? Caus: oɁb-o<Ɂb>nɖor. See also anɖor. onɖor karay conj.v. listen, hear. ompay, umpay medium-sized river, according Stimulus in the Gen case. to speakers I consulted it is smaller than a khirom but larger than a jhariya. ongher, oŋgher Act: hire or keep someone Malhotra (1982:74) on the other hand as a servant; Mid: work as a servant, indicates that it is larger than a khirom. become a servant; (bg:182: ‘be young ompay sitil river-bank (persons)’); labourer, young man. See also ungher, kongher. bg ompeŋ1 flattened rice ( :182) onmoɁ, onomo marriage; married. Perhaps ompeŋ2 bitter related to nom, the inalienable possessive marker, second person, Sg, ‘yours’: The oŋgul tip (hjpa, 155:21;274,33; hjpb:47,7) form onomo is found in r&r:500f., no. oŋgul romoŋ tip of the nose 25, cited by hjpa:242,92 and is translated as ‘wedded to thee’. It would seem to be, oŋher See ongher at least etymologically, a combination of the Caus marker o- and the possessive bg oɲ ( :183) See uɲ1 marker =nom with the meaning ‘cause to become yours’. oɲem Act: warm (one’s hands, feet, etc.); Mid: warm oneself; Probably originally Caus ontuɁɖ end (n.); last (adj.). See also tuɁɖ ‘finish’ form of ɲem ‘warm’. See also garam, giriŋ/giɽiŋ, loɁb, ɲem, oɽe, pogim, opuŋ, upuŋ Act: winnow, shake off rice in the ruŋum, sului, ʈheker, tapay/tape, urum / wind; Mid:-; gener; Caus: o<Ɂb>buŋ,

149 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon oɽe~oton1

oɁb-opuŋ; Doub Caus: oɁb-o<Ɂb>puŋ. oreɁj komaŋ oxen meat Undoubtedly originally a Caus of puŋ ‘carry off (of the wind)’. However, as oroŋ Act: (of the wind) to blow dust into opuŋ has both a simple and Doub Caus, something (eyes, food, water, etc., but it would seem better to consider opuŋ a not things such as clothing); Mid: (of lexeme in its own right now. Also related dust) to blow into the eyes, food, water, to jepuŋ, kupuŋ? etc. See also tapaɁ. (o)puŋ ol conj.v. cause to fly away (e.g. leaves in the wind) orsiŋ beans (bg:183) oɽe Act: 1. warm an egg (of chickens); 2. orton, ortonoɁ Asan tree (bg:183) hold a child in one’s arms while sleeping, thereby keeping it warm; Mid: 1. become os dew (bg:183) < S. os pānī ‘dew’. See also warm; 2.-. See also garam, giriŋ/giɽiŋ, alamɖaɁ. loɁb, ɲem, oɲem, pogim, ruŋum, sului, ʈheker, tapay/tape, urum /udum, usum. osãgaɁj beginning osãgajaɁ previous. Gen of osãgaɁj oɽeɁb, oreɁb Act: cool (tr); Mid: cool (itr); Caus: o<Ɂb>ɽeb osar veranda (bg:183) < H. osār ‘wide; width’? oɽiyay Act: order, put in order < S. oɽiyā- / oriyā ‘put in order’ osel Act: make white (Caus preferred); Mid: become white; Caus: o<Ɂb>sel; white oɽiye Mid: be put in order oselɖaɁ white (oselɖaɁ yota ‘looks white’) õɽka, oɽka Act: perform a by decapitating the victim; Mid: be oskay primitive (Malhotra, 1982:255) sacrificed (in the manner described above); the person sacrificed in this osoŋ Act: make something spicy hot (Caus ceremony; headhunter (last meaning preferred); Mid: become spicy hot from Malhotra, 1982: 127) (bg:183, ‘be bitter’); spicy heat; hot, spicy; Caus: o<Ɂb>soŋ oɽoɁ Act: stick s.th. into something; Mid: get stuck osuŋ Act: bewitch; Mid: become bewitched; enchantment; passion; suffering through ct id hjp or1 A : wrap around; M : become witchcraft ( a:278,39). See also wrapped; or-or: gener of Act < H. oɽh- paŋgay. ‘wrap around’ pap osuŋ enchantment through sin, sting of sin (hjpa:278,39) or2 side < H. or ‘side, direction’ oʈhŋgay Act: lean against (tr) < S. oʈhaŋga- oreɁb See oɽeɁb ‘lean against’ oreɁj, oreyaɁ ox; castrated bull; cattle oʈhŋge Mid: lean against (itr) oreɁj cuman the oxen-honouring feast, ct described in hjpa:70-5. oton1 A : press, press down, place s.th. on

150 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 oton2~paham

s.th.; Mid:-; gener pachim baŋal the state of West Bengal < S. pacchim ‘west’ ct bg oton2 A : stab ( :183, not known to speakers I questioned) paɖ See paɁ otun, oton goton See utun paɖhe See poɽhay/poɽhe oyeŋ Caus of eŋ pad verse; post, office < H. pad ‘position, rank, etc.’ raja pad the post of the king, kingship

paday Act: fart; Mid:-; gener

*p* padɽi See padri paɁ, paɁɖ Act: break, split (tr); Mid: break, split (itr); paɁ-paɁ: gener, tr; Caus: pãdra fourth son of Semb(h)o and Dakay oɁb-paɁ, pa<Ɂ>aɁ; Doub Caus: oɁb- pa<Ɂ>aɁ padri, padɽi Christian priest (< Portuguese paɁsor, paɁɖsor (flat) grinding stone. padre, unknown through which See also sor, soreŋ. language) pabitar holy < S. pavitar ‘holy’ padu, pãdu, phagun ca. September, the ninth pabitar atma, pabitratma Holy Spirit month of the year < H. phāgun ‘the month of Phagun’ pablik people < Eng., probably via an Indo- Aryan language paguɽ Act: help crawl (= Caus); Mid: crawl; lebu pablik the people Caus: pa<Ɂb>guɽ ‘help crawl’ < S. paguɽ- ‘crawl’. See also guɽiyay, kabuɽ, pãc, paɲc 5; leader of the paɲcāyat, the council reŋgay / reŋge. of the five elders of a village who settle disputes; the paɲcāyat itself < S. pãc ‘5’. pagha big rope < S. paghā ‘thick rope’ See also moloy. pãcwa fifth paghlay Act: melt (tr) < S. paghl-/ paghlā- ‘melt (itr/tr)’ pãceiʈ the panchayat, the traditional form of paghle Mid: melt (itr) local government < S. pãcait ‘panchayat’ pahala See pohila packom See paɁjkom paham, phaham, pham, thaham Act: pacli, pachli Act: push s.th. backwards; ponder, plan; remember; decide; Mid: Mid: walk or move backwards; back, be uncertain as to what to do; thought; backwards, behind < S. pichlā ‘back memory part’, pāche ‘behind’ paham aw conj.v. remember paham ɖel conj.v. remember pãcwa See pãc paham hoy conj.v. realize paham karay conj.v. remember

151 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon pahan~palki

S. pakkā ‘strong (as in belief)’ pahan priest < S. pahan ‘non-Christian priest’ (< IA pradhān?). See also kalo. pakir name of a tree (bg:184) pahaɽ mountain, hill < S. pahāɽ ‘mountain’ pakka See paka pahaɽi mountainous, hilly pako Mohua fruit, the ripe, seed-bearing paharait after midnight < S. pahā rāit’ after fruit of the Mohua tree (hjpa:174, 58; midnight’. See also adharait under 247,106). See also kupuŋ. haʔɖo. pakha niche in the wall; hjpa:274f. ‘a niche pahila, pahile See pohila used in a wall as a shelf’ pahra god (bg:184). See also beɽo apa, pakhi side < S. pakhī ‘side’ bhagwan, dewta, dewtain, giriŋ, isuwar, ct id ponmesor. pal1 A : be able; finish; M :-; pal-pal: gener; Caus: oɁb-pal, pa<Ɂb>l; Doub paĩca See poĩca Caus: oɁb-pa<Ɂb>l. With the meaning ‘be able’, pal appears with the lexical paidal on foot < S. paidāl ‘on foot’ stem as an infinitive, with the meaning ‘finish’ it follows either the lexical paiɁjkom See paɁjkom stem in its simple form as a “V2” or “explicator verb” or it may alternatively pailkoʈ, pailkoʈa, pailkoɁʈa See palkoʔʈa follow the lexical stem in the form of the sequential converb < S. pār- ‘be able’? paĩɽu, pãyɽu anklet (bg:185) < S. paĩrī ‘anklet’ hoyna palte maybe, perhaps (lit.: ‘it can be’) pair cloth border (bg:184) ct bg pal2 A : wink ( :184; unknown to speakers paisa See poisa I consulted) paj hawk; falcon, pronounced [paj], not palam See palamu [paɁɟ˺ɲ] < S. pājh ‘hawk’ palamɽa name of a river pãj See paɲj palamɽa ompay the Palamra River paɁjkom, paiɁjkom, packom soldier, policeman palamu, palam Palamu (name of a district in < S. palʈan ‘soldier’? Jharkhand) palam raij the “Kingdom” of Palamu pajhra fountain, small spring < S. pajhrā palamu ghaʈ Palamu Ghat (place name) ‘source, spring’. See also pajhre. paldi echo-word for jaldi pajhre Act:-; Mid: flow (of water) < S. pajhrā ‘source, spring’. See also pajhra. palesʈina des Palestine < S. deś ‘country’ paka, pakka strong, sturdy; definite, steadfast < palki bed; palanquin < H. pālkī ‘litter;

152 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 palko~paniye1

conveyance carried on the shoulders’ paŋoɁɖ Act: place a baby on the lap; Mid: (of a palki jahaj sedan-chair baby) be placed on s.o.’s lap palko Act: gush forth suddenly (e.g., when paɲc See pãc digging a hole and water suddenly gushes out); Mid: gush, spout (itr). The paɲj, pãj footstep < S. pā̃j ‘footprint’. See also difference between the two appears to poɲjiyay. be related to the “gener” category, as in the first case the water suddenly begins paɲjra, paɲjera rib < S. pãjrā hāɽ ‘ribs, rib to gush, whereas in the second it gushes case’. See also paɽaŋkal. (continually). paɲjray Act: speak indirectly; plow the edge palkoɁʈa, pailkoʈ, pailkoʈa, pailkoɁʈa, of a field paylkoʔʈa Palkota, name of a city and paɲjre Mid: speak indirectly (gener); be thana in Jharkhand plowed (of a field) palʈan army (bg:184) < S. palʈan ‘soldier’ paɲjri skeleton (hjpa:189,155) < H. pãjrī ‘a rib’ palʈay, palʈa Act: change < H. palaʈ- ‘turn over’ paɳɖeriya name of a village. Exact location unknown but in the general vicinity of palʈe Mid: change (itr) Ranchi. pampaɁpur Pampapur (name of a district) pan betel leaf < H. pān ‘betel leaf’ pampla butterfly < S.paplā ‘butterfly’ panari Panari (name of a village) (hjpa: 124); district (hjpa:232,66) paŋ Act: take down/away; carry on the shoulder (hjpa, 154, d:19); Mid: be taken panɖu a white dove (hjpa:239,83) < H. pãɖuk down/away. See also goʔ, ghõɽci, hintor, ‘turtle-dove; dove’ ʔ kaku j, kunɖum, puŋ, sambhray2, ʈuɖaʔ, ʔ te j1, tuphaŋ, uɖum. pandan a type of tree paŋ paɁ pur popular etymology of pandan daru the pandan tree Pampaʔpur (see there) pandra 15 < S. pandro, H. pandrah ‘15’ paŋgay Act: bewitch; Mid: become bewitched pandravĩ, pandarvĩ fifteenth (hjpb: (hjpa:278,39). See also osuŋ. 53,4) panesar See ponmesor, etc. paŋkrajvala teacher panic bow-string (bg:184) paŋkha Act: fan (s.o. else); Mid: fan (oneself); fan < S. pãkhā ‘fan’ panisani Panisani, name of a village paŋkha raj Wing King, name of ct a mythological flying horse in paniyay1, A : sharpen (a hatchet) by heating it hjpa:141-3 and working it id paniye 1 M : become sharpened < S. paniyā-,

153 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon paniyay2~paricha

pani- with same meanings paɽom Act:-; Mid: gain strength, recover from an illness; power, energy ct tr hjp paniyay2, A : paint ( ) < H. paniyā- ‘to paɽom gar powerful ( b:55,44; 61,21) water; become watery’ (?) paɽosi neighbor < S. paɽosī ‘neighbor’ id paniye2 M : become covered with paint paɽu Act: sing; Mid: sing (hab); a certain type panti, pãti row, line; folded seam (e.g. in a of song saree); in a row < S. pãti ‘line, row’ panti pantiga in a row; one after the parab chapter < H. parva ‘part or section of a other; next to one another book’ pap sin < S. pāp ‘sin’ paramatma the supreme spirit < H. paramātmā pap chama forgiveness of sins (hjpa: ‘the supreme spirit’ 276,35) pap tay chuɁʈe be released of sins parameswar See ponmesor (hjpb:61,27) pap karay conj.v. sin parathana prayer < H. prārthanā ‘prayer, pap osuŋ enchantment through sin, sting entreaty’ of sin (hjpa:278,39) parathana karay conj.v. pray pap rupi sinful papi sinner; sinful parbati Parvati, an important goddess in Hinduism papɽa Gardenia latifolia (hjpa:172,39) parcar preacher < Eng. pãɽ See bamhan parda curtain < S. pardā ‘curtain’ paɽal Participial form from S. paɽ-, ‘occurred, stayed, gotten’, but can also have the pardesi foreign; foreigner; stranger < S. pardeśī meaning ‘lying’ or ‘lying down’ ‘foreigner’ (hjpb:56,68; 59, note 68; 64, 30; 66,70) pare See paro paɽaŋkal Mid: rib (bg:185; speakers I consulted were not familiar with this lexeme). See pareɁɖ karay march (e.g., of soldiers). No also paɲj. further data available on pareɁɖ. paɽe See poɽe pargana province, district < H. parganā ‘subdivision of a zilā district’ paɽhai studies, course of study < H. paɽhāī ‘study (n.)’ parhej Act: abstain (from + infinitive); Mid:-; gener < H. parhez ‘abstention’ paɽhay / paɽhe See poɽhay / poɽhe parice introduction < H. paricay ‘acquaintance’ paɽi turn, chance < S. pārī ‘turn’ paɽi paɽi one after another paricha, pariksa examination < S. parikśā ‘examination’

154 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 pariya~paɁʈo (puja) pariya era, time < S. pariyā ‘era, time’

paʈa1 wooden leveller used after ploughing a pariwar family < S. parivār ‘family’ field bg( :185) paʈa kaɁɖ harrow (hjpa:214f.) pariksa See paricha

paʈa2 oil press parja, praja subject (e.g. of a king) < H. prajā ‘subject (of a king)’ paʈari railroad tracks < H. paʈrī ‘strip of wood or metal’ parkala mirror < S. parkālā ‘mirror’, H. parkālā ct ‘glass pane’ paʈay1, A : water (plants) < S. paʈā- ‘water (flowers, etc.) id parkha side, bank (of a river) paʈe1 M : be watered (of plants)

ct parmeswar See ponmesor paʈay2, A : fix price, bargain; bring s.o. to agree < S. paʈā- ‘bargain’ paro, parom, pare Act: bring across (Caus id tr aus id preferred); M : cross over ( ); C : paʈe2 M : be fixed (of a price); agree pa<Ɂb>ro ‘take across, bring s.o. s.where’; side (n.) < S. pār ‘crossing’ paʈain, paʈein ceiling, also used with the meaning “floor, story” < S. paʈāin, parpan Act: cleanse, clean; Mid: clean oneself paʈein ‘ceiling’ parwah opinion < H. parvāh ‘care, concern’ paʈi protective shell of a turtle (hjpa: 178,88) pasa Act: beat (grain, a person, etc.); Mid: be paʈkay, paʈka Act: dash something against the beaten; gener ground paʈke Mid: be dashed to the ground < H. paʈak- pase Act: bring close; Mid: come close; ‘dash/knock down’ Caus: pa<Ɂb>se; near (adv.); near (postposition, used with Gen) < S. pase paʈlipur the district of Patlipur. Same as ‘near’ paʈliputra? pasete nearby paʈliputra the city of Patna (< Skt.). See also paska Easter < S. pāskā ‘Easter’ (< Portuguese paʈlipur, paʈna, paɁʈopur. pascua) paʈna the city of Patna. Capital of the state of pasŋgi log of firewood Bihar, of which the state of Jharkhand pasŋgi khoɁ fireplace, hearth formerly composed the southern half. See also paɁʈopur, patliputra. paɁsor See paɁ paɁʈo (puja) name of a ceremony described pasray Act: stretch the legs (tr) < S. pasrā- in hjpa:142ff. in which, among other ‘stretch out (hand) things, a chicken is sacrificed. Popular pasre Mid: (pasre): stretch (of legs) (itr); etymlogy of paɁʈopur. (pasray): gener of Act. See also ɲuŋ.

155 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon paɁʈopur~peɽay paɁʈopur Kharia name for ‘Patna’. See paʈna, paɁʈo paya chance, opportunity paʈ paʈ Meaning unclear, found in hjpb:53,3. paylkoʈ(a) See palkoʔʈa paʈpaʈay Act: hold fast pãyɽu See paĩɽu paʈpaʈe Mid: be held fast paysa See poisa paʈhpuja See pujapaʈh under puja. pãytalis 45 < H. paĩtālīs ‘45’

pata1, patta tail paytar, phaytar plain; fertile (uncertain)

l pata2 trace; known < S. patā ‘trace (n.)’ =pe marker of 2P pata laɁ conj.v. be known peɁ cooked rice; food; dinner patar Act:-; Mid: become light (e.g. a room or peɁ beso Act:??; Mid: eat one’s fill the sky); light; dawn; Caus: patar, peɁ cakhnaɁ Act: prepare dinner; pa

tar Mid:?? pãti See panti pẽca See poĩca patit fallen (religious or moral sense) < Skt. pẽce spout. See nal pẽce.

patras Peter. See also pitar1. pechauri, pechori piece of cloth < H. pichaurī ‘a shawl (for women)’ patratu Patratu, name of a town in Jharkhand. Whereabouts unknown. peɁɖ Act: blow or play a pipe or horn; Mid:-; peɁɖ-peɁɖ: gener. See also peɳeʔɖ. patta See pata1 peiʈ, peiʈh See peʈh(iya) pattajhaɽa coward See also ɖarguha. peɳeɁɖ, pẽɽeɁɖ (large) fife. See peɁɖ, -nV-. See pattha first < Skt. prathama-? also rutu ‘small fife’;bãsari. patha a measure (for rice or grain). Said by pendar bottom(-side) < S. pendā ‘bottom’ speakers I consulted to be equal in pendari low-lying, on the bottom. See weight to approximately 1 kg. also bãdho pendari. paul, paulus Paul pener fly (v.); wing Cf. -nV-. paũray Act: help s.o. swim < S. pāũr- ‘swim’. pensil pencil (Eng.) See also pero. paũre Mid: swim peɽay meaning unknown. Used in the expressions peɽay munɖa, chuti pawan purifier, rectifier (hjpb:64,30) < Skt. peɽay. Appears to have (had?) the

156 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 pẽɽeɁɖ~poɁ

meaning ‘impure’. picha side < H. pīchā ‘rear or back part’? peɽay munɖa Peray Munda Name of ethnic group piɁj Act: break (tr); fix (a price);M id: break (itr) pẽɽeɁɖ See peɳeɁɖ lemeɁɖ piɁj conj.v. wake up pereõwa See perwa piɲjira, piɲjra, pĩjra cage < S. pĩjrā ‘cage’ periya, poriya time, generation < S. periyā piluwa worm < H. pillu ‘worm, faggot’ ‘time; age, period, era’ (hjpa:180,100) pero swim (Malhotra, 1982:325). See paũray pinɖa, pĩɽa step built into the front wall of the / paũre. house for sitting on (bg:186 ‘veranda’) perwa, pẽrwa, perwã, pereõwa pigeon < S. pipni eyelid (bg:186) < S. pipnī ‘eyelash’ perwā̃ ‘pigeon’ pĩɽa See pinɖa pesab Act: pee, urinate; Mid:-; pee (n.), urine

< S. peśāb ‘urine’ piʈ See mar1 pesab karay conj.v. pee, urinate pesab laɁ conj.v. to have to pee piʈauriyagaɽh, piʈoria the village of Pitaurigarh, exact location unknown but peswar Peshawar in the general vicinity of Ranchi.

peʈi box < H. peʈī ‘box, case; bundle pitar1 Peter. See also patras.

peʈu glutton, (fig.) pig < S. peʈu pitar2 brass < S. pitar, pital ‘brass’. See also piɁtoɽo. peʈh, peiʈ, peiʈh, peʈhiya, peʈhya, poʈhiya hjp market < H. paĩʈh ‘fixed marked; marked piɁtoɽo brass ( a:173,46). See also pitar2. day; shop, stall’ ct id peʈhiya ʈola Market Quarter, name of piyar1 A : make yellow; M : become yellow; a section of the city of Simdega yellow < H. pīlā ‘yellow’. See also saŋ. (hjpb:51,49)

piyar2 See peyar petra pot-belly (hjpa:175,64, quoted from r&r:452,31) piyas thirst < S. piyās ‘thirst’ ɖaɁ piyas thirst ct id peyar, piyar2 A : love; M :-; love for a long ɖaɁ piyas laɁ conj.v. be(come) thirsty time; love (n.) < S. piyār ‘love’ peyar karay conj.v. love piyo Oriolus melanocephaus, the Golden peyara loved Oriole (hjpa:236,73; 239,82) pyare dear (adj.) poɁ Act: bump against s.th. (part of body pib, pibh pus < S. pībh, pīb ‘pus’ which is bumped is marked by the instrumental buŋ while the place which

157 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon põchri~ponmesor

is bumped against is an object, marked by =te. Possessor of body part is subject, poisa, poesa, paisa, paysa money ɖhebuaɁ e.g. bokoɁb buŋ kaɁbʈote pokhoɁj ‘I paisa ‘money of money’ (unclear) < bumped my head against the door’) S. paisā ‘money’. See also ɖhebuwa, (bg:187: ‘spin’); Mid:-; gener; poɁ-poɁ: kawɽi, keciya, rupaya. gener poisa kawɽi money rupya poisa money põchri tail < S. poĩch(rī), pochrī, puchrī, pochī Ɂ ‘tail’. See also pata1. pokot strong. See pokta, see also ɖhiʈho b.

Ɂ ct id aus Ɂ ct id po ɖ1 A :-; M : sprout, grow; C : o b- pokta A : make someone strong; M : poɁɖ cause to sprout (e.g. of water, halo) become strong; well; good < Skt. pakta- < H. paud ‘a young plant, seedling’? See ‘ripened, matured; cooked’. See also also jaŋkor. pokhta, ɖhiʈhoʔb.

Ɂ ct id po ɖ2 A : stitch leaves, make leaf cups; M : pokhair tank, water-hole < S. pokhrā ‘tank’ be stitched; poɁɖ-poɁɖ: gener of Act pokhra, pokhora big tank, pond pokhri small tank poɖha See poɽha pokhta clever (Malhotra, 1982:138), smart poɖhe See poɽhay / poɽhe (Malhotra, 1982:314). Probably the same lexeme as pokta < Skt. pakta- ‘ripened, poɁda village. See also khoɽi, ʈoli. matured; cooked’ poesa See poisa poɲjiyay Act: follow the footsteps of s.o., imitate someone; Mid:-; gener < S. põga horn for blowing < S. põ ‘horn (of pãjiyā- ‘follow footprints’. See also vehicle)’; H. põgā ‘hollow piece or tube paɲj. (bamboo, metal)’ poɲor anklet, foot ring (hjpa:72f., fn. 54,55) < pogim Act: warm (tr); Mid: become S. paĩrī ‘anklet’ warm See also garam, giriŋ/giɽiŋ, loɁb, ɲem, oɲem, oɽe, ruŋum, sului, ʈheker, ponɖoɁɖ blade of grass or straw; needle made of tapay/tape, urum /udum, usum. bamboo (hjpa:165,1) pogri turban < S. pogrī ‘turban’ ponmesor, ponmosor, ponmeswar, pono- meswar, ponomosor, pono-moswar, pohila, pahala, pahila, pahile first < S. pailā, panesar, parameswar, parmeswar pahīlā ‘first’ God < H. parameśvar ‘the supreme lord: a title of Viṣɳu, or Śiva’. See also beɽo poĩca, paĩca, pẽca Act: lend; borrow; Mid:-; apa, bhagwan, dewta, dewtain, giriŋ, gener < S. paĩcalevek/karek ‘borrow’, isuwar, pahra. paĩcā devek ‘lend’ ponomosor apa, ponmesor ap God the Father poĩn canal draining water away from a field ponomosor sakhi God, who sees (bg:187) everything

158 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 poɽe~premcand

poʈom bundle < H. poʈ ‘bundle’ poɽe, paɽe Act:-; Mid: obligational auxiliary, poʈom kubi cauliflower appears with infinitive of main predicating lexeme < S. paɽe- ‘must, poʈre, poʈro Mid: be pregnant (bg:187). should’ Unknown to speakers I consulted. poɽha, poɖha 1. third son of Semb(h)o and poʈha the Potha fish. Cf. Mundari poʈha-haku Dakay; 2. a kind of fruit ‘type of fish’ h( jpa:188,147). poɽhay, paɽhay Act: read to s.o.; teach; cause poʈhay Act: make (fruit) hard just before it to study < S. paɽhā- ‘teach’ ripens (e.g., the sun); Mid: become hard just before ripening poɽhe, poɖhe, paɖhe, paɽhe Mid: read (to oneself); study < S. paɽh- ‘read’ poʈhiya See peʈh(iya) poɽhe reading poɽhe belar literate potay Act: plaster (a wall, etc.); Mid: become paɽhe likhe literate, learned (of people) plastered (of a wall, etc.) < S. potnā moʈī poɽhe piɽhi read completely ‘plaster (on walls or floor)’ poɽho a certain kind of fig tree, “Ficus pothi, puthi book < H. pothī ‘book, volume’. Cunia, Wall., Urticaceae, a low fig See also pustak tree conspicuous for its long, drooping dharam puthi the Holy Book, Bible leafless, fruit-bearing branches clustered around the trunk or near the roots” prabandh management < H. prabandh (hjpa:171,36) ‘arrangement; management; administration’ poɽob sweet potato prabandh karay conj.v. manage poɽomgar mighty < S. balgār ‘strong’? prabhu the Lord < S. prabhu ‘lord’ prabhu yisu Lord Jesus poɽoŋ hare pracarak preacher < H. pracārak ‘promulgator; poriya See periya proclaimer’ porob Act: make something a festival; Mid: prades region < H. pradeś ‘place, region; become a festival; feast, celebration < S. province; state’ parab ‘feast, festival’ praja See parja porsa Act: repeat; Mid:-; gener pratha custom < H. prathā ‘custom, institution’ porʈoli Name of a khoɽi or ‘village section’ in Saldega (salɖaɁ) prem love < S. prem ‘love’ mel prem se in peace and harmony poʈa stomach; bowels; guts < S. poʈā ‘stomach, intestines’ premcand pseudony of a prominent, highly influential author in Hindi /

159 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon prerit~puni

literature pujagar intended for a sacrifice pujapaʈh, paʈhpuja offering, sacrifice prerit apostle < S. prerit ‘apostle’ pujapaʈh, paʈhpuja karay conj.v. perform a sacrifice priye Dear (f.)! (voc.) < Skt. priye ‘dear (f., puja sewa honoring voc.)’ puja sewa karay conj.v. honor priyetam husband (hjpb:56,47) pujar the assistant to the kalo or traditional puɁ Act: chip (bg:187). Unknown to speakers Kharia priest < S. pujārī ‘(Hindu) priest’. I consulted. See also pujari.

echo puchar word for khoj2 ‘searching’, does pujari (traditional) priest < S. pujārī ‘(Hindu) not seem to have an independent lexical priest’. See also pujar. meaning in Kharia < S. puchāir in khojā(ir) puchā(i) kar- ‘search and ask’ puɁjɖaɁ Act: rinse mouth (buŋ) with water (=te); Mid: become rinsed (of the mouth, puɁchuɁɖ Act: wrap up in; Mid:- direct case); gener puɁɖ Act:-; Mid: jump; Caus: ob-puɖ pũji capital, funds < S. pũjī ‘fund’ (Malhotra, 1982:165); puɁɖ-puɁɖ: gener pul bridge < S. pul ‘bridge’ puɖu Act: cause to explode (Caus is preferred, and is the only form allowed with an pulis daroɁ police (Malhotra, 1982:112, animate subject (as opposed to e.g. meaning of daroɁ unclear) ‘fire’); Mid: explode; (fig.): be(come) envious; Caus: pu<Ɂb>ɖu, oɁb-puɖu; pulki beating of the heart (hjpb:44,8) < Doub Caus: oɁb-pu<Ɂb>ɖu < S. phuʈh- H. pulak ‘erection of the hair on the ‘explode’ (itr), phuʈā- ‘explode (tr)’ body (considered as a sign of ecstasy; thrill of rapture, ecstasy’; pulkit, pulkī puɖub, puʈu a certain kind of vegetable ‘enraptured, ecstatic’ (hjpa:175,62, quoted from r&r (no page pulki dhãway conj.v. make s.o.’s heart given) ‘without creeper, round tuber’ and pound ‘a kind of jungle vegetable which grows undergound without any creeper or plant puŋ Act: cause to fly off, carry off (as e.g. above ground’; water-lilly (hjpa:216,14) of the wind); Mid: be carried off (by Types of puɖub: jait puɖub (grey) and the wind). See also opuŋ, undoubtedly raɖkob (white). See also khũkhri, puʈ originally a Caus of puŋ. However, as oub aus uɖ, uɖ2. opuŋ has both a simple and D C , it would seem better to consider opuŋ a pudga feather < S. pudgā ‘small feather’ lexeme in its own right now. Also related to jepuŋ, kupuŋ? See also goʔ, ghõɽci, ʔ puja Act: honor (tr); Mid: be honored; gener hintor, kaku j, kunɖum, paŋ, sambhray2, ʔ of Act; offering, sacrifice < S. pūjā kar- ʈuɖaʔ, te j1, tuphaŋ, uɖum. ‘offer a sacrifice’ puja karay conj.v. perform a sacrifice puni, puniyom, punyom Act: make a full puja ɲoɁ conj.v. sacrifice moon (e.g. by God); Mid: become a full

160 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 punya~puʈkal

moon; full moon < S. puni ‘full moon’. purkhãwti the multitude of ancestors, See punya? See also purnima. “ancestorship” (hjpa, 149, fn. i) punya name of a priest in Kharia mythology purliya See puruliya who is said to be the priest who lost his holy thread because he forgot it when he purluɁɖ clean; figurative: ‘spotless, without went to urinate. A Brahman found the reproach’ holy thread and kept it, so that he became the one to perform the sacrifice. Up until purnaphani Purnaphani, name of a town in that time, the Brahmans were the ones Gumla district who carried the Kharia priest around on a palanquin. After this incident, the purnima full moon < H. pūrɳimā ‘night or day Kharia carried the Brahman around. See of full moon’. See also puni. puni? purob See purab punyom See puni purso unmarried (hjpa:275,34) puɽi pūrī, small round cake (bg:188) purub See purab pur used in place names, from Indo-Aryan, where it may loosely be translated as purukh See purkha ‘city’. In Kharia, however, it may also be used for countries and areas, even the puruliya, purliya Purulia, name of district and Netherworld (bhiɁtar pur), in addition to city in West Bengal cities and villages. pus, puɁs(e)rel, phuʔs(e)rel the month of Pus, pura, puray Act: make full, entire, complete < ca. December-January < H. pūs ‘the S. purā kar- ‘complete’ (tr) month of Pus’. See also -rel. pus leraŋ the month of Pus pure Mid: become finished, complete pura all; complete, completely; puɁsaɁj Act: bore (tr); Mid: become bored exclusively pura puri complete puɁs(e)rel See pus pura karay conj.v. fulfill (tr) (hjpb: 56,64) pusi cat purab, purob, purub east < S. purub ‘east’. pustak book < S. pustak ‘book’. See also See also munuʔsiŋ. pothi. pure See pura(y) / pure puʈ uɖ small mushroom, cited in hjpa:175,63 from fgd < S. puʈu with the same purkas very much < H. pūrak ‘completing; meaning. See also khũkhri, puɖub, uɖ2. complementary; supplementary’? puʈe burst (Malhotra, 1982:246) purkha, purkhe, purukh ancestor, forefather; generation < S. purkhā ‘forefather’ puʈkal, phuʈkal Ficus infectoria (hjpa: 171,38)

161 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon puʈu~phãsi

phamphlaɁ butterfly < S. paplā ‘butterfly’. puʈu See puɖub See also titli. putow daughter-in-law < S. putou ‘daughter- phaŋka Act: eat by throwing small handfuls in-law’ of food into the mouth; Mid: be thrown into the mouth; gener of Act; morsel putra son < H. putra ‘son’ (given in this last meaning in bg:188, but this was not accepted by speakers I puthi See pothi consulted) pyãj onion < S. peāj, peyāj, peyā̃j ‘onion’ phanda net, trap < S. phãdā ‘trap’ pyare See peyar phandar echo-word for landar ‘incorrect’

phanla See phalna

phapha See pheinga

*ph* phaɁphar Act: expand, spread out (tr); Mid: phadar (religious) father, (Catholic) priest < expand, open (e.g. of flowers) < S. Eng. phaharā- ‘spread out (of mat, clothes)’? phagu man’s name phaɽa, pharay Act: split (wood, etc.) (tr) < H. phāɽ- ‘split’ (tr) phagun See padu phaɽe Mid: split (of wood) (itr) < H. phaʈ- phaham See paham ‘split’ (itr) phaila Act: spread < S. phailā-, phairā- ‘spread phaɽphaɽay Act:/Mid:?? flap (wings) < S. (tr)’ phaɽphaɽā- ‘flap (of bird)’ phaile Mid: be(come) spread phaɽsa the ɖhak tree (“Buteau frondosa”, phãla See phalna McGregor, 1997:613) phaisla decision < S. phaislā ‘joint resolution phark difference (Malhotra, 1982: 236) < S. of meeting’ pharak ‘difference’ phali (wooden) board pharisi Pharisee phalna, phanla, phãla (m.), phalni (f.) such- pharo pharao, king of ancient Egypt and-such, so-and-so, a certain < S. phalnā (m.), phalnī (f.) ‘such and such pharwari, pharuwari February (Eng.) (of person)’. phãsi Act: execute; Mid: commit suicide; pham See paham gener of Act; execution; Caus: oɁb- phãsi; Doub Caus: oɁb-bhãsi < S. phãsī

162 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 phaʈa~phursat

de- ‘execute (by hanging)’ phirphiray Act: flee something (tr, e.g. a car, phaʈa echo echo word for lutui. No independent Caus preferred); Mid: flee itr ( ); Caus: meaning. phirphirway. < H. phir- ‘turn, revolve; whirl; go or move about; wander’ phawd army < S. phauj ‘army’ Ɂ hjp phawd gu ɖ very many (literally: ‘like phiʈ1, phiʈ phiʈ completely ( a:276,37) < H. an army’) phiʈ ‘fitting, telling, suitable’

hjp phaytar See paytar phiʈ2 foot, feet (measurement) ( b:47) < Eng. pheinga grasshopper < S. (phapha) pheinga ‘grasshopper’ phoɁ Act: hit one’s head (buŋ) aginst phapha pheinga grasshopper. Meaning something; Mid: hit against (of the head, of phapha unclear. direct case) phekay Act: throw; also used as a V2 (rarely) phõkray, phõkre Act/Mid: snore. No apparent to indicate sudden and final movement semantic difference < S. phõkar- ‘snore’ away from the subject < S. phek- ‘throw’ phoŋaɁ Act: annoy (of things, e.g. work) pheke Mid: be thrown (bg:188 ‘bore’); Mid:-; gener < H. phūk- ‘blow; cause distress (to a person)’? phemili family < Eng. phophnɖa, phõpɽa fungus (bg:188) < H. phen, pheni (snake-) hood < S. phen ‘hood phaphūd(ī) ‘mould; fungus; mildew’ (of cobra)’ phen ʈeke make a snake-hood phoron Act: spice (curry) by frying onions, (hjpb:56,77; 59, note 77) etc. in a pan and then adding the remaining vegetable curry; Mid:- < S. pheɽwa name of a village. Exact location phoron- (same) unknown but in the general vicinity of Ranchi. phoʈo photograph < Eng. pheriya Act: clear (clouds, as of the wind) (tr); phudena tassel, bob (hjpa:242,92) < H. phũdnā Mid: become cleared (of clouds) ‘decorative knot, tassel’ pherwit merchant (bg: 188) phuhi a piece of pith used in a fishing rod to know whether the fish has been caught phikir Act: think; worry (about: with Gen or not (bg:189) marker =aɁ, or with =aɁ thoŋ or =aɁ ghaɁɖ ‘for’); Mid: think or worry for a phura part (?) long time; thought, reflection; trouble < adha phura half, partly S. phikir kar- ‘worry’. See also niphikir. phikir karay conj.v. think of phurat (< Bible) philip Philip phursat, phurseit free time; opportunity < S.

163 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon phus~rai

phursat ‘leisure’ 1992:2 (= Luke, 2:16). Speakers I questioned were not familiar with this phus echo-word for ghãs lexeme but assumed from the context that it means ‘deceive’. phusri pimple < S. phusrī ‘pimple’ raɖkob a white puɖub or puʈu vegetable, name phuɁs(e)rel See pus unknown. See puɖub for details. From hjpa:175,63. phusu ʈuru Act /Mid: whisper. No apparent difference < S. phusuʈuru guʈhiyā- rag melody; voice < S. rāg ‘melody; singing ‘whisper’­ voice’

Ɂ phuʈkal See puʈkal rãg rita ɖ See raŋ2

ragday Act: massage, rub; Mid:- < S. ragd- ‘rub, rub together’

ragoɁj, raguɁj Act: wash plates, pots, etc.; Mid:- *r* See also guɁj. raɁ Act: cause to blossom/bloom (Caus preferred); Mid: blossom, bloom; Caus: ragom Act: make someone angry (Caus ob-raɁ; flower preferred); Mid: become angry; Caus: raɁ poʈa umbilical cord ra<Ɂb>gom; anger < Oriya rā­gɔ ‘anger’. raɁ-raɁ masdar of raɁ; flower See also khis, raktay. raɁ-raɁ mala garland of flowers raɁ-raɁ poʈa umbilical cord ragragay Act:-; Mid: glitter in the sunlight raɁb Act: bury (a dead body); Mid:-; gener raguʔj See ragoʔj (e.g., one after another in a war where there are lots of dead to be buried). See raghunath Raghunath, name of a village priest also ranab. in hjpb:64, story b. rabaɁ ‘15’. Alternative for some speakers to rãhaʈa, rãhʈa hand-operated grinder ghol moloy/thum. Not in general use. (hjpa:120:31). See also cakri, jata. Rabbi (< Bible) rahaɽi a type of pulse rabeɁ ‘16’. Alternative for some speakers to rahi remain, live < S. rah- ‘stay, remain’. ghol tibru. Not in general use. Found in [MT,1:10] but rejected by other speakers I consulted. rãci, raci, raɲci Ranchi. The capital of the state of Jharkhand. It is also the capital of the rahil a woman’s name (hjpb:43,3) district of the same name, located in the mid-eastern section of the state. rãhʈa See rãhaʈa raɁchol Act / Mid:?? deceive. Found in Kullū, rai See ray

164 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 raides~rajhay

also next entry. raides, raijdes name of a city, perhaps

Rohitasgarh in southeastern Uttar raja king < S. rājā ‘king’. See also koleŋ1, Pradesh. See also rohtasgaɽh. nares. raigaɽ(h), railo, railogaɽh names of a rajadhani capitol city, perhaps Rohitasgarh raja kũwar crown prince railo kinir the forest areas surrounding raja murut the portrait of a king (on a Railo(gaɽh) coin) (hjpa:201:233) raja pad the post of the king, kingship Ɂ rai j, raij, raj1, raji1, rays govern, rule; raja rajwaɽ king and those surrounding kingdom; epoch, times; rule, governing him, king etc. < S. rāij ‘kingdom; rule (n.), etc.’. See raja raɳi king and queen, royal couple also rajhay raij kui conj.v. perform a rite of rajaɖera Rajadera, name of a city in Gumla initiation; rite performed when a district. king ascends a throne, literally ‘find the kingdom’ (hjpb: 60,82) rajadhani See raja rajiya royal (hjpb:56,70) rajiya dut messenger of the king; rajgarpur Rajgarpur, name of a town in Orissa ambassador

raij karay conj.v. govern, rule; found a raji1 See raij kingdom (?) ct raijhai Act:/Mid:? govern and all raji2 A : make s.o. happy (= causative); that goes with it Mid: become content, be in agreement raj kajni meaning unclear. Found in with, accept, agree; Caus: ra<Ɂb>ji; [MS, 1:172]. Other speakers I agreement, approval (hjpa: 205,5) < S. questioned were unfamiliar with rājī ‘acceptance, agreement’ this expression. rajniti, rajnitik politics rajisʈar register (Eng.) raijhai See under raiʔj rajiya See raiʔj raijdes See raides raj kajni See raiʔj raimuli Raimuli, place-name, whereabouts rajmaɽ Rautia (name of an ethnic group) unknown (hjpa: 240,86) rajniti, rajnitik See ra(i)j rairraɁ ‘of the king’, exact meaning unclear. See hjpa, 146, f:9 and 149, fn. f. Rajput, name of an ethnic group in or originally from raiʈoli name of a khoɽi or ‘village section’ in Saldega (salɖaɁ) rajwaɽ echo word for raja

ct raj1 See raij rajhay A : make s.o. busy by giving them lots to do; Mid: become busy < S. rajhā- ʔ raj2 king < H. rāj ‘king,prince, lord’. See (same). See also rai j.

165 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon rajh rajh~rani raɳi

ram dhanus See ram1 rajh rajh falling in quick procession (e.g. of ramoɁɖ See ramaɁɖ tears)

ram siyar See ram1 rakam type, kind; too much/many < S. rokom

‘type, kind’ raŋ1 culture < H. rãg ‘color; manner, style’? rakam rakam all kinds of

raŋ2 color < S. rãg ‘color’. See also raŋgay rakas demon < H. rakṣas, rākṣas ‘evil spirit, raŋ ritaɁ, raŋ ritaɁɖ multi-colored; of demon’ many kinds

raksa1 protection < S. raksā ‘protection’ raŋdaŋ drunken state raksa karay conj.v. protect raksa karayna kaɽ guardian raŋga Act: make cold; Mid: feel cold; coldness; cold (of the weather, not water, tea, etc.) bg raksa2 grey pumpkin ( :189) kosu raŋa illness; difficulties raŋga laɁ conj.v. feel cold raktay Act: make s.o. angry; Mid: become raŋga saha winter (hjpa:167,3) angry < S. raktāe jā- ‘be angry (in fighting, boxing)’. See alsokhis, ragom. raŋgay Act: paint, apply color (also to oneself); Mid: be painted < S. rãg- ‘paint’. See ram1 the Hindu god Ram(a). Also a common also raŋ2. man’s name ram candar, ramcandra name of the raŋgoɁ Act:/Mid:? spread or fold (garments) famous king of Ayodhya who was over (hjpa:236,72) an incarnation of God Vishnu, same lutui raŋgoɁ wrap the end of a saree as ram (hjpa: 190, fn. 152; hjpb:61,7) over the head to hide one’s face. ram dhanus rainbow < H. rām-dhanuṣ See also dobray / dobre, japaʔ, leʔɖ, ‘rainbow’ lukay/luke, okuʔb, reprepay, somte. ram rekha, ramaɁ rekha name of a Ɂ mountain about 10 miles (16 km) raŋ rita ɖ See raŋ2 west of Simdega, also referred to as buɽha biru “old man mountain”, as raɲci See rãci it is said to have the shape of an old man. (hjpb:62,1). The name means raɳi See rani “Ram’s line”. See also buɽha biru, gaɽh biru, harka biru. ranran ringing < S. ran-ran ‘with a humming ram siyar wolf < S. siyār ‘jackal’ sound’ (hjpa:183,119, quoting r&r:1937:450, ln. 13) ct ram2 A : choose; pick up, lift up. See also cunay, ray. ranab burial ground. See hjpa:161, notes, for a discussion. See raɁb, -nV-. Ɂ Ɂ Ɂ rama ɖ, ramo ɖ, romo ɖ3 fingernail, toenail ranab-rab burial ground; grave. See raɁb, -nV- (hjpa:161, notes; 263,14). ram candar See ram1 rani raɳi, rayni queen

166 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 rankhamhan~rãw kachar

predicate marker, at least with a present rankhamhan Act:/Mid:? scatter (tr) interpretation.) ranth, rãth Rathayātrā, festive procession of rasi, rasi golaŋ weak beer, rice-beer which has an idol to the it is carried on. been pressed twice (hjpa:239f.). See also Celebrated in June/July. “The chariot cipa golaŋ. festival of Jagannath which is observed on the second day of the bright half of rasika bridegroom, fiancé; also same meaning as the month Asadha” (hjpb:59, note 75). lereɁ kongher ‘a young man who enjoys dance and music’ (hjpa:239f.); happy, rapaj Act:?/Mid: claw (bg:189) exuberant, boisterous (hjpa:204,86) < H. rasik ‘full of feeling or passion’ rapa, rapay Act: drop thorns or a similar object onto the street in order that the person rasman ɖil unrestrained < S. dil ‘heart’? following will step on them and hurt their feet; cover, conceal; Mid:- raʈa a man’s name rapiɁɖ Act: wink; Mid:-; blinking, winking. raʈe Act:-; Mid: work hard, toil See also japiɁɖ. rata Act:-; Mid: crack open (of rice plants rapka rapka drum, According to hjpa:77; 78, drying in the sun); Caus: ra<Ɂb>ta fn. 61, made of wood and beaten on both sides with a stick ratal Ratal, a man’s name (hjpa:231,62) raph ray of light < S. raph ‚ray of light‘ ratan jewel < S. ratan ‘jewel’ rãɽiyahi widow < S. rā̃ɽiyāhī ‘widow’ ratiya meaning unclear, probably something like ‘bird’s call’, as it is given as an ras juice < S. ras ‘juice’ explanation of the term rãya (see there) terom ras honey in MS, 2:27ff. Other speakers were not familiar with this term nor the language ct rasay1, A : mend a dam < S. rasa-, ras- (same) it may come from. Said to be the name the fourth of the id rase1 M : be mended (of a dam) original nine sons assumed because he had a bird in his bundle (see MS, 2:27ff). ct rasay2, A : make s.o. keen (on doing s.th.) This name does not appear in other See also josay. versions of the story that I am aware of. id rase2 M : become keen (on doing s.th.); become happy; happy. Cf. Brajbhasa ratoɁ Act: help s.o. lie down on their side; ras- ‘feel delight or ecstasy’. Mid: lie down on the side

rase3 immersed in, busy with (apparently not rath chariot < H. rath ‘chariot’ used with predicate markers of person, etc. This use was rejected by speakers rãth See ranth I consulted. It is used as a predicate “nominal”, without the qualitative rãw kachar weeping and wailing < H. ro- ‘cry,

167 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon rawaɳ~reŋreʈa

weep’ hjp reɁ2 district ( b:64,32) rawaɳ Rāvaɳa, a main figure in the epic Rāmāyaɳ reghay Act: sing while stretching out a single syllable much longer than neighboring rawan eagle (bg:190) syllables, typical of traditional Kharia songs; Mid:-; gener ray Act: pick, choose; pick up (e.g. stones reghay reghay, reɁbghay reɁb-ghay out of rice); fix (a day) (bg:190); Mid:-; ‘singing’, used in conjunction with ray-ray: gener. See also cunay, ram. a predicate for crying denoting rayem a woman’s name, literally “you the prolonged wails. Speakers I will choose” questioned said that there is no ray-ray masdar of ray; chosen, picked difference in meaning between the up, etc. two, i.e., the form reɁ­bghay does not appear to be a Caus form in this use, rãya a bird’s call. at least synchronically < S. reghā ‘(drawn) line’? rayem See ray rekha line < H. rekhā ‘line, streak, stripe, row’ raymuli Raemuli, place name, whereabouts unknown. -rel Combining form of leraŋ ‘moon’. See also muɁrel,ɖheɖhrel, and in the names rayni See rani of some months of the year, such as biɁbhrel, maɁghrel (under maʔgho), rays See raiɁj (bg:190) puɁs(e)rel, etc.

re1 vocative particle (“form of addressing rel rail < Eng. while joking”, bg:190, although this rel gaɽi railway is in stark contrast to its use in many rel saɽak railroad track of the texts in hjpa, e.g. 275,34) < H. re ‘interjection used to males, or with remaɁ Act: call, invite; Mid:- nouns of male gender’. See also e, he, gotiya remaɁna ɖaŋ to invite, sending

la2, le, lo, no2, ri. someone out to pick up and bring hay re Oh! the invited guest to the event

hjp re2 found in b:36,5 in the construction reŋgar, reŋgol hard, dry, dead (of trees), enem … ɖoʈhoɁre ‘without taking …’. without bark, without leaves This construction is found nowhere else in my data and no explanation in hjpb:36- reŋgay Act: help s.o. crawl < S. rẽg- ‘crawl’ 40 is given. Perhaps a misprint for enem ɖoɖke ‘without having taken’, with the reŋge Mid: crawl. See also guɽiyay, kabuɽ, sequential converb. paguɽ.

reɁ1 zemindar, landowner (derogatory); reŋgol See reŋgar village headman (bg:190); king (Malhotra, 1982:120) reŋreʈa Act: make s.o. skinny (e.g., a sickness);

168 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 reŋse~rogay

Mid: become skinny

ro1 and. Indo-Aryan source likely, unclear reŋse Act: move by pulling oneself/sliding which language. Cf. e.g. Nepali ra ‘and’. (e.g. of babies); Mid: same as Act, ro oɖoɁ, roɖoɁ and longer time < S. reŋs- (same). See also Ɂ coko ɖ. ro2 See roɁ2

ct tr id itr reprepay Act: hide (tr); Mid: hide (itr). See roɁ1 A : spill ( ); M : spill ( ); roɁ-roɁ: also dobray/dobre, japaʔ, leʔɖ, lukay/ spill (tr), gener; be scattered (bg:191); luke, okuʔb, (lutui) raŋgoʔ, somte. Caus: ob-roɁ, ro<Ɂb>; Doub Caus: oɁb- ro<Ɂb>. See also ronoɁ. resem a particular type of saddle (hjpa: 220,30). roɁɖaɁ name of a ceremony in which Pinnow notes that it is connected water is poured over the heads of a etymologically to the Indo-Aryan (H.) newlywed couple, described in hjpa, word reśam ‘silk’ 155, 25f.

reto Act: cut off a chicken’s head; Mid:-< H. roɁ2, roɁ no, ro2 focus particle. Its meaning ret- ‘cut into or through wood’, cf. also is somewhat unclear, but it seems to H. galā ret- ‘cut the throat of’ refer back to something the listener has either mentioned or should be thinking ri vocative particle used by women to about, somewhat like the Eng. ‘and what

address other women < H. rī ‘interjection about…?’ See also =ga, =jeʔ3, =jo, =ko. used to females or with nouns of feminine ga roɁ focus marker (hjpa:223,38;

gender’. See also e, he, la2, le, lo, no2, 228f.)

re1. roa See rowa ribribay Act: make (stars) twinkle (e.g., of God); Mid: twinkle rochoɁb Act: bring to this (u=), that (ho=) etc. side; Mid: come to this (u=), that (ho=) riɖ Act: grind; Mid:?? < H. rit- ‘be filed or etc. side; side, direction. Also used in smoothed’? compound-like structure as final element similar in function to a postposition with riryay, rirye Act: cry out; Mid:-; gener No the meaning ‘direction, towards’. apparent semantic difference between the two stems; crying out < H. riyā- roɁɖ Act: make sad; Mid: become sad < Skt. ‘whine; whimper; beg, beseech’, S. rodati ‘s/he cries’? See also romoɁɖ. ririyā- ‘whine (of dog)’ roɁɖlui, roɁlui boy’s hair, long hair held risaj research < Eng. together in the back by a comb, without risaj karay conj.v. research, do research knots (hjpa, 149). See also cundi, soɁ, soʔlui, ului. echo ritaɁ word for raŋ2 ‘color’. No independent meaning. roɖhoŋ, roɖkoŋ, roɖkon Act: yoke; Mid:?; yoke (n.) rivaj custom < H. rivāj ‘custom, practice’ rivajj ayij conj.v. be customary rogay Act:-; Mid: become weak < H. rog

169 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon rohit~ruiya

Ɂ Ɂ ‘illness; disease’ romoŋ, romo ɖ2 nose. See also romo ɖ1; rumaŋ. rohit Rohit, a boy’s name (from Indo-Aryan) ronoɁ the act of dropping or spilling. See roɁ, -nV-. rohtasgaɽh, rohtaspur Rohitasgarh, a city in ronoɁjaŋ jumra the act of dropping southeastern Uttar Pradesh which plays the bones of the deceased into the a prominent role in Kharia mythology. grave, described in hjpa:160,3 See also railo(gaɽh), raides. ropa Act: spread out (tr); Mid:-; gener Ɂ ct id Ɂ Ɂ gener ro j1 A : milk; M :-; ro j-ro j: . ropa masdar of ropa ʔ Related to ro j2? rosoɁb Act:-; Mid: disintegrate (bg:191: “be Ɂ ct ausative Ɂ Ɂ ro j2 A : remove leaves from a twig by powdered”); C : ro< b>so b pulling the twig through two fingers which are pressed against both sides of rosɽom garlic (bg:191) the twig; Mid:-; roɁj-roɁj: gener. Related ʔ id bg to ro j1? roʈe, roʈo M : be(come) lean ( :191, unknown to speakers I consulted) roj3 daily < H. roz ‘day; daily’, S. roj roj ker, roj din (ker) ‘daily’. See also diyo(ga), roʈoɁb Act:-; Mid: crack (of knuckles and other dino din (under din). joints); Caus: ro<Ɂb>ʈoɁb ‘crack (tr) the rojga, roj dinuga daily joints of the body, make the joints of the body emit a cracking sound (e.g., either rojoɁɖ Act: cause to go sour (e.g. heat); Mid: a nervous habit or a way of passing time) become sour; sour, bitter rowa, roa Act: plant; Mid:-; gener; planting; rokay Act: stop (tr) < S. rok- ‘stop’ (itr) seedling used for transplanting < S. (ropā) rop- ‘plant’, ropā ‘planting (of ruke Mid: stop (itr) paddy)’. See also biɖa. rowa bhere planting time rokeɁɖ sand; desert. Combining form: keɁɖ rokeɁɖloɁ desert ruɁ Act: open (tr); Mid: open (itr); ruɁ-ruɁ: gener; Caus: ob-ruɁ; Doub Caus: oɁb- rokoɁbke See bokoɁbkeɁ ru<Ɂb>. See also kholay / khole, yuʔ. al ruʔ conj.v. betray rokʈok Act: hinder; Mid: become hindered < ruɁ-ruɁ masdar of ruɁ S. rokʈok kar- ‘hinder’

ruci1 interest < H. ruci ‘liking; interest; roɁlui See roɖlui inclination; taste’ ruci karay conj.v. become interested in Ɂ Ɂ Ɂ romo ɖ1, romo ɖɖaɁ tear (n.). See ro ɖ, -nV-. s.th.

Ɂ ct id romo ɖ2 See romoŋ ruci2 A : purify, cleanse; cure (meat); M : become purified, etc < S.ruc- (same) Ɂ Ɂ romo ɖ3 See rama ɖ ruiya white (flowers) (hjpa:216,14)

170 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 ruke~sabas

ruke See rokay rupe See rupa rukhɽa Act: make s.th. (e.g. dirt for planting) rupi See rup rough, roughen (tr); Mid: become rough, roughen (itr) < S. rukhɽā- ‘rough’ rupiya See rupaya rumaŋ face (n.). See also monkan; romoŋ. rupu “small one of a parrot” (bg:191) rumkuɁb, ruŋkuɁb husked rice. Combining rupya See rupaya form -ruŋ, e.g. kunɖui ruŋ. See also baʔ. ruphya See rupaya -ruŋ Combining form of rumkuɁb rusuŋ, rusum Act: paint something red; Mid: ruŋkub See rumkuɁb be(come) red; gener; red; Caus: oɁb- rusuŋ, ru<Ɂb>suŋ; Doub Caus: oɁb- ruŋʈu a type of tree which has no lower ru<Ɂb>suŋ branches, making it difficult to climb rusuŋ karay conj.v. redden (tr) (hjpb:37,28) rusuŋ samuder The Red Sea ruŋum Mid: be(come) lukewarm (bg: 191). ruʈ ruʈu very skinny or thin. Cf. Mundari roʈo Unknown to speakers I consulted. See roʈo ‘very lean’ (hjpa:180,100) also garam, giriŋ / giɽiŋ, loɁb, ɲem, oɲem, oɽe, pogim, sului, ʈheker, tapay/ rut Ruth (woman’s name) tape, urum / udum, usum. rutu (small) fife or flute. See also peɳeɁɖ, runu jhunu sweet (hjpa:216f.). See also joʔmeŋ, bãsari. joŋsur, sebol. rup form, shape < S. rup ‘form, shape’ rupraŋ Act: makes s.o./s.th. resemble s.o./s.th.; Mid: (come to) resemble, look like (like: with Gen marker *s* Ɂ =aɁ, optionally also gu ɖ ‘like’); -sa, -san3 “-ish”. Approximative suffix added to appearance modifiers < H.-sā ‘-ish’. rupi having the attribute of. See ɲeloŋ rupi, pap rupi. saɁ spinach; leaves, green < S. sāg ‘spinach’ rupa, rupe silver < S. rupā ‘silver’ sab See souɁb rupaya, rupiya, rupya, ruphya rupee, the saba rana ɲimi (onomatopoetic) the sound national currency of India < S. rupiyā made by the mandɽi drum (hjpa:251,118). ‘rupee’. See also ɖhebuwa, kawɽi, See also gidi gidi ɲimi, ghiɽi ghiɽi. keciya, poisa. ruphya ɖhebwa money sabas! Great!, Wonderful!, Well done! < H. rupya poisa money śābāś!

171 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon sãbat~sahe

sãbat year (used when giving dates) sadawga always < H. sadā ‘always’ (+ Kharia (hjpb:60,87) < H. sãvat ‘year; era’ =ga ‘focus’?) sabay a certain kind of grass (hjpa, 145, f:3) sadi Act: marry s.o. (e.g. of a priest, or parents with respect to their children; also used of sabɖibijan subdivision < Eng. those getting married); Mid: marry (itr); marriage, wedding < S. sādī ‘weeding’. sabda word < S. sabad, H. śabda ‘word’ See also olɖay, biha, kersoŋ. sadi biha wedding, marriage sãbhɽay Act: sambhɽay: prop (s.th.) up; sadi biha karay conj.v. marry sambhɽe: prop oneself up sadri See sadani sãbhɽe Mid: sambhɽe: prop oneself up. No apparent semantic difference between sadhan means < H. sādhan ‘means’ the Act and Mid with sambhɽe < H. sãbhal- ‘be supported or propped up’­ saɁdhay Act: torment < H. satā- ‘torment; torture’. See also sahe, satay sabhopadesak Book of (in the saɁdhe Mid: become tormented Bible) < H. sabhā ‘assembly’, updeśak ‘counsellor; missionary’ sadhu straight, simple; holy man < H. sādhu ‘righteous; benevolent, good; pious, sãca mould < H. sā̃cā ‘mould; form, outline’ holy; holy man’ saca true, honest < S. sac(ce), H. saccā ‘true’ sagaro, sagro whole world < S. sāgro ‘whole’ sacay truth sagro usloɁ the whole world (hjpa: 270,24) saɖa, saɽa voice; noise, sound < H. svar ‘sound; noise; voice’? sãgo See saŋgo sãɖh bull. Indo-Aryan, source unclear. Cf. e.g. sagro See sagaro Gujarati sā̃ɖh ‘bull’. saha season, time (bg:192) < H. sāhā sada simple < S. sādā ‘simple’ ‘astrologically auspicious time or date for a marriage’ sadani, sadri the S. language, often considered a dialect of Bhojpuri in linguistic sahar city, town < S. sahar ‘town’ literature (but not in the region where it is spoken!). Traditional lingua franca of saharal See sahray Chotanagpur. Also known as nagpuri. In Chotanagpur, the term Sadri is used sahasi courageous < S. sāhasi ‘courageous’ almost exclusively, less often Nagpuri. sadani is almost never used to refer to sahayad See sayad this language in the area but has become standard in western literature. See also sahe, sohe Act/Mid: suffer, endure < S. sah- nagpuri under nagpur. ‘endure’. See also saɁdhay / saɁdhe,

172 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 saheɁb~sakoɁj

satay. evil person; enemy < S. śaitān ‘Devil; demon’ saheɁb, saheb lord < H. sāhab ‘master; prominent person; honorable title added saidhaj magnificent, well-dressed, decorated to name’. See also sai. (hjpb:56,52) < H. dhaj ‘spplendid laʈh saheb important person appearance or attire’

ct ct sahi1 A : sign (a letter, document, etc.); sajay1 A : cast, put, place (into something, Mid:-; gener < H. sahī ‘correct; real; e.g. a bag); reach the hand into s.th.; confirmation; signature’ Mid:- < S. saj- ‘put in’. See also suʔb.

ct sahi2 porcupine < H. sāhī ‘porcupine’. See sajay2 A : arrange, decorate (a room); put also jiŋray. things in order; Mid: apply makeup sahi khajar “porcupine antelope”, dwarf to oneself, make oneself up < S. sajā- antelope (?) (hjpb:47,1) ‘arrange, put in order, tidy up’

sahiya, sehiya friendship; friend (hjpa: 225f.); a sajay3 punishment < S. sajāī ‘punishment’ term indicating the relationship between the mothers of the bride and bridegroom saɁjmer a kind of weed which grows in rice < H. sahāyi, sahāyak ‘assistant; fields and resembles the rice plant. If not companion’? weeded out, it will eventually choke the sahiya joɽay conj.v. make friendship rice plants < H. pāsrā sahray Act: praise s.o. else saju appliance; metal dish, pot; (‘basket’: bg:194) sahre Mid: praise oneself saju baju Act / Mid: wash the dishes. saharal praised (participle) No apparent semantic difference (hjpa, 156:34, 1e; 157, fn. 34,e ‘ sai sir; prince (hjpa:231f.) < H. sāī ‘master, pack up’) lord’. See also saheɁb. sãjh evening < S. sā̃jh ‘evening’ saihun See sayun salim sak doubt < H. śak ‘doubt’ saikil See saykil sak karay conj.v. doubt

ct id saikɽõ hundreds (of) (hjpb:64,30) < H. saikɽõ saka1, sake, sakha A /M : be able < S. sak- ‘hundreds of; in hundreds’ ‘can, be able’

ct id sairga See serga saka2 A : borrow; M :-; debt (Malhotra, 1982:206) sairta See serta saka ter conj.v. lend

saĩsa Saisa, name of a village, whereabouts sake See saka1 unknown sakoɁj Act: make someone shy, unsure; Mid: saitan, satain , the Devil; curse; demon; become shy, unsure < H. śak ‘doubt;

173 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon sakoy~samay1

scepticism; suspicion’? See also dukuɁj. ‘light (a fire)’ sakoy monkey, Macacus rhesus and / or salge Mid: salge: light up ((itr) of a fire), burn; Macacus cynomolgus, Makak, Rhesus salgay:-; gener of Act monky. Cf. Juang sakɔi (hjpa:222,34). salha, Act: advise; Mid: consult with sãkra, sakra Act: narrow (tr, of streets, etc.); (buŋ) s.o.; gener of Act; advice < S. Mid: become narrow < S. sakur ‘narrow’. salhā ‘advice’ See also sakura. salah ter conj.v. give advice, advise sakura Mid: become thin (bg:192; probably salim Salem (hjpa:277,39). See also sayun. an alternate pronunciation of sakra, see there) salmi a woman’s name (= salomi?)

sakha See saka1 saloi matches < S. diyā-salāī ‘match (stick)’ (diyā ‘earthen lamp’) sakhi witness < S. sākhī ‘witness’ ponomosor sakhi God, who sees salomi Salome (hjpa:263,14) (= salmi?) everything sakhi un conj.v. take s.o. as a witness salsãt, salsant Act: calm s.o. (tr); Mid: become calm; to one’s heart’s content < H. śā̃t sãkhya number < S. sãkhyā ‘number’ *quieted, pacified’. See alsosasate? salsantboɁ satisfied; happily; peaceful sal year < S. sāl ‘year’ (hjpb:45,25; 66,70) sal bhaera throughout the year (hjpa: 204,2) salsudhi Act: get s.o. to make up after a fight; sale sal every year, annual(ly), yearly Mid: make up after a fight < H. śudhi salina every year, annual(ly), yearly ‘expiation; removal (of faults)’? (Malhotra, 1982:131; 137) sam sundar name of a king, who was poisoned sala Shit! Wow! < H. sālā ‘brother-in-law; a (hjpa:232,65) term of abuse’ (cf. S. sarā) sama, saman Act: procure; collect; Mid: salad Act:/Mid: ?? damp (uncertain) See also be(come) procured; gener of Act lemu, lomjim. < H. sāmā, sāmān ‘goods, things; possessions’, s­āmā(n) kar- ‘make salah See salha provision for, arrange for/to’ sama karay conj.v. prepare (itr); be salam Act: salute; Mid:-; gener < S. salām ready, get ready (hjpa:225,45) ‘salutation, greeting’ samaj society < S. samāj ‘society’ salɖaɁ Saldega, name of a village on the outskirts of the city of Simdega (simɖaɁ), saman See sama the capital of the district of Simdega ct id itr samay1 A :-; M : 1. sink ( ); 2. fit (into salgay Act: salgay: light (a fire) < S. salgā- something); Caus: sa<Ɂ>may < H.

174 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 samay2~saɁmu

samā- ‘be contained/held in; fit’. See know; be advised; samjhay: explain gener also for 1. samsay / samse; 2. seɁ1. ( ) < S. samjh- ‘understand’

samay2 time < S. samai ‘time’ saɁmo See saɁmu samay bheir perfect time; the time of one’s married years; the best years sampadak, sãpadak editor < H. sãpādak of one’s life (ca. 16-50 years of age) ‘editor’ (hjpa:246,101) sampadak manɖal editorial committee koɽiyaɁ dhoti samay bheirga ‘one sampati Act: own, possess; Mid:-; gener; enjoys nice clothing only in the best possession < S. sampait, sampati years of one’s life’ (hjpa:246,101) ‘possessions’ sambalpur Sambalpur, name of a city in western sampɽay, sampaɽay, sampeɽay Act: sampɽay: Orissa prepare, dress (tr) sambi iron ring of ẽɽi (= eɽi ‘heel’?) (bg:192) sampɽe, sampaɽe, sampeɽe Mid: sampɽe: become ready (when dressing), dress ct itr gener ct aus Ɂ sambhaɽay, sambhray1 A : protect, watch ( ); sampɽay: of A ; C : o b- over (children, animals, etc.) sampɽay, sa<Ɂ>m-ɽay ‘have someone dress someone else (who did not ask to sambhɽe, sambhre Mid: be protected; protect be dressed)’, oɁb-sampɽe, sa<Ɂ>mpɽe oneself < H. sãbhāl-/sãbhār- ‘take care ‘have someone dress someone else (who of, look after’, sãbhal- ‘be watchful, asked to be dressed)’; Doub Caus: oɁb- attentive’ sa<Ɂ>mpɽay, oɁb-sa<Ɂ>mpɽe (same semantic distinction as above) < S. ct sambhray2 A : help; help carry the load sapar- ‘get dressed up’ of another; console; marry the elder sampɽe masdar; ‘ready’ brother’s widow (hjpa:219,26) < H. sãbhāl-/sãbhār- ‘take care of, look samsay Act: 1. sink (tr); 2. plunder after’. See also saŋgharay. See also goʔ, ghõɽci, hintor, kakuʔj, kunɖum, paŋ, puŋ, samse Mid: 1. sink (itr); 2. become plundered ʔ ʈuɖaʔ, te j1, tuphaŋ, uɖum. < H. sãs- ‘rebuke; punish; cause distress

(to)’? See also samay1, seʔ1. samɖaɁ See simɖaɁ samskriti, sãskriti culture < H. sãskªti ‘culture’. samdhi, somdor, somdhi a kinship term See also ɖaɁ4. indicating the relationship between the parents of the bride and bridegroom < samtoɁ See somtoɁ H. samdhī ‘father of a son- or daughter- in-law’; samdhin ‘mother of a son- or samthar, santhar Act: smooth, level (tr); daughter-in-law’ Mid: become smooth, level < S. samthār ‘level’; samdhār ‘smooth’ (samdhār in samjhay, somjhay Act: samjhay: explain; Blain (1975:163) would appear to be a advise < S. sa(m)jhā- ‘explain’ misprinting) samjhe, somjhe Mid: samjhe: understand, saɁmu, saɁmo Act: winnow; Mid:-; gener;

175 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon samuca~sandhe

winnowing basket (c:tel) marker goɁɖ. The meaning ‘close’ would appear to be a later development. samuca whole, entire; the whole world < S. saŋgoɁɖ goɁɖjhuŋ traveller samucā ‘whole’ saŋgoɁɖ siŋgiɁɖ Act/Mid: walk all the way; close completely. No apparent samudar, samuder, somdor, somodor ocean, semantic difference between Act sea < S. samudar ‘ocean, sea’ and Mid. samuh Samuh, one of the original nine brothers saŋghar, saŋghra, saŋghara, saŋghro saŋgh(a) of Kharia mythology in one version of roy Act: help; Mid:-; gener; help (n.) < the story (MS, 2:22f). The name means S. sãgharā ‘help (in work only)’. See

‘flock, group, collecton’ in H.. Samuh also sambhray2. was the oldest of the nine brothers in this saŋhar karay helper, one who helps version. saŋghara karay conj.v. help saŋgharay kaɽ a person who helps saŋ become yellow (bg:193, not known to speakers I consulted) saŋsaŋ See saŋ saŋsaŋ turmeric (hjpa:243 ‘curcuma longa’); ‘yellow’ in older texts but saɳke Mid: be captured: Not in current use. now no longer in use. See also piyar. From hjpa:47, line 4 from top. saŋsaŋ ompay Turmeric River, name of a (mythological?) river. saɳsi, sãɽsi pincers, tongs < H. sãɽsi ‘pincers, saŋsaŋ raŋgay conj.v. apply make-up tongs’ (hjpa:198,210)

v saŋgam juncture, confluence (e.g. of two san1 ambulative marker (“ 2”). san denotes rivers) < H. sãgam ‘meeting, joining; with non-motion predicates that the confluence, specifically of the rivers action of the lexical head of the predicate Ganges and Jumna at Allahabad’ took place ‘while going’. With predicates of motion, it denotes ‘to go (come, bring, saŋgo, sãgo Act: accompany someone; Mid: etc.) along’. See also saŋgoɁɖ ‘go’. become friends; friend(ship); also used hjp in addressing one’s wife ( a: 244,97) < san2 calendar year, used in dates with Christian S. sãg, sãgī ‘friend’. See also seir saŋgo. years < H. san ‘year (of a calendar; era’ saŋgo laɁ conj.v. become friends, of

friendship to become -san3 See -sa seir saŋgo friendship saŋgo sori neighbor sanaɁ then, at that time; for some time sanaɁ tay for a while; for a long time saŋgoɁɖ Act: close (tr); Mid: 1. close (itr); gener of Act; 2. go; Caus: ob- sandeh, sandhe doubt < S. sandeh ‘doubt’ saŋgoɖ (Malhotra, 1982:165 gives the sandeh, sandhe karay conj.v. doubt form saŋgoɖ); Doub Caus: ob- sa<Ɂ>ŋgoɖ. saŋgoɁɖ derives from the sandes message < S. sandeś ‘message’ form san ‘go’ (cf. Santali sɛn ‘go’ as well as the Kharia ambulative marker san sandhe See sandeh ‘while going’) and the culminatory telic

176 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 sanicar~sarg(h)aɁ sanicar Saturday < S. sanicār ‘Saturday’ ‘lay s.th. down’. See also gitaɁ. sankoy “H[indi] sənə ‘a kind of flax, hemp’” saɽi, sari saree, a type of clothing worn by most (hjpa:84; 85, fn. 41) Indian women < S. sāɽī ‘saree’ sanoy (Mount) Sinai saɽrakhi stubborn sanoy biru Mount Sinai sãɽh, sãɽ “ox”, a kind of faster, male bovine. sant holy; ascetic, holy man < S. sãt ‘saint; Speakers were not familiar with the H. holy man’ term but stressed that this is neither a typical bull nor an ox < S. sãɽh, H. sā̃ɽ ‘a santi peace. < S. śāntī ‘peace’ bull; specifically a wandering bull’. See santai data one who gives peace also sãɽhin. (hjpa:275,35) santra orange (fruit) < S. sãtrā ‘orange’ sãɽhin female sãɽh santhar See samthar sãɽsi See saɳsi sãpadak See sampadak sar Act: clean the ground of a sacrificial place (sarna) by moving the stones to the sapoʈ support < Eng. side (Kullū, 2000:31, given to explain the name sarna); Mid:?? sapta week < H. saptāh ‘week’ sarag See swarg saph, sapha, saphay Act: clean; Mid: become clean (not acceptable to all, as this would saraŋ kaɁ a certain type of bow (kaɁ) < H. imply that something cleaned itself); sārãg ‘coloured, beautiful; arrow, sword’ clean < S. saphā ‘clean’. Used as in (hjpb:66,65; 68, note 65) conjunct verb constructions, always with a negative sense: botoŋ saphay, kackac saran Saran, name of district in Orissa, north saphay. of Sambalpur (hjpa:128, fn. 88) sapha karay conj.v. clean sarap curse (n.) < S. sarāp ‘curse’ See also saphal successful < S. saphal ‘successful’ sarapay. sarap ter conj.v. curse saphay See saph sarapay, sarpay Act: curse; Mid:- < S. sarāp sãɽ See sãɽh ‘curse’. See also sarap. saɽa See saɖa sarbuɖaɁ name of a month, ca. June-July saɽak, sãɽak street, road < S. saɽak, sãɽak sarga See serga ‘road’ sarg(h)aɁ cobra (bg:193) saɽaŋ Act: lay (tr) down (Caus preferred); sarghaɁ buɲam cobra Mid: lie down (itr); Caus: sa<Ɂb>raŋ

177 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon sarhul~satawadi

sarhul name of the spring festival, borrowed sãs barkat blessing (hjpa:204,1) from Mundari/Santali. The traditional Kharia name of this festival is jaŋkor, sasate Mid: be(come) content ([MT, 1:241, which means ‘spring’. This festival takes unknown to other speakers I consulted). place annually in March/April. See also salsãt? sasay Act: torment (hjpa, various texts; sari See saɽi Unknown to speakers I consulted) < H. sā̃s- ‘rebuke, punish; cause distress’? sariga See serga sasait, saset suffer; difficult situation sariyat See seriyat saset See under sasay sariyay See seriyay sãskriti See samskriti sarkar polite form of address for a man < H. sasraŋ side sarkār ‘master, lord; (as term of address) sasraŋ karay conj.v. stand by s.o. sir, your Honour’ sasta Act: make (s.th., a price) cheap; Mid: sarke Act:-; Mid: to get food or drink in the become cheap; cheap < S. sastā ‘cheap’ nose when eating (e.g., after coughing or laughing) < S. sark- ‘slip away (of sasu, susuɖom, sasur father-in-law < S. sāsur person; animal being hunted’ / H. sarak- ‘father-in-law’ ‘be moved, displaced; shift; slip’? See sasurail husband’s parents’ home also sorgaɁɖ. sasuji mother-in-law < S. sais, H. sās ‘mother- sarna place of worship in the traditional in-law’ religion of the Kharia (and other Munda groups). Also used to denote the religion sasur See sasu itself. saʈay Act: apply (e.g. a sticker to something) saroŋ Act:-; Mid: groan, cry; groaning, moaning; Caus:- sãʈe Mid: brush up against s.th./s.o.; bump the head against s.th. (bokoɁb ‘head’ is sarpay See sarapay the subject) < H. saʈ- ‘stick’ (itr), saʈā- ‘stick on (e.g. a stamp)’ sarsipahi soldier < H. sipāhī ‘soldier’. See also

sipahi. sat 7 < S. sāt ‚7‘. See also ghul, tham, thom4. sat bari occurring 7 times saru leafy (from Malhotra, 1982:250); name satwã seventh of a mountain (hjpa:222,34); Colocasia antiquorum, Schott, the Taro plant’. Cf. satabdi, satawadi century < H. śatābdī ‘century’ Mundari saru (hjpa: 222,34). satain See saitan sãs breath < S. sā̃s ‘breath’. See also humber, humsay. satawadi See satabdi sãs ɖoɁɖ conj.v. breathe

178 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 satay~se2

satay, sattay Act: torment; Mid:- < H. satā- ‘torment’. See also saɁdhay/saɁdhe, sauk enjoyment < H. śauq ‘predilection; sahe. eagerness; pleasure’ satdharwa, satgharwa name of a one-time saũsar See sãwsar building in Biru, ca. 10 km east-northeast

of the city of Simdega in Simdega saw1 See say1 District, which is said to have once been

seven stories high. Although the ruins saw2 See sow ‘husbund’, sowɽay ‘wife’ are still visible today, the structure has been almost completely demolished. I sawa plus one quarter < H. savā ‘plus one have been told that a boulder rolled down quarter’ from the hill (Kharia biru ‘mountain, sawa saw 125 large hill’, from which the village, whose inhabitants now all speak Nagpuri, sawaŋ strength, power < S. sāvā̃g ‘strength’ derives its name) and destroyed the fort. sawaŋgaɽ strong, powerful All that now remains is a small section of the ground floor and some of the sawãgiya worker underground structures. The structure is generally believed to have been built sawɽay See sowɽay by the ancestors of the modern Kharias. The name is wrongly “corrected” by sawɽe See sowɽay Pinnow (hjpb:55, n. 16) to being a ten- storied building. The story there is noted sawri See sowɽay to have contained the numeral tham ‘7’ which, perhaps due to the informant’s sãwsar, saũsar worldly; non-Christian < H. uncertainty with respect to Kharia sãsār ‘world; life in this world; worldy numerals, was most likely translated concerns’ as ‘10’, hence change by Pinnow from

tham ‘7’ to ghul ‘10’. As the Indo- say1, saw, sos 100 < H. sau, S. sai ‘100’­ Aryan name clearly shows, however, it

was (at most) a seven-storied building say2 cut, harvest; harvest (n.) before its destruction. In another place

(hjpb:60,88) Pinnow (wrongly) gives the sãy See se3 name as satgharwa. As he was working from manuscripts, this is probably due sayad, sahayad perhaps < S. saĩt, said, said, H. to the similarity in the Devanagari script śāyad ‘perhaps’ between the symbols for dha (ध) and for gha (घ) saykil, saikil bicycle < Eng. sattay See satay sayun salim, saihun salim Heaven; Zion Salem (from the Bible) satwã See under sat

se1 please < S. se ‘please’ sathay Act:/Mid:?? rest, relax (hjpa:101, §13;

107, fn. 97) se2 that < S. se ‘that’

179 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon se3~seŋ

se lekhe (in) that way seɁj: gener. See also seneɁj.

ct se3, sãy Instrumental/ablative postposition, used sel1 A : ‘pray’. No longer in current use with direct case < S. se ‘from’ sāẽ ‘with but found in the texts in hjpa. senel (see (commitative)’. Also used with standard there) is now used, originally a derivative in comparatives and superlatives. The of sel. See also -nV-. same postposition can also be used in

loan expressions to denote an adverbial -sel2 ‘woman’, found only in compounds, e.g. interpretation, as in moskil se ‘difficultly.’ konsel(ɖuɁ), boksel

se4 focus particle, exact semantics unknown. selem a type of flower Found only once in my corpus (Kerkeʈʈā, 1990:29) and translated by speakers I selhob Gazella Bennettii (hjpa:238,81) consulted with the H. pragmatic particle to. selhoŋ Act: make (a well, etc.) deep; Mid: become deep (e.g., water in a well or the ct tr id itr seɁ1 A : fill ( ); M : fill ( ); be contained, ocean, not of holes, ditches, etc.) fit (bg:194: ‘contain’); seɁ-seɁ: fill tr ( , gener); Caus: oɁb-seɁ; No Doub Caus. sembhu, sembo, sembho, simbhu, syambhu See also samay, samsay / samse. Sembho. Name of a mythological personage and his wife, sembho, sembho seɁ2 louse. See also kanaɁ-siɁ ‘comb’ (?) rani, also referred to as ɖakay. As Pinnow (hjpa:148, n. b) 6) notes, the sebol Act: make sweet, sweeten (Caus form name is clearly related to śãbhu ‘Shiva’. preferred, especially with animate syambhu raja King Sembho subject); Mid: be(come) sweet (e.g. food), be(come) pleasant (e.g. life); semɽa name of a village. Exact location taste; sweet; Caus: se<Ɂ>bol. See also unknown but in general vicinity of joʔmeŋ, joŋsur, runu jhunu. Ranchi. Related to semra? sebha Act: make s.th. easy; Mid: become easy; semra, simɽa eldest son of Semb(h)o and easy Dakay sebhaɖaɁ, sebhaboɁ easily seŋ Act: make s.th./s.o. first; Mid: become sega a kind of grey squirrel (bg:194) first; before (with Gen or direct case); first; early; earlier; Caus: oɁb-seŋ. In sehiya See sahiya addition to its use as a “true” Caus, i.e., having someone move something seirga See serga forward (e.g. in a line), one speaker noted that the Caus would be used in place seir saŋgo friendship. saŋgo means ‘friend’, of the Act when reporting on someone while seir does not seem to have any else’s action, whereas the Act would be independent meaning. See also saŋgo, used in reference to one’s own actions. dosti. seŋ seŋ early, first; earlier period seŋ pap (hjpa:267,19) seɁj Act: cut (vegetables); Mid: be cut ; seɁj-

180 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 seŋhor~siɁ

seŋhor, seŋghor Act: straighten (tr); Mid: become straight; straight(-forward), serobim angel (hjpa:257,4) < Engl. cherub-(im) honest; direction; Causative: ? se<Ɂb>ghor, se<Ɂb>ŋghor. See also ɖiɖi. seŋhorɖaɁ straight; correct serta, sairta wick, fuse < S. sertā ‘wick’. See also batti seŋtoɁ Saturday. See toɁ1, seŋ? seʈa ant. See also biɽim, cimʈã, demta, kãy, Ɂ Ɂ Ɂ Ɂ sene j knife. See also se j, -nV-. mu jɖaɁ, ʈo bɖir, ʈoʈo2, umphya, also bhunɖu ‘ant-hill’. senel prayer. See sel, -nV-. sẽʈh merchant (hjpb:40,1) < H. seʈh ‘banker; senkom See siŋkom money lender’ sepuɖ Act: press and squeeze clothing sethi in vain while washing it; Mid: be pressed and squeezed (of clothing while being sew apple < S. seo ‘apple’ washed) (hjpa:278f. ‘torment, agony’. Cf. Santali siɔpod’, Mundari sipu’d). sewa Act: serve, honor (Eng. object appears See also cepuɖ. in the Gen); Mid: be served, honored; service, honor; Note that in the passive, sẽɽa Mid: become mature, worldly (bg:194; sewa ɖomki, the (Eng.) subject (= object Unknown to speakers I consulted) in the Act) does not appear in the Gen < S. sevā ‘service’ sẽɽeɁj perfect, pure, correct sẽɽeɁjɖaɁ perfect(ly), pure(ly), seyan, seyana people within the community correct(ly) who enjoy a certain amount of respect and a higher status. Not necessarily the sẽreʈ sẽreʈ Act: sniffle when one has a cold; eldest in the community; old, elder < S. Mid:-; gener gā̃v seyān ‘village headman’ seyanɖuɁ older, “old-ish” serga, sergha, seirga, sairga, sariga, seriga, sarga Sal tree si See siloɁ

Ɂ seriyat, sariyat just as, at the same time as, as siɁ, si ɖ2, sikh, sig marker of the perfect. Forms: soon as. Follows the lexical stem of the siɁɖ before the endings of the first and predicate in the infinitive < S. seriyat second persons, Sg, in the present perfect, See also khõɽo. elsewhere in the present perfect siɁ. siɁ does not mark in the present perfect for seriyay, sariyay Act: arrange; Mid:- < S. tense/basic voice (= Act/Mid). siɁ(ɖ) sariyā-/seriyā- ‘arrange’ has the form sikh in the past perfect before the Act past marker oɁ. The past ct serloɁsiŋ south. See also -loɁ1, -siŋ1. Meaning perfect is always marked for the A in of ser unclear. Seems to be a dialectal the modern language but occasionally variant, equal in meaning to turloɁ. See for the Mid voice with change-of-state there. predicates in the texts in hjpa. In the

181 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon -siɁb~simɖaɁ

irrealis perfect, siɁ(ɖ) has the form sig id aus before the endings of the 1st and 2nd sikhe1 M : learn, study. C : ob-sikha (from persons Sg in the Act, elsewhere siɁ. Malhotra, 1982:166) < S. sikhā- ‘teach’,

See also =khoʔ2. H. śikṣā ‘teaching; learning’. See also siksa. -siɁb combining form of absiɁb ‘beginning’, sikhe masdar; learned (of people) also used to denote ordinals with sikhal paɽhal literate inanimate entities, beginning with ubar sikhay poɽhe literate, educated ‘2’, e.g. barsiɁb ‘second’. id bg sikhe2 M : be lean ( :195; Unknown to Ɂ ct si ɖ2 A : lose (not acceptable to all speakers); speakers I consulted) Mid: be(come) lost; shrivel (hjpa:216,14, citing RR,483f.); siɁɖ-siɁɖ: gener; Caus: silim a type of tree oɁb-siɁɖ, No Doub Caus silimgaɽh Silimgarh, name of a city, whereabouts unknown but siɁɖ See siɁ apparently in eastern or northwestern Orissa (from siɖiɁj cotton (bg:194) hjpa:124, ln. 89) siddhe straight (to) < S. sidhā ‘straight’ silli Silli, name of a city in West Bengal sig See siɁ siloɁ, si Act: plow (not acceptable to all); Mid: plow; (bg:194) gives both the form siloɁ sihai < S. siyāhī ‘ink’ and also si. The form si no longer seems to be in use. The form siloɁ undoubtedly sĩhasan throne (hjpa:260,10) < H. sĩhāsan derives from si and the incorporated ‘throne’ object loɁ, the combining form of loɁkha

‘dirt’. See also -loɁ1 and sini. siket, sikayit gossip < H. śikāyat ‘complaint; siloɁ masdar of siloɁ reproach’ silwar aluminium < Engl. silver? sikoy See siŋkoy sim Sim (man’s name (from the Bible)) sikkin

sima1 the Sima tree sikreʈ cigarette < Eng.

sima2, siman, simana boundary < S. simān, sikri chain (hjpa:265,16) simnā, simā ‘border, boundary’ siksa Act: teach; Mid: learn; lesson. See also simbhu See sembhu sikhay/sikhe < S. sikhā- ‘teach’, H. śikṣā ‘teaching; learning’ simbhum, simbhuŋ name of a two districts (East and West) in southern Jharkhand sikh See siɁ simɖaɁ, samɖaɁ, simɖega Simdega, name of the sikhay Act: teach southwestern-most district in Jharkhand

182 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 simɖega~sirph

and its capital. Said in (hjpb:51,43) to be Combining form is possibly siŋ, the old Kharia word for ‘pond’ or ‘lake’, although that form is more likely the with the alternative form samɖaɁ. The combining form of si­ŋkom ‘star’. It form simɖega however, does not appear could, however, originally have had the to be of Kharia origin. form *siŋ with the -nV- infix. See also kunɖaɁbsiŋ, munuɁsiŋ, -nV- but also simɖega See simɖaɁ -siŋ1. See also sitil. siniŋ siniŋ right on the edge (of − Gen) simẽʈ cement < Eng. sinkom See siŋkom simkon See siŋkom sipahi soldier < H. sipāhī ‘soldier’. See also simon Simon sarsipahi. simɽa See semra siray Act:-; Mid: expire, die; Caus: ob-siray ‘allow someone to die (but subject oub -siŋ1 Combining form for ‘sun’. See munuɁsiŋ does not participate in action); D ‘east’, ɲeloɁsiŋ ‘west’, serloɁsiŋ ‘south’. Caus: oɁb-si<Ɂ>ray ‘have someone kill See also siŋkom. someone’ < S. sirā- ‘expire; die’. See also usray / usre.

-siŋ2 Combining form of siŋkoy. See also konɖuɁsiŋ. sire from < S. sire ‘from’ siŋgar jewelry < S. sĩgār ‚jewelry‘ sirens Sirenes (in Greek mythology) < Eng. sirens ʈapu island of the Sirenes siŋkom, simkom, senkom, sinkom star. See sirens wala belonging to/inhabitant of

also -siŋ1, tergan. the island of the Sirenes siŋkoy, sĩkoy hen; fowl; rooster. Combining sirhawna pillow < S. siruvā ‘pillow’, H. sirhānā

form -siŋ2 ‘head of a bed’ gursiŋ an egg-laying hen kinir siŋkoy wild chicken siri riri, tiri tiri the sound of flute-playing (onomatopoetic) sinar des Sinear, place name in the Bible siriyali “serially”, in order < Eng. sindhu Indus sindhu ompay Indus river sirjay Act: create < S. sirjā- ‘create’ sinema cinema < Eng. sirje Mid: be created sinema oɁ movie theatre sirowe Act: remove or pluck leaves from a sini plow. See also siloɁ, -nV-. branch (hjpa, 155, d:21; 157, fn. d:21; Unknown to speakers I consulted.) siniŋ Act: have s.o. step to one side (Caus preferred); Mid: step to one side; edge; sirph only < H. sirf ‘only’ bank (of a river); Caus: si<Ɂb>niŋ.

183 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon siskari~sohan

siskari Act / Mid: whistle. No apparent semantic sobre See sore1 difference < S. siskārī ‘whistling’ soɁbro Act: remove the husk; Mid:-; gener; sisʈam system < Eng. husk. Originally a causative (*soro)? sisʈar (religious) sister, (Catholic) nun < Eng. sobru Act:?; Mid: commit adultery. See also byabhicar. Originally a causative sita Sita, wife of Ram, an important figure in (*soru)? Hinduism sobha Act: beautify, make s.th. beautiful; sitapur Sitapur, name of a city in Surguja jewelry (hjpa:192,176) District (hjpb:64,32) sobhe Act/Mid: be or appear beautiful (no sitil Act:-; Mid: move to one side; edge, side, apparent semantic difference) < S. sobhā bank (of a river); Caus: si<Ɂb>til. See kar- ‘beautify’ also uɖul sitil, siniŋ. sitil sitilte on the bank of (+ Gen) soc, sõc See soɁj siw, śiw Siva, one of the three highest of socay Act: think; know, understand (e.g. a Hinduism < H. śiv language); Mid:-; gener; Caus: oɁb- socay, so<Ɂb>bcay; Doub Caus: oɁb- skul, skuliya See iskul so<Ɂb>cay (same meaning as simple Caus meaning); thought, attention < S. smaran remembrance (hjpb:64,54) < H. smaraɳ soc- ‘think’. See also soɁj. ‘remembering, memory’ socay un conj.v. give thought to, pay smaran karay conj.v. remember attention to snan bath < H. snān ‘bathing, washing’ soɁɖ Act: mix with hands; Mid:-; soɁɖ-soɁɖ: snan ter conj. pred. baptize gener. See also tar soɁɖ under tar? snan ter-ter kaɽ baptizer sodhom, Act: sound (tr); Mid: sound so re! Go away! Get! Shoo! Said to fowl. (itr); X-o’clock (in perfect); Caus: (hjpa:218f.). See also haɽi re! so<Ɂb>dhom; Doub Caus: oɁb- so<Ɂb>dhom; sound made by a musical soɁ Act: fasten, tie (e.g. hair); Mid:-; soɁ- instrument < S. sabad ‘sound, word’? soɁ: gener; Caus: oɁb-soɁ; No Doub See also bajay / baje, sohan. Caus. sog pity < S. sog ‘sympathy’ soɁlui Act: (?); Mid: tie up girl’s hair; girl’s sog laɁ conj.v. fell pity (sog is the hair, long hair tied in a knot, with or grammatical subject; experiencer in without a comb. See also roɖlui, ului. the oblique) soɁb See souɁb sohan Act: make (a place) resound with (pleasant) sounds by singing; Mid: sobdhom See sodhom resound with beautiful sound; gener of Act; Caus: so<Ɂb>han, oɁb-sohan;

184 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 sohe~soŋɖaɁ

No Doub Caus. See also bajay / baje, the two stems < S. sõp- ‘entrust (to)’ sodhom. sompur Sompur, name of a village, presumably sohe See sahe = Sonpur, south of Sambalpur in Orissa (hjpa:124, ln. 81; 128, fn. 81) sohor village headman; important or great man somra a man’s name According to (hjpb: 41, sohoraj, sohoroy See bandoy2 n.2) it means ‘one born on Monday’. See also maŋra, sukra. soi See soy somtay, somʈay, sumtay Act: gather, collect soɁj, sojh, sõj, soc, sõc Act: learn, know, (tr) < S. saumʈ- ‘gather (of cattle, etc.) understand; Mid: be understood, etc.; (tr)’ soɁj-soɁj: gener of Act; concern, care, somte Mid: 1. somte: gather, come together; worry (n.) < S. soc ‘thought, idea; think’. hide (itr) (by pulling or “collecting” arms See also socay. and legs in close to the body, thereby becoming small); 2. somtay: gener of sojh See soɁj Act. Caus: oɁb-somtay, so<Ɂb>tay ‘had someone collect something or sojh straight < S. sojh ‘straight; direct; honest’ someone who did not necessarily want to be collected’; oɁb-somte, so<Ɂb>te sokha finder. See deoɳa sokha ‘witch finder, ‘had someone collect people together magician’ under dẽwɽa (hjpa:91, ln. 3; who came willingly’; Doub Caus: 93, fn. 13). oɁb-so<Ɂb>tay, oɁb-so<Ɂb>te (same semantic difference as above). See also sol hole in the floor of a house, about 8-9 dobray / dobre, japaʔ, leʔɖ, lukay / luke, cm deep, for grinding or pounding grain okuʔb, (lutui) raŋgoʔ, reprepay. (‘mortar for pounding paddy’, bg:196) somtiɁ See soŋtiɁ soloɁ dog somtoɁ, samtoɁ Monday < S. somār din somdor See samudar ‘Monday’. See also toɁ1.

ct id gener aus somdor, somdhi See samdhi soŋ1 A : buy; M :-; soŋ-soŋ: ; C : oɁb-soŋ ‘sell’; No Doub Caus somjhay / somjhe See samjhay / samjhe soŋ siŋa sell off

somo See somoŋ -soŋ2 See son2

hjp somodor See samudar -soŋ3 Found in a:120, ln. 23. Appears to be a sequential marker, but not found somoŋ, somo, sumaŋ forehead elsewhere in this function. sompay, sompe Act: hand over, entrust; give soŋɖaɁ a kind of fish-trap h( jpa:197,203). See back to; Mid: be handed over, entrusted. also culu, jhimori, kumoni, lonɖra, mucu. No apparent semantic difference between

185 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon soŋgol~sore1 soŋgol firewood sonbira oɁjna name of a religious ceremony soŋgolpur Songolpur (name of a village) (hjpa:124, ln. 81; 128, fn. 81). Pinnow sone See sona suggests that this city / village is probably ct Sambalpur in Orissa. sonhor1 A : praise (usually in a religious sense); Mid: be praised; gener of Act; soŋor not possessing magical abilities (hjpa, (religious) service. hjpa, 157, fn. 34 144:10) writes that this is to be translated as ‘income’ from H. son ‘gold’ and har soŋtiɁ, somtiɁ yard (meas.), a cubit ‘seizing, taking’.

ct id soɳh, sõɽh the trunk of an elephant (hjpa:181,109) sonhor2 A /M : eat, used in reference to the guests of a wedding feast after

-son1 Marker denoting intensity, although the wedding ceremony. No apparent its semantic contribution is often quite semantic difference between Act and subtle. It is most commonly found in Mid. attibutive function, usually with manner adverbials, but is also compatible with sonoŋ door, gate. Cf. Sora sənaŋ-ən ‘door, hjp predicates. See also -boɁ2, -ɖaɁ6. gate’ ( a:191,167a). See also -nV-.

-son2, -soŋ2 suffix denoting the number of sonphula swollen < S. phul- ‘swell’ times. The only forms in current use are meson / mensoŋ / menson ‘once’, sõp fennel seeds (bg:196) barson ‘twice’, uɁpheson ‘thrice’ and kiɁjte son ‘how often?’, but others such soɽkom, sorkom small stool for sitting on; seat as moloyson ‘five times’ or gholson ‘10 times’ are occasionally encountered in soɽom a type of flower, said by some speakers to older texts (e.g. hjpa:205,4). Otherwise, have edible petals. Its stem is also peeled chor is used, in combination with the to supply the raw material for making numerals borrowed from Indo-Aryan. ropes. Said by speakers I consulted to See also chur. be sanai in S. and also in H., although I have not been able to locate this lexeme son3 Son anywhere. son ompay the Son River soɽpa valley (hjpa:122, 62) sona, sone gold; dear (hjpa:215,11, who derives soɽpaɁ goɖjhuŋ mountain pass it from ‘gold’ in a metaphorical sense) < S. sonā ‘gold’ sõɽh See soɳh sona kunɖuɁ “gold child”, affectionate term for a child (hjpa: 244,96) -sor Combining form of soreŋ ‘stone’. See paʔsor, boŋsor, kulusor and kunɖuɁsor sonar goldsmith under konɖuʔ.

ct tr aus sonbira a kind of worship (puja) to drive away sore1 A : finish ( ) (C preferred); evil spirits (pret) Mid: take place quickly, become ready

186 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 sore2~sristi

quickly; finish (tr), less quickly than the Act; Caus: so<Ɂb>re, oɁb-sore; Doub soʈi small stick, cane (bg:196) < S. soʈī Caus: oɁb-so<Ɂb>re. The simple Caus ‘stick’. See also soʈkone often does not appear to differ in meaning from the basic lexeme. This may be due soʈkone small stick, cane (bg:196) < S. soʈī to the S. form, cf. sapr- ‘be or get ready’, ‘stick’. See also soʈi. saprā- ‘make ready; get ready’. sore may then be due to a reanalysis of sapre/ soɁto Act: make something true; Mid: become soɁbre as a Caus form. true; truth; true; golden; really < S. sac ‘true’, sacāi ‘truth’; so­Ɂto would appear, sore2 See so re! however, to be a very old loan word, as the Ɂt seems to point to either a geminate soreŋ, sorẽŋ stone, rock; cliff; name of one or at least to two consonants inside the of the nine clans; also used as a family lexeme, cf. Sanskrit satyam ‘truth’, Pali name. In one version of the history of sattaṃ. the Kharia, also the name of one of the soɁtoboɁ true, truely; genuine(ly) original nine sons. Combining form:-sor. (hjpb:43,14) soɁto patar the true light sorgaɁɖ, sorgoɁɖ Act:-; Mid: to get food or drink in the noise when eating (e.g., after sou See sow coughing or laughing). See also sarke. souɁb, soɁb, sab all < S. soub ‘all’ sori(Ɂ) with; with, along, together (also sab caɽi tij on all four sides temporal) soub jhaɽi all sori saŋgoɁɖ neighbor soub kuch anything, everything sori saŋgo friendship (between brother and sister, hjpa:241,90) souɽay, souɽe See sowɽay sori sori together with (+ Gen); together sorite along with, together sow husband. See also souɽay. Probably derives from sumar (cf. sumarboʔ, sorkom See soɽkom sumarɖay).

sorloɁ south. See also -loɁ1, meaning of sor soweŋgiya servant unclear. sowɽay, sawɽe, sawɽay, sawri wife. See also sos See say sou, ɖay. sosan lilly; iris < H. sosan ‘lilly; iris’ soy, soi Act: bite (of a mouse or rat); Mid:-; soy- (hjpa:96,§6; 109 (H. translation)) soy: gener soso name of a tree, semecarpus Anacardium sri, śri Lord < H. śrī ‘Hon prefix to a name (of (bg:196) a male deity, a man, a sacred place’ sosreir, sosrair, sosrar parent-in-laws’ home sristi, srisʈi creation < S. sṛṣʈi ‘creation’ < H. sasurāl ‘father-in-law’s house or srisʈi utpait creation family’

187 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon sʈesan~suga sʈesan, stesan, ʈesan (train or bus) station < cited from Paulus Kullu). This is most Eng. likely the same lexeme as subaɖur, see there. sʈeʈ state < Eng. subɖur jol subdur oil stuti praise (n.) < H. stuti ‘praise; song or subh honorable < H. śubh ‘auspicious; good’ hymn of praise’ subh ɲimi (your) good name stuti karay conj.v. praise (v.) suɁɖ Act:-; Mid: become wet; suɁɖ-suɁɖ: sthir See athir gener; Caus: oɁb-suɁɖ; Doub Caus: oɁb- su<Ɂ>ɖ su Act: put on (clothes), wear; Mid:-; su- su: gener; Caus: oɁb-su; No Doub Caus suɖ pure < S. śudh ‘pure, unadulterated’. See su-su masdar of su also sudhom. suɁ Act: sew (s.th., tr); Mid: be sewn; suɁ- suɁɖhaɁ last year. See also enmaɁ ‘this year’, gener ct Ɂ suɁ: of A < H. sī- ‘sew’? Perhaps asintay ‘next year’, su bɖaɁ2. Sanskrit sīvyati ‘s/he sews’? Perhaps mon suɁɖhaɁ the year before last derived from suɁtrom ‘thread’, which is clearly borrowed from Indo-Aryan, see sudom See sudhom there. sudh interest < S. sudh ‘interest (of money, suɁb Act: reach into, stick the hand into (e.g. bank)’ a pocket, a pot, thereby dirtying the liquid); Mid: (of the arm) to be stuck into sudha with (hjpa, 155:24; 157, fn. 24, on 155, (a bucket, etc.); suɁb-suɁb: gener of Act. fn. 24). Pinnow writes that this form Ɂ See also sunu b; sajay1. is “= loɁ ‘with’”. It is not clear what Ɂ ct su bɖaɁ1 A : reach the hand into a exactly is meant here, as I am not aware liquid, usually water (ɖaɁ, but it can of any postposition loɁ, except from this

also be another liquid) and thereby passage. See loʔ4. soil the water.; Mid:-; gener sudhom, sudom Act: clean or purify someone subaɖur a type of oil (for fueling a lamp). See else; Mid: clean or purify oneself; also subɖur pure; be(come) pure < S. śudh ‘pure, subaɖur jol subaɖur oil unadulterated’. See also suɖ.

Ɂ ʔ ct su bɖaɁ1 See under su b sudhray A : improve < H. sudhār- ‘improve (tr)’ Ɂ Ɂ su bɖaɁ2 See under su b. According to Biligiri (bg:197) ‘last year’, but this would appear sudhre Mid: become improved < H. sudhar- to be a typing mistake for suɁɖhaɁ, see ‘be improved’ there. sudhu a (girl’s?) name (Kerkeʈʈā, 1991:14) subɖur a type of plant (hjpa:121, ln. 44, 126, fn. 44: ‘one kind of twinning [sic!] plant suga parrot < S. sugā ‘parrot’. See also koleɁ, with red fruits, used for medical oil’, sugi.

188 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 sugi~sun1

greeting; Mid: meet (itr). Roughly same sugi parrot (Malhotra, 1982:112, probably in meaning as johar. Same as suŋ2? reference to a female or small parrot).

See koleɁ, suga. sumaŋ2 See somoŋ suiya intermediary, go-between for marriage sumarboɁ Mr.; praiseworthy (Malhotra, arrangements < S. suiyā. See also aguwa. 1982:62) sukra a man’s name (hjpb:41,n. 2, who notes sumarɖay Mrs., Miss that it means ‘one born on Friday’). See also somra, maŋra. sumboɁ tree stump; base; (fig.) origin. Also used in compound-like constructoins sukhmuɽ the three cows brought as a gift from with a general locative meaning, coming the boy’s house before marriage (bg:197) very close in function to that of a general locative-case ending. boɁ ‘place’ is used ct id suɁkho A : make someone happy; M : in this same function. See also boɁ1. become happy; pleasure, happiness; daru sumboɁ tree-stump happy < S. sukh ‘happy’. See also kaʈa sumboɁte at the feet of; can also dukham sukham. be used as a simple object with suɁkhoboɁ, sukhoboɁ happily (hjpb: the meaning ‘feet’ (object) (hjpa: 34,51); pleasant (hjpb: 61,7) 269,22) sukhoboɁ laɁ conj.v. like, be pleasant sumboɁ-sum very first, original (experiencer in oblique case) suɁkho kayom sumkaʈ mara stingy, miserly < S. sumkaʈ mārā sul Act: crow (of roosters only); Mid:-; sul- sumtay See somtay sul: gener ct id sulaɁ dawn (i.e., when the rooster suŋ2 A : sacrifice; M : be sacrificed to crows); crowing (hjp, 154, d:14) (individual sacrificed to is the subject); gener ct suŋ-suŋ: of A . Same as sum1; ct tr id sului A : warm up ( ); M : warm up sumaŋ? See also sun1, sunmer. Perhaps itr aus Ɂ Ɂ oub ( ); C : o b-sului, su< b>lui; D related to, if not identical with, sum1 Causative: oɁb-su<Ɂb>lui. See also ‘drive (a stake into) (so also hjpa:134, garam, giriŋ / giɽiŋ, loɁb, ɲem, oɲem, fn. 7), as r&r (1937:374-5) describe oɽe, pogim, ruŋum, ʈheker, tapay / tape, a traditional sacrifice in which a stake, urum /udum, usum. representing the god barnɖa, is driven into an ant-hill. ct Ɂ Ɂ sum1 A : 1. stick something into something suŋgu ɖ offering, sacrifice (< suŋ go ɖ, else; hoist (a flag) (hjpa: 231,61); 2. the culminatory telic marker; from sacrifice h ( jpa::71, line 12 from top; hjpa:162, fn. 10). Cf. however suŋ 254,126); 3. drive in a post, plunge (tr); ɲoʔ, which suggests that suŋ uʔɖ is Mid:-; sum-sum: gener; Caus: oɁb-sum; the source (cf. uʔɖ ‘drink vs. ɲoʔ No Doub Caus. See also daɽom. ‘eat’). sum-sum masdar of sum suŋ ɲoɁ Act: sacrifice( hjpa, 144:10)

ct hjp sumaŋ1, sum2, suŋ1 A : offer salutations in sun1 honor, voice of holy spirits ( a:132, ln.

189 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon sun2~suɁtrom

7; 134, fn. 7). See also sunmer; sumaŋ1, supari betel nut < S. supārī ‘betel nut’

sum1,2, suŋ1,2 sunloŋ Mid: echo (in the wildernis) supli right (hand) (bg:197) (literally ‘holy voice’) (hjpa:132, ln. 7; 134, fn. 7) (unknown to speakers suɽuɁb leaf cup, vessel for holding food made of

I consulted). See also loŋ1. leaves (H. donā)

sun2 zero < S. sun ‘zero’ surali name of a cow which played a prominent role in the travels of the Kharia in pre- sunɖruɁj, sunɖuruɁj, sunruj navel historical times. See also baysali. surali gay the Surali cow sundar Act: make beautiful; Mid: be(come) beautiful; beautiful < S. sundar suraŋ straight (in form) < S. surãgh ‘straight ‘beautiful’ (of tree, as palm tree)’ sundarboɁ beautiful sundarta beauty surat good figure bg( :197) < H. surat ‘memory; lovers’ pleasure’? sundarom, sundrom vermillion surguja Surguja, name of a district in eastern sundarta See sundar Chhatisgarh sunjorighaʈ, sunjurighaʈ Sunjorighat. Name surjamay Act: supply (bg:197) of a city, whereabouts unknown. suru Act: start, begin (tr); Mid: begin Ɂ sunloŋ See under sun1 (itr); gener of Act; Caus: o b-suru, su<Ɂb>ru; Doub Caus: oɁb-su<Ɂb>ru sunmer Act: praise; Mid:-; praise; sermon. See (not common); beginning < S. śuru

also sun1. ‘beginning’ sunmer karay conj.v. praise suruɁb Act: sip (e.g. tea) (bg:197 ‘suck’); Mid:- sunruj See sunɖruɁj ; gener. Some speakers indicated that both the Act and the Mid may be used, sunsan peaceful, quiet < S. sun-sān ‘desolate, with no apparent semantic difference < dreary; quiet, still’ S. surp- ‘sip’ sunuɁb Found in Sāhu (1979/80:44), given with surum Act: steal; Mid: be stolen; gener of Act; no meaning. Sāhu derives this from suɁb, thief which means ‘reach the hand into s.th.’ surum kaɽ thief Most speakers I questioned on this were not familiar with this term and were of susray Act: hold (hjpa:91, ln. 5) the opinion that it was an error, although main susray honor, hold in honor one speaker accepted it with the meaning ‘capable of reaching the hand into s.th., suśrimati Mrs < H. śrīmatī ‘Mrs.’ adding that it is not used. See also suɁb, -nV-. suɁtrom Act: thread (a needle); Mid:-; gener; thread (n.) < S. sutā, H. sūtra ‘thread’.

190 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 suwidha~ʈeʈŋga

See also suɁ. ʈãɽo See ʈhaɳo suwidha comfort, ease < S. subidhā ʈãʈ sãy strongly < S. ʈãʈ sãy ‘strongly’ ‘convenience’ ʈaʈay Act/Mid: become tired and aching (of swabhaw (human) nature < S. svābhāv, sabhāv muscles, etc.). No apparent semantic ‘nature (of person)’ difference between Act and Mid < H. ʈaʈā- ‘ache (the limbs or body)’ swapan dream < H. svapna ‘dream’ ʈãy, ʈãy! the cry of a bird (onomatopoeic) swarg, swarag, sarag Heaven < S. svarag ‘Heaven’ ʈebul, ʈebal Act: turn something into a table swarag raij the Kingdom of Heaven (e.g., in a story / myth); Mid: become a table (e.g. in a story / myth); table < Eng. swikar acceptance < H. svīkār ‘acceptance’ swikar karay conj.v. accept ʈeɖha, ʈeɽha, tirha Act: make crooked; Mid: become crooked < S. ʈeɽhā ‘crooked’ śyam bihari name of one of the servants of the king of Surguja in hjpb:66,72. ʈeke make, prepare (hjpb:56,77; 59, note 77) < H. ʈek- ‘support; maintain strongly’? syambhu See sembhu ʈempay Act: beat with a stick; Mid:-

ʈeɽay Act: overeat and overdrink, overindulge; Mid:-; gener. See also khoɽay.

*ʈ* ʈeɽha See ʈeɖha ʈaim time < Eng. ʈesan See sʈesan ʈak ‘13’. Alternative for some speakers to ghol uɁphe. Not in general use. ʈeʈe name of one of the nine clans; used as a family name. Derives from ʈeʈeʈohoɁj. In ʈamar See one version of the history of the Kharia, also the name of one of the original nine ʈaŋ See ʈhaŋ sons.

ʈaŋay Act: hang (tr) < S. ʈãgā- ‘hang’ ʈeʈeŋga, ʈeʈŋga lizard (bg:202 ʈeʈŋga ‘big lizard’; hjpa:174:56 ʈeʈeŋga ‘lizard’) < ʈaŋe Mid: ʈaŋe: become hanging, be hung up; S. ʈeʈẽgā ‘(tree or ordinary) lizard’ ʈaŋay: gener of Act; Caus: oɁb-ʈaŋay, ʈa<Ɂ>ŋay; Doub Caus: oɁb-ta<Ɂ>ŋay; ʈeʈeʈohoɁj a type of bird. A shortened form of Past participle: ʈaŋga-l (not acceptable this word, ʈeʈe, is also the name of one of to all). the Kharia clans.

ʈapu island (hjpa:79f.) ʈeʈŋga See ʈeʈeŋga

191 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon ʈibar~ʈoʈo2

ʈibar See tibru ʈoẽɁj the sound made by parrots (hjpa:228,51) (onomatopoetic). See also oẽɁj. ʈibru See tibru ʈokay Act: talk; Mid:-; gener < H. ʈok- ʈibhi television < Eng. ‘challenge; interrupt’

ʈihil comb (of a bird) (hjpa:219,26, who ʈola part of a village; bg:202: ‘small village quotes rr:487f., No. 7 ʈihli ‘tail’) containing not more than ten houses’. Now used more-or-less interchangeably ʈika, ʈiklay Act: apply a tika to someone else’s with poɁɖa, khoɽi < H. ʈolā ‘quarter (of forehead a town or village)

id ʈike3, ʈikle M : apply a tika to one’s own ʈoŋriʈoli name of a khoɽi or ‘village section’ in forehead < H. ʈīkā ‘round ornamental Saldega (salɖaɁ) near Simdega (simɖaɁ) mark made on the forehead’ ʈonha witch < S. ʈonhā ‘sorcerer’ ʈikaʈ ticket < Eng. ʈoŋri hill; small jungle (bg:202) < S. ʈõgrī ʈikay Act: catch s.th./s.o. and not let it go ‘hillock’

id ʈike1 M : be caught < H. ʈikā- ‘cause to stop; ʈopi cap (hat) < S. ʈopī ‘cap’. See also ʈopri? detain; check’ ʈoɁpo, ʈoɁpho a kind of bird; name of one of ct id ʈike2 A /M : last a long time. No apparent the nine clans; used as a family name. In semantic difference. Caus: oɁb-ʈike, one version of the history of the Kharia, ʈi<Ɂb>ke; Doub Caus: oɁb-ʈi<Ɂb>ke < also the name of one of the original nine S. ʈik- ‘last (referring to things that wear sons. out)’ ʈopri crown. See also ʈopi?

ʈike3 See ʈika ʈoɁpho See ʈoɁpo ʈiklay, ʈikle See ʈika / ʈike ʈoɽoɽ long shaft of plough (hjpa:186,134) ʈipʈhekan Act: fix a date (with tarikh ‘date’ as object); Mid: (of a date) to be fixed; the ʈoroc flashlight < Eng.torch fixing of a date < S. din ʈip kar- ‘fix (of ʈoroc batti flashlight day)’, ʈhekan ‘fixed (defnite, as of date,

arrangement, etc.)’ ʈoʈo1 standing; stagnant; sitting (in children’s ʈipʈhekan karay conj.v. fix a date language) (hjpa:169:21) Appears to be the masdar of a root ʈo with the Ɂ ʈo bɖaɁ mud. See also ɖaɁ1. meaning ‘stand’, which is not found in my corpus. ʈoɁbɖir, toɁbɖir white ant. See also biɽim, cimʈã, Ɂ hjp demta, kãy, mu jɖaɁ, seʈa, ʈoʈo2, umphya, ʈoʈo2, ʈhoʈho black ant ( a:169,21, from also bhunɖu ‘ant-hill’. FGD). See also biɽim, cimʈã, demta, kãy, muɁjɖaɁ, seʈa, ʈoɁbɖir, umphya, also

192 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 ʈõya1~ʈhaŋ

bhunɖu ‘ant-hill’. ʈunɖute in the end

ʈõya1 ‘14’. Alternative for some speakers for ʈunʈi name of a mountain, whereabouts ghol iɁphon/tham. Not in general use. unknown (hjpa:224,43) ʈunʈi biru Tunti Mountain

ʈõya2 type of small crane or heron, smaller than a baŋklui, or perhaps a certain kind ʈuraɁb(ɖaɁ) Act: make (s.o.) an orphan; Mid: of feather (hjpa:219f) become an orphan; orphan < S. ʈurā ‘orphan’ ʈu departive marker („v2“) which denotes that the action which it modifies is over ʈuwar orphan (bg:202) and that the agent left after completing the action. ʈu has no independent lexical meaning. Cf. Santali oʈo, which virtually the same function. ʈu has combined with a number of lexemes to form new lexemes, which can also combine with *ʈh* ʈu: olʈu, ɖoɁɖʈu, melayʈu oɖamʈu, yoʈu ʈhaɁ Act: adhere, stick (tr) (the last two examples are not acceptable to all speakers). See also ʈuɖaɁ. ʈhãɖa, ʈhãɖha See ʈhanɖa

ʈuɖa See tuɖa ʈhãɖho See ʈhaɳo

ʈuɖaɁ Act: (of a river) to carry s.th./s.o. off; ʈhag See ʈhaŋ Mid: to be carried off by a river (bg:202 ‘float’). See alsoʈu , which would seem to ʈhah(a)ray Act: fix (a day) < S. ʈhahar- ‘stay have once been used as a lexical root, and (stop for a time)’

also ɖaɁ1. See also goʔ, ghõɽci, hintor, ʔ id kaku j, kunɖum, paŋ, puŋ, sambhray2, ʈhah(a)re M : wait; stop for some time ʔ te j1, tuphaŋ, uɖum. ʈhakay, ʈhakãy Act: deceive, cheat; Mid:-; ʈuɁj See tuɲ gener; Caus: oɁb-ʈhakay; Doub Caus: oɁb-ʈha<Ɂb>kay < S. ʈhak- ‘cheat’, ʈuknu basket < S. ʈuknu ‘basket (very small)’ ʈhakā- ‘be cheated’ ʈhakãy ɲoɁ conj.v. deceive ʈuku high rock (hjpa:188, fn. 145 ‘a flat rock where paddy is threshed’ from rr, no ʈhamkay Act: stop (tr) < S. ʈhamkā- ‘stop page); rock (bg:202) beating drum’

ʈuɲ, tuɁj Act: shoot; Mid: be shot; tuɲ-tuɲ: ʈhamke Mid: stop (itr) < S. ʈhamk- ‘stop gener of Act (of rain)’

ʈunɖu end (hjpa:281,45) < S. ʈuɽar- ‘come to an ʈhaŋ, ʈaŋ, ʈhag numeral classifier, appears to end (journey, work, fruit bearing season, derive from the classifier goʈhaŋ (see life of bearing fruit)’? See also tuɁɖ, there). General classifier, not restricted ontuɁɖ? semantically. See also ʈho.

193 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon ʈhaŋka~ʈholi

sun’. See also garam, giriŋ/giɽiŋ, loɁb, ʈhaŋka thunder < S. ʈhankā ‘thunder’ ɲem, oɲem, oɽe, pogim, ruŋum, sului, tapay / tape, urum / udum, usum. ʈhaŋkol Act/Mid: knock. No apparent semantic difference between Act and Mid.; pin or ʈhelaɁ Act: push; Mid: be pushed < S. ʈhel-, nail (n.) ɖhekal- ‘push’

ʈhaɳo, ʈãɽo, ʈhãɽo, ʈhãɖho, ʈhãw place (n.) < ʈhepa fingerprint h( jpa:66, 68, fn. 21) S. ʈhā̃v ‘place’ ʈhepa moɖhe illiterate ʈhaɳo ter conj.v. give refuge (to s.o.) (hjpb:56,64) ʈhewna See ʈhehuna

ct ʈhanay, ʈhane1 A : ʈhanay: assert; stand up ʈhik Act: make good; repair; Mid: become (tr); Mid: ʈhane: try (unsuccessfully) to good; good; exact, exactly; OK! assert; ʈhanay: gener of Act < S. ʈhaɽhā- Alright! < S. ʈhīk ‘exact’, H. ʈhīk ‘stand (up)’? ‘good; exactly’

ʈhanɖha, ʈhãɖa, ʈhãɖha, ʈhanɖa Act: make ʈhikedar contractor, leaseholder < S. ʈhīkādār, cold; Mid: become cold; cold (tea, water, hīkedār ‘contractor’ etc. but not the weather) < S. ʈhanɖhā ‘cold’. See also raŋga. ʈhisa(y) Act: call out loudly; cry for help, call out to someone; Mid:-; gener; Caus: Ɂ Ɂ ʈhane1 See ʈhanay / ʈhane o b-ʈhisa(y), ʈhi< b>sa(y); Doub Caus: oɁb-ʈhi<Ɂb>sa(y)

ʈhane2 resolved (= ʈhane1 ?) ʈho, ʈhu, aʈho general numeral classifier with ʈhaɽhiya name of a rāg ‘musical melody’ forms referring to non-humans, rarely with human nouns. Same meaning as ʈhãɽo See ʈhaɳo =o. According to bg:203 it is used only with numerals above two. It is however, ʈhãw See ʈhaɳo at least nowadays, also used with the numerals ek ‘one’ and dui ‘two’. Also ʈhawka on time < S. ʈhaūkā ‘on time’ compatible with kai ‘few’ < S. -ʈho classifier ‘ ’. See also a2=, =o, goʈhaŋ, ʈheb the Theb bird, a kind of small bird ʈhaŋ. (hjpa:172,42) ʈhoɁ Act: shoot, hit; affect (not acceptable to ʈhehuna, ʈhewna, ʈhehuɁna Act: kneel; Mid:-; all); Mid: affect; cling to; get hit; Caus: gener; knee < S. ʈhehunā oɁb-ʈhoɁ; No Doub Caus < H. ʈhok- ‘strike (against); tap’ ʈhekan beginning, starting point; fixed place; whereabouts (bg:203) ʈhoka Act: make (s.th.) fit; Mid: become just sufficient; to fit exactly (dress)

194 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 ʈhoŋghi~taɁjɖ

ʈhoŋghi quiver (n.) (hjpb:61,11)

ʈhor beak < S. ʈhor ‘beak’ *t* ta marker of Mid, nonpast on predicates. Ɂ Ɂ ʈhorhi a hollow bamboo shaft for the ʈhoɁʈhi. See also te2, ta jɖ, te jɖ. The hunter places the ʈhoɁʈhi into the ʈhorhi, blows through this and thus taɁb, tab, tob, tobe then < S. tab ‘then, after shoots the ʈhoɁʈhi. To my knowledge, that’ no poison is used. See also ʈhoɁʈhi < S. tab se then, since then ʈhorhī ‘arrow (of bamboo).’ tab tak until then tobga at that very time ʈhoɁʈhi a kind of weapon, somewhat like an arrow. It can have a sharp head, but with tabe subjection < H. tābe ‘dependent (on); two or more sharp points. The head may submissisve, obedient’ also be a small stone. See also ʈhorhi. tabkar the banyan tree (bg:198) ʈhoʈhkay Act: pick (with a beak, of birds); Mid: gener tãhit, tãhet also. Enclitic additive focus particle, similar in meaning to jo < S. tãhit ‘also’ ʈhoʈhke Mid: be pecked at < S. ʈhoʈhk-

’peck’ tai See tay3

Ɂ ct id Ɂ Ɂ ʈhoʈho See ʈoʈo ta j1 A : distribute, divide; M :-; ta j=ta j: gener; Caus: oɁb=taj. Perhaps once bg Ɂ Ɂ ʈhoɁʈhor throat ( :203) < S. ʈoʈā, ʈoʈrī ‘throat’? related to a j1/ayi j, the marker of qualitative predication. Compare the ʈhu See ʈho semantics of hoy ‘become’ and ob-hoy ‘distribute’. However, at at least in the ʈhũʈhi, ʈhuʈhi Act: cut or break off (finger, tree, modern language there is no Caus prefix id Ɂ Ɂ etc.); M : be cut or broken off < S. ʈhuʈhi t- and ta j and a j1 are at least now clearly ‚broken off (adj.)‘. See also ʈhunʈhi. two independent lexemes. taɁjna distribution ʈhunʈhi stump (hjpa:208,10) < H. ʈhūʈh ‚stump ʔ ʔ (of a branch or arm); trunk (of a tree)‘. ta j2 See ta jɖ See also ʈhuʈku, ʈhũʈhi. tajbij shortage (Kerkeʈʈā, 1991:23) ʈhuɽlu bald < S. ʈhuɽlu ‘bald’ taɁjɖ present progressive, Mid marker. ɖ ʈhuray Act: collect < S. ʈhurā- ‘collect’ is dropped before all person markers beginning with a consonant, i.e., it is ʈhure Mid: become collected only found in the 1st and 2nd persons, Sg. This marker is clearly based on the ʈhuʈku tree trunk < S. ɖhuʈu, ɖhuʈku ‘tree present Mid marker ta with what would stump’. See also ʈhunʈhi. appear to be a shorter form of the non- inherent qualitative predicate marker aɁj /

195 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon taɁjna~tapan

ayiɁjɖ, probably as a kind of “actualizer”. ‘guava’ See also teɁjɖ. tamu Act: sneeze; Mid:-; gener. See also chik, Ɂ Ɂ ta jna See ta j1 hãʔchiŋ.

tajub astonished < S. tajub ‘surprised, taŋ1 annoyance < H. tãg ‘cramped; distressed; astonished’ vexed’ taŋ karay conj.v. annoy tak up to < S. tak, jab tak ‘until’ taŋ2 See tama jab tak until

-taŋ3 Combining form of koŋtaŋ ‘cow’. -taŋ takat power < H. tāqat ‘strength, power, is no longer productive and is found in ability’ modern Kharia in few words, such as the following: dimtaŋ ‘(animal) stall’, takiya, tekiya pillow < S. takiyā ‘pillow’ giniŋtaŋ ‘bride price (paid in cattle), koŋtaŋ ‘cow’, khoʔtaŋ ‘guard over, tend taɁko Act: watch, waiting in ambush; Mid:-; (cattle)’. gener < S. tāk- ‘watch’ taŋma stalk (n.) (hjpa:201,236) tala lock < S. tālā ‘lock’ taɲ Act / Mid: weave; taɲ-taɲ: gener. No talab pond, lake < H. talāv ‘tank, pond’, tālāb apparent difference between Act and ‘pond; tank; reservoir’ Mid with simple stem. talbeir See tarwair tanɖaɁ marinated, soaked (hjpa:71, 73, fn. 24) tanɖaɁ golaŋ a type of rice beer in talowa palm (of hand) < S. tarhā̃thī ‘palm of which the rice is first soaked in hand’, H. tal ‘surface’, tāl ‘clapping the water and boiled. See also komsor hands’? See also tarhathi, taruwa. golaŋ.

tama, tam, taŋ2 now tanij somewhat < S. tanik ‘little, slight; very tam(a) jou until now little, the least’ tamar, ʈamar Tamar, name of a village (= taniko meaning unclear, found in hjpb:44,6 Tamaɽ, southeast of Bunɖu, hjpa:136, ln. with no further comment. It is also not 5, 138, fn. 5) included in the transaltion. Perhaps related to tanij < S. tanik ‘little, slight; tamasa Act: put on a show, act in a funny way; very little, the least’. Mid:-; gener; show (n.) < H. tamāśā ‘show, spectacle’ tapaɁ Act: sprinkle, spatter; blow up dust (of the wind or people); Mid: (of dust) to be tamba copper < S. tā̃bā ‘copper’ thrown, etc. See also oroŋ. tamkhu tobacco < S. tamākhu, tamkhu ‘tobacco’ tapan warm < H. tapan ‘heat’. See also tapay / tape, komsor (golaŋ). tamras guava tree and its fruit < S. tamras

196 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 tapay~tay1

tapay Act: warm (of the sun, fire, etc.) (tr) < S. tap-, tapā- ‘warm (itr)’ tarnay Act: stand ready to fight in a very aggressive stance; Mid:-; gener tape Mid: become warmed by the sun See also tapan. See also garam, giriŋ / giɽiŋ, taroɁb the tree Buchanania latifolia, and its nut loɁb, ɲem, oɲem, oɽe, pogim, ruŋum, (Malhotra, 1982:267: ‘root’). See also

sului, ʈheker, tapan, urum / udum, usum. car1 tapman temperature < H. tāp-mān ‘temperature’ tarsar with difficulty taɽ palm tree < H. tāɽ ‘the palm tree tarsay Act: cause to want, tease, tantalize < S. ‘Borassus flabellifer(fan-palm)’ tarsā-, tars- ‘tease; long for’ taɽi toddy tarse Mid: long for (bg:198 ‘struggle’) taɽu wisdom tooth (bg:199) tarsiɁ ‘17’ (not in general use). Alternative for tar Act: beat, kill; defeat; Mid:-; tar-tar: some speakers to ghol tham/thom. gener; Caus: ob-tar ban tar conj.v. cast a spell (on s.o.) tarsoɁɖ Act: slam s.th. down (e.g. a book on a tar soɁɖ knock down; dejected, table); Mid:- downcast; damned (hjpa:221, 33) kiɽoɁ tar soɁɖ damn it! taruwa sole of the feet < S. tarvā ‘sole’. See also talowa. taraju balance, scale (hjpa:198,214 ‘beam of a balance’) < S. tarāju ‘scale’ tarwair, talbeir sword < S. talvār, tarvāir ‘sword’ taran shoulder. See also khanɖ. tataŋ, tata grandfather < H. (< Skt.) tāt ‘father; tarbuɁj watermelon < S. tarbuj ‘watermelon’ respected or venerable person’? tardi Act: light up a house (etc.) by lighting tawa clay pot, about 30-40 cm. in width < S. a lamp; Mid: become lit up by lighting tāvā ‘earthen pot for curry’ a lamp; lamp; Caus: ta<Ɂb>di, ob-tardi (second form from Malhotra, 1982:166) tawbhi still, nevertheless, used in conjunction tardi patar lamp-light with correlative jawbhi < H. to bhī ‘yet, still, nevertheless’ tarhathi palm (of the hand) < S. tarhā̃thī ‘palm

of hand’. See also talowa. tay1 ablative postposition (‘from’) used with absolute or Gen. Also used as tarika manner, method < S. tarīkā ‘manner, an instrumental (‘with; by’) and, way, method’ occasionally, perlative postposition (‘through’). Also used to mark tarkeleŋ Act: light up the sky, cause to sparkle the standard in comparatives and (e.g. of God); Mid: of lightning to flash; superlatives. Cf. Brajbhasha and Awadhi sparkle; sparkling; a woman’s name < taĩ ‘from’. Skt. tārakā ‘star; sparkling’? tayboɁ towards

197 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon tay2~teɲ

Ɂ ct tay2 then te j2 A : break or snap a rope by pulling on it too hard; Mid: break or snap (of rope) bg tay3, tai pan for frying, frying pan < S. tāi ( :199: ‘snap’) ‘shallow, metal frying pan’. See also teɁj-teɁj masdar of teɁj hakanɖaba.

tej3 strong < S. tej ‘strong (desire, smell)’ tay4 that many < H. tai ‘that much/many’ tej raph light (n.) tej raph ter conj.v. be bright, give light tayar, teyar Act:??; Mid: become ready; ready, ʔ ʔ prepared < S. teyār ‘ready’ te j4 See te jɖ tayari preparation teɁjɖ present progressive, Act marker. -ɖ te1 oblique case marker. Used to mark is dropped before all person markers definite direct objects, indirect objects beginning with a consonant, i.e., it is and adverbials of all types, especially only found in the 1st and 2nd persons, locatives. Also occasionally found, Sg. This marker is clearly based on the especially in songs, used with an present Act marker te with what would instrumental meaning. Occasionally also appear to be a shorter form of the non- used with definite subjects, although inherent qualitative predicate marker aɁ j most speakers consider this usage /ayiɁjɖ, probably as a kind of “actualizer”. incorrect. From tay? See also taɁjɖ.

ct Ɂ te2 nonpast A marker. See also ta, te jɖ, tekiya See takiya taɁjɖ. teleŋga stranger; enemy; man’s name teɁɖ Act: wipe snot from the nose and shake teleŋga khaɽiya a famous Kharia it off the hand; press or squeeze out puss freedom fighter who fought against (e.g. out of a boil); Mid: (of snot) to be the British occupation of India wiped off and shaken off the hand; be squeezed or pressed out teli oilman < H. telī ‘oil-miller; seller of oil’ tegui, tegoy Act: move (tr) to one side (Caus telmiŋ, tilmiŋ sesame, Sesamum indicum, L., a preferred); Mid: move (itr) to one side; kind of oil seed (hjpa:239,83) < H., S. tel Caus: te<Ɂb>gui ‘oil (mineral and/or vegetable)’ teinko, tenko a little, some < S. teinko ‘a little, teloŋ Act: thatch; roof (the house appears in some’ the Gen); Mid: (of a roof) to be thatched (the roof appears in the Gen. There is no teisan such < S. aisān ‘like this’; usān ‘like subject and the predicate appears in the that’, H. taisā ‘such’ 3rd person, Sg); roof (n.)

Ɂ ct te j1 A : carry on head (women) or shoulders telsãwãr having a middle-dark complexion < H. (men); Mid:-; teɁj-teɁj: gener. See also sā̃vlā ‘dark-complexioned’ goʔ, ghõɽci, hintor, kakuʔj, kunɖum, paŋ, ct bg puŋ, sambhray2, ʈuɖaʔ, tuphaŋ, uɖum. teɲ A : tell ( :199; Unknown to speakers

198 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 ten~tiloy

I consulted.) teyar See tayar ten Act: trample; Mid:-; ten-ten: gener; tiɁ hand Caus: ob-ten tibat Tibet tener gift; grace. See also ter, -nV-. tibru, tibhru, ʈibar, ʈibru 6. Not in general use. tenko See teinko See also chaw. tenton, tentoŋ tamarind (hjpa:249,110, citing tiha Act/Mid: arrange, provide; provision, druart ‘Tamarindus indica’) < H. tintiɽī means of providing. No apparent ‘the tamarind tree’? semantic difference < S. tihā ‘arrange, provide’ ter Act: 1. give; 2. allow (used with the infinitive); Mid:-; ter-ter: gener; Caus: tiɁj Act: (when preceded by a demonstrative ob-ter. ter is also used as a “light verb” in or numeral) move to (this or that, etc.) “conjunct verbs”, with: akil, dos, jiyom, side (tr); Mid: (when preceded by a kosu, ksama, tej raph. See also tener. demonstrative or numeral) move (itr) ter-ter masdar of ter; gift to (this, that, etc.) side; side, direction; towards (used with Gen or direct case) teran perhaps (hjpa:132, ln. 3; 279,41:1, in both hantiɁj that side, that way cases used together with the inferential utiɁj this side, this way sentential enclitic hoy) hantiɁj utiɁj, utiɁj hantiɁj this way and that tereɁj powder (n.) hantiɁj utiɁj Act: move (tr) this way tereɁj rumkuɁb ground rice, rice powder and that; Mid: move (itr) back and forth, keep changing course / topics, tergan star < S. teirgan, tairgan ‘star’. See also etc. siŋkom. tiɁj tay instrumental postposition, used with direct case or Gen terom honey bee; honey terom chatna bee hive tijo, tijoɁ worm; maggot (hjpa:180,101) < S. terom ras honey jokʈi, jukʈi ‘ground worm’? terthel immediately (Malhotra, 1982:248) < S. tiɁjte that many turthe ‘immediately’, perhaps terthel is a misprint of turthe(l?)? til Act: bury; cover (hjpa, 157, d,3); Mid:-; til-til: gener; Caus: ob-til. See also tinil. tetraga Tetraga, name of a city, location tiljaŋ Mid: bury, literally ‘bury the unknown. From [MS, 1:99]. bones’ til-til masdar of til teu < teu=aɁ=jo, teu=jo ‘nevertheless’ < S. teu ‘but’ tilmiŋ See telmiŋ teujo, teuwaɁjo nevertheless; with negation: even if not tiloy the tiloy tree. Unfortunately, none of the speakers I consulted were familiar with

199 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon timsoŋ~toɁjhuŋ

the corresponding H. name. pilgrimage (especially on a sacred river)’ timsoŋ fire tisra third < S. tisrā ‘third’ timsoŋ bandho Hell, “fire dam” (hjpa:277,38) titli butterfly < H. titlī ‘butterfly’. See also timsoŋ ɖaɁ fire-rain, a common topic in phamphlaɁ Munda mythology in which a fire- rain falls on the earth and destroys to topic particle; then < H. to (almost) all life.

timsoŋkhoɁ hearth, fireplace toɁ1 day; day and night; (period of) time See timsoŋ laɁ conj.v. of fire to break out also din

ct ct id tiɲ A : cover paddy with straw; fill up a toɁ2 A : bore or pierce ears, prick; M : be tiɲjaɁ with paddy packed in this way; pricked, pierced Mid:-; tiɲ-tiɲ: gener tob, tobe See taɁb tiɲjaɁ a container used to store grain packed in straw (Malhotra, 1982:108; 238, toɁbaɁ, toɁba Act: pound (unhusked rice) with ‘basket’; bg:200, ‘covering for paddy’) a stick; [MT, 1:49]: make a sign (on a tree by pounding something with a pole); tin 3 < S., H. tīn ‚3‘. See also uʔphe. Mid: (of unhusked rice) to be pounded

with a stick. See also thom1. tinil grave See til, -nV-. Ɂ tinil jaŋ ‘burial of the bones’ to bɖaɁ mud. See also ɖaɁ1 ‘water’ tiɽel, tirel, tiɽeil, tiɽil a kind of fruit (H. toɁbɖir See ʈoɁbɖir kendu); ebony (Malhotra, 1982: 324) (hjpa:248,107 ‘Diospyros melanoxylon’) tobloŋ, toblhuŋ, tobluŋ, tobhluŋ Act: take up, make rise, raise; Mid: go up, rise; top; tirha See ʈeɖhā heaven; sky; above tobluŋ(te) above, on top of (with either tirel See tiɽel Gen or direct case) tiri tiri See siri riri togoɁj Act: put in mouth (bg:200; Unknown to speakers I consulted). See also tomoɁɖ, tiriɁb Act: become cloudy; Mid:-; heaven, betoɁɖ, tuɁj. sky; cloud. See also turbuŋ. tiriɁb tiriɁb Act: become cloudy slowly; tohonboɁ See tunboɁ Mid:- tiriɁbɖaɁ Act: become very dark toɁjhuŋ, tuʔjhuŋ Act: stub the toe (on a rock because of clouds; Mid:-; very dark (= object)); Mid: stub the toe; stumbling cloud (bg:201). See also goɁɖjhuŋ and gujuŋ for other words containing j(h)uŋ which tirtha place of pilgrimage, especially are related to the feet. Although I have with respect to rivers < S. tīrith no occurrences of toɁjhuŋ in my corpus, jātrī ‘pilgrimage’; H. tīrth ‘place of speakers indicated that it is often used

200 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 tol~toroɁ

in the passive even when there was no

outside force causing the subject to stub tomsiŋ1, tomsiɲ, tumsiŋ wasp, hornet his or her toe. For a similar use of the

passive, see cocmay ‘trip’. tomsiŋ 2 See thomsiŋ tol Act: bind, tie; pack; Mid:-; tol-tol: toŋ Act: strain the water out of something gener; Caus: ob-tol. See also tonol, toy (e.g. rice); Mid: be strained. See also tol-tol masdar of tol chãɽay, chãɽe. toloɁ threshing floor toŋliŋ See tomleŋ toloŋ part of a cloth which, after being tied toŋon See tomon around the body, hangs down in the back (hjpa:72, 73, fn. 59, where it is translated tonkeɁɖ a type of bug which lives in beds, as ‘loincloth’ (Lendentuch). See khodiya bedbug (H. khaʈmal) toloŋ. tonme, tomne Act: make new (e.g. by painting); tomba small tree; tree trunk (hjpa: 181,106) Mid: become new; new tomkui, thomkui potter, perhaps also the name tonol Act: ?; Mid: (re-)tie a shoelace; (shoe-) of an ethnic group (hjpa:120, ln. 25, 36; lace, rope. See tol, -nV- 126, fn. 25). See also kuyu. tonon See toŋon tomleŋ, tomliŋ, toŋliŋ, thoŋliŋ Act: make (s.th.) milky (e.g. tea, by adding too toɽek See thore much milk); Mid: become milk(y): caha tomliŋ mayki ‘The tea (caha) was tor Act: enclose (of a fence); Mid:- nothing but milk (tomliŋ).’ i.e., so much milk was poured in that it became (like) toreɁj powder milk’; milk toreŋ lump, clod (hjpa:187f., uncertain, cf. tomne See tonme Mundari toreŋ ‘heap upon one another’, Sora tadeeŋ ‘carry (on the head) piling tomoɁɖ mouth. Undoubtedly from an earlier pots, etc. one upon another’; Unknown stem meaning something akin to ‘eat’. to speakers I consulted.). See also ɖhela, See also betoɁɖ, togoɁj, tuʔj and -nV-. ɖhelka. tomoŋ Act: empty (tr), make (s.th.) empty; torkoɁɖ lizard (bg:200) Mid: become empty; only tomoŋ tiɁ empty-handed toro roro (onomatopoetic) the sound made by fifes and bugles h( jpa:260,10) tomon, toŋon, tonon Act:-; Mid: stand up; stop; standing (adj.); Caus: oɁb-tomon, toroɁ, toroɁɖ, ture Act:- (bg:200: ‘cry like an to<Ɂb>ŋon, to<Ɂb>ŋon, to<Ɂb>-mon, animal’); Mid: cry, weep; cry out; Caus: to<Ɂ>mon; Caus with dosidar ‘blame toroɁ make someone cry, weep. See s.o.’; Doub Caus: oɁb-to<Ɂb>-mon also roɁɖ.

201 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon torɽloʔ~tunɖu1

ct iɲam toroɁ screaming and crying tui3, tuĩ, tuɲ A : shoot with an arrow; cohabit (hjpa:208,10); Mid:-; tuĩ-tuĩ: gener. See torɽloʔ See turloʔ also tutui. toti innocent (Malhotra, 1982:115) tuɁj Act: put (food, obect) in the mouth; Mid:-; tuɁj-tuɁj: gener; See also togoɁj, toy Act: string (tr) together (e.g., flowers from which this probably derives but into a garland), bind; weave; Mid:-; toy- which was unknown to speakers I toy: gener. See also tol. consulted, and betoʔɖ, tomoʔɖ. tran salvation, rescue (hjpa:276,35) < H. trāɳ tuji Act/Mid: lean on a stick or cane while ‘protection; defence; safety, deliverance’ walking, walk with a stick or cane. No apparent semantic difference, Mid tribhuj triangle < H. tribhuj ‘triangle’ preferred. tripura Tripura tuɁjhuŋ See toɁjhuŋ

ct bg tuɁ1 A : copulate ( :201) tumba pumpkin, gourd (H. kaddū), often hollowed out and used to carry water; a Ɂ ct tr id itr tu ɖ, tuɁ2 A : finish ( ); M : finish ( ), man’s name < S. tombā ‘round come to the end < S. ʈuɽar- ‘come to an gourd’. Note that McGregor (1997: 456) end (journey, work, fruit bearing season, writes with respect to the H. form tumbā life of bearing fruit)’? See also ontuʔɖ. with the same meaning that the form tumbaka- is from Austro-Asiatic. tuɖa, ʈuɖa tomorrow. See also tuɖloŋ. tumbaɁ calabash (hjpa:248,109) tuɖay, tuɽay cotton (ready for spinning) tumboɁ See tunboɁ (bg:201) tumsiŋ See tomsiŋ tuɖloŋ the day after tomorrow; the next day;

tomorrow morning. Speakers were tuɲ See tui3 somewhat unsure of the meaning of tuɖloŋ. The most commonly cited tuɲgol [sic!] index finger bg ( :201). See also meaning was ‘the day after tomorrow’ cuɲɖul. = munɖibaɁ. See also tuɖa, meyaŋaɁ, munɖibaɁ. tuɲgom [sic!] a kind of grass (bg:201) tuɖum a kind of fish (hjpa:198f.) tun sin (hjpa:272,28). See also dusum. tuɖum kaɖoŋ the tuɖum fish tunboɁ, tumboɁ, tohonboɁ daytime (i.e., ct tui1 A : resemble, follow in s.o.’s footsteps; before evening); noon Mid:-; tui-tui: gener ct tunɖu1 A : stop (s.o.) talking; interrupt s.o.; ct id id tui2 A : patch clothing; M : (of clothing) M : come to an end (e.g. an act in a to be patched. See also lutui. play); Caus: tu<Ɂb>nɖu − can have either of the two meanings given above

202 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 tunɖu2~than

for the simple Act bottom; low; below (in this function used with either the Gen or the direct tunɖu2 stem of a flower case) tuta tobluŋ from the bottom to the top tuphaŋ Act: lift, raise; (of the wind) to carry off; Mid: be lifted, raised; be carried tutui shooting with an arrow (hjpa:123, ln. 68 off (by the wind) < H. tūphān ‘storm of and 127, fn. 68, where Pinnow relates it wind and rain’? Brajbhasha tuphãg ‘a to tuɲ ‘shoot’. See also tui. tube through which something is blown: a musket’? See also goʔ, ghõɽci, hintor, tuthe See turthe ʔ kaku j, kunɖum, paŋ, puŋ, sambhray2, tuy See tui ʔ ʈuɖaʔ, te j1, uɖum. tuyu jackal; fox tuɽay See tuɖay tuɽko Muslim < H. turk ‘inhabitant of Turkestan; Muslim soldier; muslim’. See also ɖaɽhiyal. *th* tur Act: shake out; shake off; Mid:-; tur-tur: thah bottom < H. thāh ‘bottom; depth’. See gener. See also . also thahay / thahe. turbuŋ sky (as opposed to kiɁthuŋ ‘Heaven’). thaham See paham See also tiriɁb. thahay Act: fathom s.th. (e.g. the depth of ture See toroɁ water). See also thah. thahe Mid: be fathomed tureloʔ See turloʔ thaila See theila turi, mabtri Turi, name of a North Munda ethnic group and their language, known thakay, thokay Act: thakay: make someone for their works with bamboo, especially tired (not acceptable to all) making baskets (hjpa:120, ln. 25, 33; 126, fn. 25). hjpa:126, fn. 25 writes that thake, thaɁke, thoke Mid: thake: become tired. the older form of mabtri was probably Caus: tha<Ɂb>ke, tha<Ɂb>-kay (no maɖ-tiri(Ɂ) from maɖ ‘bamboo’ (in apparent difference in meaning); Doub Mundari!). Caus: oɁb-tha<Ɂb>ke < S. thāk- ‘become tired’ turloɁ, tureloɁ, torɽloɁ south. tureloɁ seems to be restricted to songs. Seems to be thalo incline, slope < S. ɖhālu ‘slope’ eqivalent to serloɁ, see there. See also

-loɁ1. tham 8, said by some speakers to have the values ‘4’ or ‘7’. Not in general use. See turthe, tuthe quickly also aʈh, ghal2 ‘8’, thom4 ‘8’. tuta Act: put down, lower; Mid: go down; than udder < S. than ‘udder’

203 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon thana~thure

ct thana district or subdivision (of a state) < thom2 A : throw [RK, 3:3], unknown to other H. thāna ‘locality, site; abode; police speakers I consulted. Perhaps related to,

station, or post’ if not in fact identical with, thom1?

hjp thaneil female breast ( b:4,17) < S. thālain, thom3, thoŋ2 because, for. Usually used with thālāin ‘breast, teat of a woman’ Gen but direct case is also grammatical.

ct id thani ɖoko A :-; M : settle down (in a thom4, thoŋ3 8 See also tham ‘8’, ghal2 ‘8’, particular area). thani is not used as an thomsiŋ ‘9’. Said by some speakers to independent lexeme < H. sthānīya ‘local’ have the value ‘7’. Not in general use. thapɽay Act: slap < S. thpɽā- ‘slap’ thomkui See tomkui

id gener ct thapɽe M : clap ( of A ) thomsiŋ, tomsiŋ2 9. Not in general use. See

thapɽi clapping also thom4 ‘8’, naw ‘9’. thapɽi bajay conj.v. to clap the hands thoŋ See thom thara plate (for food) < H. thālī ‘flat metal plate’? Same as theriya? thoŋliŋ See tomleŋ thartharay, thorthoray Act:-; Mid: tremble; thore, thorek, thoɽe, thoɽek, toɽek Act: Caus: thartharay, oɁb-tharthar(w) decrease (tr); Mid: decrease (itr); few, ay, thathar-(w)ay < S. thartharā- some, a little (e.g. time). thore, etc., can ‘tremble, quiver’ appear in the Pl: thoɽek=ki < S. thore ‘few (of persons, things); H. thoɽā ‘little, theila, thaila bag < S. thailā ‘bag’ small (amount); few’ toɽekanaɁ something, somewhat, a little theriya plate (bg:201) < H. thālī ‘flat metal thoɽekan some, a few plate’? Same as thara? thoɽe thoɽe little thobɽo See bothɽa thorthoray See thartharay thok fortified cityh ( jpa:120, ln. 26, 126, fn. thothaɽay, thothiyay Act/Mid: stammer, 26. Here Pinnow relates it to H. thok stutter. No apparent semantic difference

‘prop, stanchion’ and also Kharia khota1, < S. thothaɽā- ‘stammer, stutter’ thoka ‘nest’) thum ‘5’, not in general use. Given by some thoka nest (hjpa:169,22; 174,54) < S. khotā speakers as an alternative to moloy,

‘nest’. See also khota1. which these speakers are unfamiliar with. See also pãc. thokay / thoke See thakay / thake ct thuray1, thuɽay A : tap or nudge someone ct thom1, thoŋ1 A : pound into pieces, smash (with a rock); Mid: be pound into pieces. thure Mid: become nudged. Cf. Brajbhasha See also kuca, toʔbaʔ. thūr- ‘strike, beat, pound’?

204 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 thuray~uɁɖchuŋ

semantic difference. thuray2 collect, gather ([TK, 2:9]; Unknown in this meaning to speakers I consulted.) ubjay, upjay Act: harvest (a crop) < S. ubjā, upjāu ‘fertile’ thuthu lip (Sg). See also lucur. ubje Mid: be harvested. See also ubjaw. thuyu man’s name ubjaw fertile < S. ubjā, upjāu ‘fertile’. See also ubjay.

uɁbne, umne this much, many; enough; so many, so much; so very. See also hoɁbne. *u* uɁbne ga etc. (hjpa:222,36) u this, proximal demonstrative. See also umnekan so many (= umne ekan) han, hin, ho. uaɁ Gen of u. See also unaɁ, uwaɁ ubphe See uɁphe below. uaɁ caɁɖo therefore ubɽay turned over (hjpa:176,66f.) < S. ubɽā- uaɁ ghaɖ therefore ‘turn upside down (tr)’ uaɁ thom therefore ujeɁ it. Generally only used for ubroŋ, ubhroŋ, ubhroŋa, ubaroŋ nowadays; inanimates, seldom for humans. modern ukaɽ he, she. Generally only used for humans, occasionally used for non- uɁchi Act: despise; Mid:-; gener < S. tuch humans and non-animates. ‘hatred’? unaɁ, uwaɁ Gen of u. See also uaɁ above. uchle Act: make someone jump; Mid: jump, ute here (=te ‘oblique’) spring < S. uchl- ‘run and jump (of young animals or children)’ ct id ubar1 A : make something become two; M : become two; 2. See also ghol-ubar, =bar, uɁchuŋ See uɁɖchuŋ -bar, bariya, dui Ɂ ct id gener aus ubar ekɽi 40 u ɖ1 A : drink; M :-; uɖ-uɖ: ; C : ub-uɁɖ, ob-uɖ aus ct id ubar2 C form of bair (see there) uɖ iɖaɁ A : drink up; M :- uɁɖna drink. Infinitive ofuɖ uɁbɖuɁ Act: bring s.th. closer to s.th. else; Mid: uɖna ɖaɁ drinking water (hjpa: 269, 23) come near, be near, come closer to s.th. Ɂ bg else; near; on this side (of something, with u ɖ2 mushroom ( :204). See also khũkhri, Gen). See also hembuɖuɁ, its antonym. puɖub, puʈ uɖ. Probably derives from the proximal demonstrative u ‘this’ plus some as yet uɖa See uɽay unidentified element, possibly the same as in heɁpaɁɖ. uɁɖchuŋ, uɁchuŋ stove. See also cawka, cawki, culha. uben Act / Mid: become sunny. No apparent

205 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon uɖuɁ~ukhoɁ uɖuɁ at least, though, contradictory particle udhiyay, udhyay Act: cause (s.th.) to fade (e.g., uɖul sitil, uɽul sitil on the sides, around. uɖul of the sun); Mid: fade < S. udhiyā- ‘fade’ does not seem to have any independent meaning. See also sitil. udhmat busy (hjpa:76) < H. ūdham ‘uproar; commotion’; ūdhamī ‘rowdy’? uɖum, uɖuŋ Act: take out; make off with; drive off; bring; (bg:204: ‘carry like udhra Act/Mid: borrow; lend (bg:204: lend) < a thief’); Mid: escape; gener; Caus: S. udhrā le- ‘borrow money’, udhrā de- u<Ɂb>ɖuŋ, oɁb-uɖuŋ ‘follow’; Doub ‘lend money’ Caus: oɁb-u<Ɂb>ɖuŋ. See also goʔ, udhra ol conj.v. borrow ghõɽci, hintor, kakuʔj, kunɖum, paŋ, puŋ, udhra ter conj.v. lend ʔ sambhray2, ʈuɖaʔ, te j1, tuphaŋ. udhre See uddhre uɖhiyay Act: spread a net (bg:204; Unknown to speakers I consulted) udhyay See udhiyay

ct id ud owl (bg:204) ughay1 A : make, do thus; M : become thus; thus, this way (from u ‘this’ and ghay udam trade ‘way’) kamu udam trade (as in occupation) ct id ughay2 A /M : beg or ask for money. No udar compassionate < H. udār ‘noble; apparent semantic difference. generous; munificent’ ũh! Umh!, interjection of surprise udum See urum ujaɁ Act: pull off (bg:204 ‘pull out’); Mid: uddhar salvation < H. uddhār ‘deliverance; come off (e.g. of a lid or the top of salvation’. See also uddhray / uddhre. something, with no external force)

udharan example < H. udāharaɳ ‘example’ ujeɁ it; he, she (= u + jeɁ1) uddhray Act: uddhray: free s.o. from uju boil (n.) (bg:204) sins; appease (hjpa:73, note 33, who ct tr id however, derives this meaning from ukon1 A : spread out ( ); M : spread out ‘free’ as well) (itr)

uddhre, udhre Mid: uddhre: free oneself of sin; ukon2 See ikon2 uddhray: gener of Act; salvation < H. uddhār ‘deliverance; salvation’. See also ukɽi See ekɽi uddhar. ukuɁb See okuɁb udge Act: wave (tr) (bg:203, Unknown to speakers I consulted.) ukh sugarcane < H. ūkh ‘sugarcane’

udum See urum ukhoɁ that (derogatory). See also u, khoɁ3

206 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 ulaɁ~umboɽiɁɖ

(there: hokhoɁ ghayga). ulʈe Mid: ulʈe: turn over (itr); be topsy-turvy (bg:204); ulʈa(y): gener of Act < S. ulʈa- ulaɁ, ullaɁ leaf; letter. See also ciʈʈhi, lipi. ‘turn over’ (tr), ulʈ- ‘turn over’ (itr). ulaɁ anargi a traditional Indian Caus: oɁb-ulʈay; No Doub Caus toothbrush of stick hokaɽaɁ ulʈa on the contrary (hjpb: 45,20) ulaʈbagha a tiger which has come about from ulʈa cale conj.v. refuse a human being being transformed into a ulʈa karay conj.v. go against tiger (hjpb:55,28). Probably connected to ulʈa(y). uluɁ Act:-; Mid: boil (not “come to a boil”); Caus: u<Ɂ>luɁ ‘boil’ (tr). (Note: ulɖaɁ a place where fallen leaves collect Malhotra, 1982:163 gives this lexeme (bg:204). See also ulaɁ. as ului) < S. ubl- ‘boil (water only)’? (unlikely) ulgulan war uluɁ ɖaɁ boil for a long time (of water).

See ɖaɁ1, more likely ɖaɁ6 (ɖaɁ) ct ulhay1, A : to undercook (e.g., meat, not rice) uluɁ ɖaɁki ‘The water boiled for a long time.’ id ulhe1 M : to become only half-cooked, undercooked ului Act: cause (hair) to grow (e.g., a lotion against baldness); (bg:204 ‘shave the ct tr ulhay2 A : bend ( ), seduce, lead astray; head on the eighth day of the death wring from s.o. (hjpa:92, ln. 10; 93, fn. of a relative’); Mid: (of hair) to grow 42; Unknown to speakers I consulted.) (especially after having been shaved); hair. See also roɁɖlui, soɁlui. id itr hjp ulhe2 M : (?) bend ( ) ( a:93, fn. 42) um preposed negative marker. With ullaɁ See ulaɁ predicates, um always precedes the predicate and, with the exception of the ulnɖay Act: help s.o. lie down; lay s.th. down; 2nd person, Sg, carries person / number 2. roll s.th. See also ɖhalŋgay. / Hon status marking. The marker of the 2nd person, Sg, may appear either ulnɖe Mid: lie down attached to um or to the main predicate. umay, umoy neg.3p, used only in ulphaɁ useless, in vain; false < S. phaltu predicates ‘useless’? um laɁ otherwise ulray Act: stir or mix (e.g. seeds drying in the umar age (hjpb:47,8a) < S. umer, umeir ‘age’, sun) by hand H. umar, umra ‘age’ ulre Mid: be sifted or mixed (e.g. of seeds) < umay See um S. alhr- ‘stir, mix’ umboɁ no, not, sentence-level negative particle ulʈa(y), Act: ulʈa(y): turn over (tr), leaf through (a book) umboɽiɁɖ, umboɖeɁj, umboɽej negative, nonpast locative and attributive

207 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon umne~uɽan baj

qualitative predicate marker (negative un2 wool < H. ūn ‘wool’ of ayiʔj). -ɖ is elided before all persons other than the first and second persons, ungher male servant. See also kongher, ongher. Sg, i.e., all person markers beginning ungher unsel servants (literally: ‘male with a consonant. 3rd person, Sg form: servant female servant’) umboriɁ. uno i.e., that is (postposed relative pro-form). umne See uɁbne Appears to derive from the proximate demonstrative u and the complementizer umoy See um no. umpay See ompay unsel female servant. See also konsel. umper See humber unuɁphe See uɁphe umphya, uphya flying ant < S. uphiyā ‘flying upay Act/Mid: find a means (no apparent ant’. See also biɽim, cimʈã, demta, kãy, semantic difference between Act and Ɂ Ɂ id mu jɖaɁ, seʈa, ʈo bɖir, ʈoʈo2, also bhunɖu M ) means; plan; trick < H. upāy ‘ant-hill’. ‘means, solution’ upay karay conj.v. arrange for; find a uŋgul top (n.) (bg:205) means for; see to updes Act: give a sermon; Mid:-; gener; ct tr uɲ1, oɲ A : wind ( ) (e.g., winding separate sermon, teaching < S. updes ‘sermon’ strings together to form a rope), twine, braid (hair); Mid:-; uɲ-uɲ: gener upjay See ubjay / ubje

bg ct uɲ2 See un1 (from :205) uplay A : keep s.th. afloat, hold something afloat (subject is the water) ct id un1, on, uɲ2 A : set, keep, accept, place; with uple M : float < S. uplā- ‘make float’, upl- ɲimi ‘name (tr)’. In one text (MS, 1:4) ‘float itr( )’. See also upul? it appears to mean ‘believe’; Mid: un- un: set (etc.) (gener). un is also used as a upul Act: lift up; Mid: be lifted up. See also “light verb” with experiential predicates uplay / uple? (as “conjunct verbs”). Used with: alar dular, asra, boer, botoŋ, bharosa, dular upuŋ See opuŋ alar, dularboʔ, khus, khyal, lebui, socay, urum, yad. un and on may be the same uɁphe, uɁpheya, upheya, ubphe 3 (not in lexeme just with differing pronunciation, general use). See also tin. although some speakers do differentiate unuɁphe 3 each. See also -nV- (hjpa: between the two. Banerjee, 1894 (cited 146, h, 3). by Malhotra, 1982:325, although she uɁphe say 300 does not specify where) cites this as a uɁpheson thrice Kurukh borrowing, from Khurukh ui ‘keep’. uphya See umphya un-un masdar of un uɽan baj airplane < S. uɽānbāj ‘aeroplane’

208 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 uɽay1~usray

See also garam, giriŋ / giɽiŋ, loɁb, ɲem, ct id gener uɽay1 A : waste (money, etc.); M :-; ; oɲem, oɽe, pogim, ruŋum, sului, ʈheker, Caus: oɁb-uɽay, u<Ɂ>ɽay; Doub Caus: tapa y /tape, usum. oɁb-u<Ɂ>ɽay < S. uɽā- ‘waste (money)’ urum, udum un conj.v. keep warm, warm ct uɽay2, A : cause to fly (e.g. by scaring off urumɖaɁ Act:-; Mid: sweat; become

birds) warm; warmth; sweat. See also ɖaɁ1 uɽe Mid: fly < S. uɽ- ‘fly’ ‘water’. urumɖaɁ laɁ conj.v. feel hot, sweat uɽisa, ũɽĩsa the state of Orissa (hjpa:212,4) uɽul sitil See uɖul sitil uruy Act: blame (hjpa:84 (first word); unknown to speakers I consulted.) uɽhul hibiscus (Note: [uɽ.hul], not [u.ɽhul]) usaɖ See weseɖ ur Mid: get released; shake oneself free (bg:205; Unknown to speakers I usal, usol skin consulted, who said the correct form is tur, see there.) usar Mid: be(come) flat, wide; wide; fertile urboɁ Act: shake the head (See boɁ. (?) < H. osār ‘wide; width’. ([MT, bg:205) 1:61; 137] Unknown to other speakers I ursaɁɖ Act: throw up the arms, shaking consulted. oneself free; clear people out of one’s way, force one’s way through usãs, usas Act/Mid: relax, take it easy. No a crowd; Mid: get out of the way. apparent difference in meaning, but the Meaning of saɁɖ unclear. Mid voice seems to be more common < H. usās, usā̃s ‘breath, breathing; sigh; urmal cloth. From hjpa:54, text and fn. 4a, respite; breather’ where he writes that it is a certain type of towel which is used as a net or in useɖ See weseɖ place of a shopping bag or basket, in contrast to a rumāl ‘handkerchief’ (S., uskay Act: incite (both to both positive and H.: rūmāl). Nevertheless, due to the negative actions) similarity of the forms urmal and rumāl, uske Mid: become incited < S. uskā- ‘incite’ urmal clearly seems to derive from S.

rumāl ‘handkerchief’. usloɁ earth; world. See also -loɁ1, loɁkha. usloɁ duniya world ursaɁɖ See ur usloɁ raij earthly world (in contrast to Heaven) uruwa dung beetle. Cf. Mundari, Ho, Santali uru ‘beetle’ (hjpa:181,103). See also usol See usal iɁjthaŋgaɁ lebu. usray Act: finish (tr) quickly < H. usar- ‘be urum, udum Act: ripen (tr, e.g. of the heat of finished or completed quickly’ the sun); Mid: become warm; become ripe by heat; warm < S. urum ‘warm’. usre Mid: become finished quickly (bg:205

209 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon usum~uwel

‘be hasty’). See also siray. ct utun2, utuŋ, otun A : show; relate, narrate; usum Act: warm (water) (tr); Mid: become explain; announce; call out; Mid:-; warm (of water, etc.); warm (of tea, gener; Caus: oɁb-utun, u<Ɂ>tun; Doub water, etc., but not weather) < S. usum Caus: oɁb-u<Ɂ>tun. See also utuʔɖ. ‘warm’. See also garam, giriŋ / giɽiŋ, oton goton interrogate, ask many loɁb, ɲem, oɲem, oɽe, pogim, ruŋum, questions sului, ʈheker, tapay / tape, urum / udum. utun kayom (a) speech, talk usuŋ Act: injure; Mid: become injured (?) uthar given in Malhotra (1982:122; 213f.) as (bg:205, who says that it appears both a predicative marker which denotes the in the Act and Mid (i.e., “transitive” “permanence of the result of an action and “intransitive”) and simply lists it as or state” (1982: 213) and which she ‘injure’. Unknown in any meaning to glosses either as ‘forever’ (1982:122) or speakers I consulted.) ‘perm[anent]’ (1982:213). Undoubtedly related to Santali utər ‘entirely’ ũʈ camel < S. ūʈ ‘camel’ (Neukom, 2001:142). uthar does not occur in my corpus but speakers I uʈkay Act: dig out (hjpa:138, ln. 40); curse (n.). consulted confirmed the permanency The meaning ‘dig out’ was unknown to of the action, stressing that it cannot

speakers I consulted. See also kay1. be repeated or undone. See also Kullū, 1981:42. uʈha uʈhi back and forth in a fight, with allegations and counter allegations uwaɁ Act: bathe (tr); Mid: bathe (itr); Caus: oɁb-uwaɁ, u<Ɂ>waɁ ‘have s.o. bathe s.o. utar See uttar else’; Doub Caus: oɁb-u<Ɂ>waɁ ‘ask to be bathed by s.o.’ ute here (= u=te ‘this=obl’) uwaɁna ɖaɁ bathing water (hjpa:269, 23) utpatti origin; < H. utpatti uwaɁ uwaɁ Act: bathe (tr) quickly / ‘origin; birth’. See also muɁ(-muɁ)-ɖaɁ. over and over uwaɁ uwiɁ finish washing up, bathing utphaɁ without work. Also used in the idiomatic (basic voice same as with simplex) expression oɖoɁ umboɁ laɁ utphaɁ!, which means roughly ‘Of course! You uwel Meaning unknown, hjpa, 145, c, :9. On better believe it!’ p. 148, note c:9 Pinnow notes that it may mean either ‘healthy, very good’ or the uttar, utar north < S. utar ‘north’. See also exact opposite, ‘weak’, but notes that arloɁ. the exact meaning is “very uncertain”. uttar purab northeastern (hjpb:53, 4) Unknown to speakers I consulted. utri northern

Ɂ hjp utu ɖ, utun1 show, confess ( a:206,6, citing fgd). See also utun. The form utuɁɖ was unknown to speakers I consulted, who said that utun is used this way.

210 Himalayan Linguistics: Archive No. 5 =waɁ~yed

*w* lexemes ending in -o and -u (seldom) =waɁ See =yaɁ whereas =naɁ is very seldom found after the demonstrative u when this is used as waydik magical (hjpb:49,24) < H. vaidik a 3rd person proform. ‘relating to the Vedas, Vedic’ yad, yaid, yed realization, remembrance < S. wala “participial” marker denoting gener yeid, H. yād ‘memory’ or iterative event. wala attaches to the yad ayij conj.v. remember infinitive form of the predicate

yaphat Japhat, man’s name (from the Bible)

yar, eyar Act: flee; go away quickly; wane (of the moon); Mid:-; yar-yar: gener; Caus: *y* oɁb-yar; Doub Caus: oɁb-ya<Ɂ>r (same en =yaɁ, =Ɂ1, =aɁ1, =waɁ, =naɁ G case marker. meaning as the simple Caus) =yaɁ derives from =aɁ, which is still in use and which is found in many Munda yardan Jordan languages (especially northern) either as yardan ompay the River Jordan a marker of the Gen, as a nominalizer, or as both. It appears to derive from S. yas fame < H. yaś ‘glory, honor, fame’ -ak ‘gen’ and is, crucially, only found in languages spoken in the vicinity of S. yasayah Issiah, man’s name in the Bible =yaɁ results from a (non-phonemic) glide + aɁ, which has now spread to yatri traveller, pilgrim < S. yātrī ‘traveller’ almost all phonological environments other than the pronominals and is now yaya paternal grandmother; term of address by far the most common form of the Gen for an elder woman. See also aja, aji. marker. The forms =waɁ and =naɁ are very restricted: =waɁ is found only after yed See yad

211 Peterson: Kharia-English Lexicon; Lexicon yeloŋ~yusab

yoʈugar visitor (hjpa, 156: 34, e,1) yeloŋ See ɲeloɁ yo-yo masdar of yo

yeɲari See ɲiri yo2 Vocative of ayo ‘mother’. See also mãy. yẽri See ɲiri yohan See yuhanna

Ɂ yesu See yisu yoku j See yo1 yĩmi See ɲimi yoloɁ See ɲoloʔ yirmaya Jeremiah, man’s name in the Bible yomoɁ From Sāhu, 1979/80:44, with no meaning given. Most speakers I questioned yirusalim Jerusalem rejected the form, but one accepted it with the meaning ‘capable of seeing’, yisu, isa, isu, yesu, jisu Jesus adding that it is not used. Note that the isa masih Jesus the Messiah form is slightly irregular, being derived jay jisu! Hello! Goodbye! from the root yo ‘see’ and the infix-nV-/- yisu krisʈ Jesus Christ mV-. As such, one would expect the form

*yomo. See also yo1, -nV-. ct id yo1 A : see; M : be seen, appear; yo-yo: search, wait for; gener of Act; Caus: yuɁ Act: open (tr); Mid: open (itr); yuɁ- oɁb-yo; No Doub Caus. Note: Malhotra yuɁ: gener. See also kholay / khole, ruʔ. (1982) consistently gives this lexeme

with the form yoɁ, although it is not yuɖuɁ See yoɖuɁ under yo1. clear why. Her use would seem to be too consistent to be an error, however I have yuhana, yohan, yuhana See yuhanna never encountered anyone who uses the form yoɁ. See also yomoɁ < S. joh- yuhanna John ‘observe’? moɁɖ gune yo cast an evil glance on, yuleses Ulysseus covet yoɖuɁ, yuɖuɁ Act:-; Mid: be on the yuna a man’s name (hjpb:43,1). Variant of lookout for, keep waiting for; yunas? appear, seem yokuɁj Act:-; Mid: wait for, watch. yunas Jonas, John Meaning of kuɁj unclear. yona scene (in a play or drama), infinitive yusab, yusaph Joseph. See also joseph. of yo yoʈu Act: find something for someone. One speaker accepted this form as correct, but all others rejected it. It derives from yo and the departive marker ʈu but must be considered a separate lexeme as it can also combine with ʈu, producing yoʈu ʈu.

212